tpm2: Add missing defines for existing structures, remove others

Signed-off-by: Stefan Berger <stefanb@linux.ibm.com>

scripts/meld-all

@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+SKIP_FILES="(Marshal.c|Marshal_fp.h)"
+
+
+NO_MELD_FLAG=$((1<<0))
+
+main()
+{
+	local opts f fname upstream flags
+
+	flags=0
+
+	prgname="$0"
+	if ! opts=$(getopt -l "help,no-meld,diff-only" -n "$prgname" -- "$prgname" "$@"); then
+		echo "Error: Failed to parse options." >&2
+		return 1
+	fi
+	eval set -- "${opts}"
+
+	while :; do
+		case "$1" in
+			--no-meld|diff-only)
+				flags=$((flags | NO_MELD_FLAG))
+				shift
+				;;
+			--)
+				shift
+				break
+				;;
+			--help)
+				help "$prgname"
+				return 0
+				;;
+			*)
+				echo "Internal error: Unregonized option '$1'" >&2
+				shift
+				return
+				;;
+		esac
+	done
+
+	if [ ! -r "$1" ]; then
+		echo "Cannot find file '$1' in libtpms repo."
+		exit 1
+	fi
+
+	if [ ! -d "$1" ]; then
+		echo "'$1' is not a directory."
+		exit 1
+	fi
+
+	if [ ! -d "${TCG_TPM_HOME}" ]; then
+		echo "TCG_TPM_HOME must point to a directory."
+		exit 1
+	fi
+
+	for f in $(find "$1" -type f -name '*.[ch]'); do
+		fname=$(basename "$f")
+
+		if [[ "${fname}" =~ ^${SKIP_FILES}$ ]]; then
+			echo "skipping ${fname}"
+			continue
+		fi
+
+		upstream=$(find "${TCG_TPM_HOME}" | grep -E "/${fname}\$")
+
+		if [ -n "${upstream}" ]; then
+			# find first empty line presumably after license
+			line=$(grep -m 1 -E "^$" -n "${f}" | cut -d":" -f1)
+			if [ -z "$line" ]; then
+				if [ $((flags & NO_MELD_FLAG)) -eq 0 ]; then
+					meld "${upstrean}" "${f}"
+				else
+					echo "Something wrong with file $f"
+				fi
+			fi
+			line=$((line+1))
+			if [ $((flags & NO_MELD_FLAG)) -ne 0 ]; then
+				echo "============================================================================"
+				echo "${f}"
+				diff --ignore-trailing-space <(sed -n "${line},\$p" < "${f}") "${upstream}"
+			fi
+			if ! diff --ignore-trailing-space <(sed -n "${line},\$p" < "${f}") "${upstream}" >/dev/null; then
+				if [ $((flags & NO_MELD_FLAG)) -eq 0 ]; then
+					meld "${upstream}" "$f"
+				fi
+			else
+				echo "${f}: nothing to do"
+			fi
+		else
+			echo "Could not find file ${fname} in TCG TPM repo"
+		fi
+	done
+}
+
+main "$@"
+exit $?

scripts/meld-find

@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+
+if [ ! -f "$1" ]; then
+	echo "Cannot find file '$1' in libtpms repo."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ -z "${TCG_TPM_HOME}" ]; then
+	echo "TCG_TPM_HOME must be set to the TCG TPM repo checkout."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+if [ ! -d "${TCG_TPM_HOME}" ]; then
+	echo "TCG_TPM_HOME must point to a directory."
+	exit 1
+fi
+
+
+fname=$(basename "$1")
+
+upstream=$(find "${TCG_TPM_HOME}" | grep -E "/${fname}\$")
+
+meld "${upstream}" "$1"

src/Makefile.am

@@ -237,9 +237,9 @@ libtpms_tpm2_la_SOURCES = \
 	tpm2/MathOnByteBuffers.c \
 	tpm2/Memory.c \
 	tpm2/NVCommands.c \
-	tpm2/NVDynamic.c \
+	tpm2/NvDynamic.c \
 	tpm2/NVMem.c \
-	tpm2/NVReserved.c \
+	tpm2/NvReserved.c \
 	tpm2/NV_spt.c \
 	tpm2/Object.c \
 	tpm2/ObjectCommands.c \
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ libtpms_tpm2_la_SOURCES = \
 	tpm2/TestingCommands.c \
 	tpm2/Ticket.c \
 	tpm2/Time.c \
-	tpm2/TpmAsn1.c \
+	tpm2/TpmASN1.c \
 	tpm2/TpmBigNumThunks.c \
 	tpm2/TpmEcc_Signature_ECDAA.c \
 	tpm2/TpmEcc_Signature_ECDSA.c \
@@ -365,6 +365,7 @@ noinst_HEADERS += \
 	tpm2/Create_fp.h \
 	tpm2/CreateLoaded_fp.h \
 	tpm2/CreatePrimary_fp.h \
+	tpm2/CryptoInterface.h \
 	tpm2/CryptSelfTest_fp.h \
 	tpm2/DA_fp.h \
 	tpm2/DebugHelpers_fp.h \
@@ -426,7 +427,7 @@ noinst_HEADERS += \
 	tpm2/NV_ChangeAuth_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_DefineSpace_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_DefineSpace2_fp.h \
-	tpm2/NVDynamic_fp.h \
+	tpm2/NvDynamic_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_Extend_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_GlobalWriteLock_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV.h \
@@ -435,7 +436,7 @@ noinst_HEADERS += \
 	tpm2/NV_ReadLock_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_ReadPublic_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_ReadPublic2_fp.h \
-	tpm2/NVReserved_fp.h \
+	tpm2/NvReserved_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_SetBits_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_spt_fp.h \
 	tpm2/NV_UndefineSpace_fp.h \

src/tpm2/ACT.h

@@ -59,199 +59,213 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-// 5.24	ACT.h
-
 #ifndef _ACT_H_
 #define _ACT_H_
+
 #include "TpmProfile.h"
+
+#if 0			// libtpms added
+#if ACT_SUPPORT                                                                      \
+    != (RH_ACT_0 | RH_ACT_1 | RH_ACT_2 | RH_ACT_3 | RH_ACT_4 | RH_ACT_5 | RH_ACT_6   \
+        | RH_ACT_7 | RH_ACT_8 | RH_ACT_9 | RH_ACT_A | RH_ACT_B | RH_ACT_C | RH_ACT_D \
+        | RH_ACT_E | RH_ACT_F)
+#  error "If ACT_SUPPORT == NO, no ACTs can be enabled"
+#endif  // (ACT_SUPPORT != ...)
+#endif			// libtpms added
+
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_0) || (RH_ACT_0 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_0
-#   define  RH_ACT_0 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_0
+#  define RH_ACT_0 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(0)
+#  define IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(0)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_1) || (RH_ACT_1 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_1
-#   define  RH_ACT_1 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_1
+#  define RH_ACT_1 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(1)
+#  define IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(1)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_2) || (RH_ACT_2 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_2
-#   define  RH_ACT_2 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_2
+#  define RH_ACT_2 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(2)
+#  define IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(2)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_3) || (RH_ACT_3 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_3
-#   define  RH_ACT_3 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_3
+#  define RH_ACT_3 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(3)
+#  define IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(3)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_4) || (RH_ACT_4 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_4
-#   define  RH_ACT_4 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_4
+#  define RH_ACT_4 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(4)
+#  define IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(4)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_5) || (RH_ACT_5 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_5
-#   define  RH_ACT_5 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_5
+#  define RH_ACT_5 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(5)
+#  define IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(5)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_6) || (RH_ACT_6 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_6
-#   define  RH_ACT_6 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_6
+#  define RH_ACT_6 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(6)
+#  define IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(6)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_7) || (RH_ACT_7 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_7
-#   define  RH_ACT_7 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_7
+#  define RH_ACT_7 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(7)
+#  define IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(7)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_8) || (RH_ACT_8 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_8
-#   define  RH_ACT_8 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_8
+#  define RH_ACT_8 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(8)
+#  define IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(8)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_9) || (RH_ACT_9 != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_9
-#   define  RH_ACT_9 NO
-#   define IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_9
+#  define RH_ACT_9 NO
+#  define IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(9)
+#  define IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(9)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_A) || (RH_ACT_A != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_A
-#   define  RH_ACT_A NO
-#   define IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_A
+#  define RH_ACT_A NO
+#  define IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(A)
+#  define IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(A)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_B) || (RH_ACT_B != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_B
-#   define  RH_ACT_B NO
-#   define IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_B
+#  define RH_ACT_B NO
+#  define IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(B)
+#  define IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(B)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_C) || (RH_ACT_C != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_C
-#   define  RH_ACT_C NO
-#   define IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_C
+#  define RH_ACT_C NO
+#  define IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(C)
+#  define IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(C)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_D) || (RH_ACT_D != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_D
-#   define  RH_ACT_D NO
-#   define IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_D
+#  define RH_ACT_D NO
+#  define IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(D)
+#  define IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(D)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_E) || (RH_ACT_E != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_E
-#   define  RH_ACT_E NO
-#   define IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_E
+#  define RH_ACT_E NO
+#  define IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(E)
+#  define IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(E)
 #endif
 #if !(defined RH_ACT_F) || (RH_ACT_F != YES)
-#   undef   RH_ACT_F
-#   define  RH_ACT_F NO
-#   define IF_ACT_F_IMPLEMENTED(op)
+#  undef RH_ACT_F
+#  define RH_ACT_F NO
+#  define IF_ACT_F_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 #else
-#   define IF_ACT_F_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(F)
+#  define IF_ACT_F_IMPLEMENTED(op) op(F)
 #endif
+
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_0
-#error Need numeric definition for TPM_RH_ACT_0
+#  error Need numeric definition for TPM_RH_ACT_0
 #endif
+
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_1
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_1    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 1)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_1 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 1)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_2
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_2    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 2)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_2 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 2)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_3
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_3    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 3)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_3 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 3)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_4
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_4    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 4)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_4 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 4)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_5
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_5    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 5)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_5 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 5)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_6
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_6    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 6)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_6 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 6)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_7
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_7    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 7)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_7 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 7)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_8
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_8    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 8)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_8 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 8)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_9
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_9    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 9)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_9 (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 9)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_A
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_A    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xA)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_A (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xA)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_B
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_B    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xB)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_B (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xB)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_C
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_C    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xC)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_C (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xC)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_D
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_D    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xD)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_D (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xD)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_E
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_E    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xE)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_E (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xE)
 #endif
 #ifndef TPM_RH_ACT_F
-#   define TPM_RH_ACT_F    (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xF)
+#  define TPM_RH_ACT_F (TPM_RH_ACT_0 + 0xF)
 #endif
-#define FOR_EACH_ACT(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
-    IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op)						\
+
+#define FOR_EACH_ACT(op)     \
+    IF_ACT_0_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_1_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_2_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_3_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_4_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_5_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_6_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_7_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_8_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_9_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_A_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_B_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_C_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_D_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
+    IF_ACT_E_IMPLEMENTED(op) \
     IF_ACT_F_IMPLEMENTED(op)
 
 // This is the mask for ACT that are implemented
-
 //#define ACT_MASK(N)     | (1 << 0x##N)
 //#define ACT_IMPLEMENTED_MASK    (0 FOR_EACH_ACT(ACT_MASK))
-#define CASE_ACT_HANDLE(N)     case TPM_RH_ACT_##N:
-#define CASE_ACT_NUMBER(N)     case 0x##N:
+
+#define CASE_ACT_HANDLE(N) case TPM_RH_ACT_##N:
+#define CASE_ACT_NUMBER(N) case 0x##N:
+
 typedef struct ACT_STATE
 {
-    UINT32          remaining;
-    TPM_ALG_ID      hashAlg;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST    authPolicy;
+    UINT32       remaining;
+    TPM_ALG_ID   hashAlg;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST authPolicy;
 } ACT_STATE, *P_ACT_STATE;
-#endif // _ACT_H_
+
+#endif  // _ACT_H_

src/tpm2/ACT_SetTimeout_fp.h

@@ -1,79 +1,86 @@
-/********************************************************************************/
-/*										*/
-/*	 		TPM2_ACT_SetTimeout Header				*/
-/*			     Written by Ken Goldman				*/
-/*		       IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center			*/
-/*            $Id$	*/
-/*										*/
-/*  Licenses and Notices							*/
-/*										*/
-/*  1. Copyright Licenses:							*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - Trusted Computing Group (TCG) grants to the user of the source code in	*/
-/*    this specification (the "Source Code") a worldwide, irrevocable, 		*/
-/*    nonexclusive, royalty free, copyright license to reproduce, create 	*/
-/*    derivative works, distribute, display and perform the Source Code and	*/
-/*    derivative works thereof, and to grant others the rights granted herein.	*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - The TCG grants to the user of the other parts of the specification 	*/
-/*    (other than the Source Code) the rights to reproduce, distribute, 	*/
-/*    display, and perform the specification solely for the purpose of 		*/
-/*    developing products based on such documents.				*/
-/*										*/
-/*  2. Source Code Distribution Conditions:					*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - Redistributions of Source Code must retain the above copyright licenses, 	*/
-/*    this list of conditions and the following disclaimers.			*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 	*/
-/*    licenses, this list of conditions	and the following disclaimers in the 	*/
-/*    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.	*/
-/*										*/
-/*  3. Disclaimers:								*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - THE COPYRIGHT LICENSES SET FORTH ABOVE DO NOT REPRESENT ANY FORM OF	*/
-/*  LICENSE OR WAIVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, WITH	*/
-/*  RESPECT TO PATENT RIGHTS HELD BY TCG MEMBERS (OR OTHER THIRD PARTIES)	*/
-/*  THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO IMPLEMENT THIS SPECIFICATION OR OTHERWISE.		*/
-/*  Contact TCG Administration (admin@trustedcomputinggroup.org) for 		*/
-/*  information on specification licensing rights available through TCG 	*/
-/*  membership agreements.							*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - THIS SPECIFICATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITH NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 	*/
-/*    WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR 	*/
-/*    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, OR 		*/
-/*    NONINFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, OR ANY WARRANTY 		*/
-/*    OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF ANY PROPOSAL, SPECIFICATION OR SAMPLE.		*/
-/*										*/
-/*  - Without limitation, TCG and its members and licensors disclaim all 	*/
-/*    liability, including liability for infringement of any proprietary 	*/
-/*    rights, relating to use of information in this specification and to the	*/
-/*    implementation of this specification, and TCG disclaims all liability for	*/
-/*    cost of procurement of substitute goods or services, lost profits, loss 	*/
-/*    of use, loss of data or any incidental, consequential, direct, indirect, 	*/
-/*    or special damages, whether under contract, tort, warranty or otherwise, 	*/
-/*    arising in any way out of use or reliance upon this specification or any 	*/
-/*    information herein.							*/
-/*										*/
-/*  (c) Copyright IBM Corp. and others, 2019					*/
-/*										*/
-/********************************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef ACT_SETTIMEOUT_FP_H
-#define ACT_SETTIMEOUT_FP_H
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_ACT		actHandle;
-    UINT32		startTimeout;
-} ACT_SetTimeout_In;
-
-#define RC_ACT_SetTimeout_actHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ACT_SetTimeout_startTimeout 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-
-TPM_RC
-TPM2_ACT_SetTimeout(
-		    ACT_SetTimeout_In      *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		    );
-
-
-#endif
+/********************************************************************************/
+/*										*/
+/*	 		TPM2_ACT_SetTimeout Header				*/
+/*			     Written by Ken Goldman				*/
+/*		       IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center			*/
+/*            $Id$								*/
+/*										*/
+/*  Licenses and Notices							*/
+/*										*/
+/*  1. Copyright Licenses:							*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - Trusted Computing Group (TCG) grants to the user of the source code in	*/
+/*    this specification (the "Source Code") a worldwide, irrevocable, 		*/
+/*    nonexclusive, royalty free, copyright license to reproduce, create 	*/
+/*    derivative works, distribute, display and perform the Source Code and	*/
+/*    derivative works thereof, and to grant others the rights granted herein.	*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - The TCG grants to the user of the other parts of the specification 	*/
+/*    (other than the Source Code) the rights to reproduce, distribute, 	*/
+/*    display, and perform the specification solely for the purpose of 		*/
+/*    developing products based on such documents.				*/
+/*										*/
+/*  2. Source Code Distribution Conditions:					*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - Redistributions of Source Code must retain the above copyright licenses, 	*/
+/*    this list of conditions and the following disclaimers.			*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright 	*/
+/*    licenses, this list of conditions	and the following disclaimers in the 	*/
+/*    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.	*/
+/*										*/
+/*  3. Disclaimers:								*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - THE COPYRIGHT LICENSES SET FORTH ABOVE DO NOT REPRESENT ANY FORM OF	*/
+/*  LICENSE OR WAIVER, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, BY ESTOPPEL OR OTHERWISE, WITH	*/
+/*  RESPECT TO PATENT RIGHTS HELD BY TCG MEMBERS (OR OTHER THIRD PARTIES)	*/
+/*  THAT MAY BE NECESSARY TO IMPLEMENT THIS SPECIFICATION OR OTHERWISE.		*/
+/*  Contact TCG Administration (admin@trustedcomputinggroup.org) for 		*/
+/*  information on specification licensing rights available through TCG 	*/
+/*  membership agreements.							*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - THIS SPECIFICATION IS PROVIDED "AS IS" WITH NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED 	*/
+/*    WARRANTIES WHATSOEVER, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR 	*/
+/*    FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS, OR 		*/
+/*    NONINFRINGEMENT OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS, OR ANY WARRANTY 		*/
+/*    OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF ANY PROPOSAL, SPECIFICATION OR SAMPLE.		*/
+/*										*/
+/*  - Without limitation, TCG and its members and licensors disclaim all 	*/
+/*    liability, including liability for infringement of any proprietary 	*/
+/*    rights, relating to use of information in this specification and to the	*/
+/*    implementation of this specification, and TCG disclaims all liability for	*/
+/*    cost of procurement of substitute goods or services, lost profits, loss 	*/
+/*    of use, loss of data or any incidental, consequential, direct, indirect, 	*/
+/*    or special damages, whether under contract, tort, warranty or otherwise, 	*/
+/*    arising in any way out of use or reliance upon this specification or any 	*/
+/*    information herein.							*/
+/*										*/
+/*  (c) Copyright IBM Corp. and others, 2019					*/
+/*										*/
+/********************************************************************************/
+
+
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
+
+#if CC_ACT_SetTimeout  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACT_SETTIMEOUT_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACT_SETTIMEOUT_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_ACT actHandle;
+    UINT32      startTimeout;
+} ACT_SetTimeout_In;
+
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ACT_SetTimeout_actHandle    (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ACT_SetTimeout_startTimeout (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_ACT_SetTimeout(ACT_SetTimeout_In* in);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACT_SETTIMEOUT_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ACT_SetTimeout

src/tpm2/ACT_spt.c

@@ -82,15 +82,15 @@
 // and turns signaling back on if necessary.
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
 static void _ActResume(UINT32     act,     //IN: the act number
-		       ACT_STATE* actData  //IN: pointer to the saved ACT data
-		       )
+                       ACT_STATE* actData  //IN: pointer to the saved ACT data
+)
 {
     // If the act was non-zero, then restore the counter value.
     if(actData->remaining > 0)
-	_plat__ACT_UpdateCounter(act, actData->remaining);
+        _plat__ACT_UpdateCounter(act, actData->remaining);
     // if the counter was zero and the ACT signaling, enable the signaling.
     else if(go.signaledACT & (1 << act))
-	_plat__ACT_SetSignaled(act, TRUE);
+        _plat__ACT_SetSignaled(act, TRUE);
 }
 #endif			// libtpms added
 
@@ -100,35 +100,35 @@ BOOL ActStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type)
 {
     // Reset all the ACT hardware
     _plat__ACT_Initialize();
-    
+
     // If this not a cold start, copy all the current 'signaled' settings to
     // 'preservedSignaled'.
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
     if(g_powerWasLost)
-	go.preservedSignaled = 0;
+        go.preservedSignaled = 0;
     else
-	go.preservedSignaled |= go.signaledACT;
+        go.preservedSignaled |= go.signaledACT;
 #endif			// libtpms added
-    
+
     // For TPM_RESET or TPM_RESTART, the ACTs will all be disabled and the output
     // de-asserted.
     if(type != SU_RESUME)
-	{
+    {
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
-	    go.signaledACT = 0;
+        go.signaledACT = 0;
 #endif			// libtpms added
-#  define CLEAR_ACT_POLICY(N)					      \
-	    go.ACT_##N.hashAlg           = TPM_ALG_NULL;	      \
-	    go.ACT_##N.authPolicy.b.size = 0;
-	    FOR_EACH_ACT(CLEAR_ACT_POLICY)
-		}
+#  define CLEAR_ACT_POLICY(N)                      \
+      go.ACT_##N.hashAlg           = TPM_ALG_NULL; \
+      go.ACT_##N.authPolicy.b.size = 0;
+        FOR_EACH_ACT(CLEAR_ACT_POLICY)
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    // Resume each of the implemented ACT
+    {
+        // Resume each of the implemented ACT
 #  define RESUME_ACT(N) _ActResume(0x##N, &go.ACT_##N);
-	    
-	    FOR_EACH_ACT(RESUME_ACT)
-		}
+
+        FOR_EACH_ACT(RESUME_ACT)
+    }
     // set no ACT updated since last startup. This is to enable the halving of the
     // timeout value
     s_ActUpdated = 0;
@@ -146,13 +146,13 @@ static void _ActSaveState(UINT32 act, P_ACT_STATE actData)
     // If the ACT hasn't been updated since the last startup, then it should be
     // be halved.
     if((s_ActUpdated & (1 << act)) == 0)
-	{
-	    // Don't halve if the count is set to max or if halving would make it zero
-	    if((actData->remaining != UINT32_MAX) && (actData->remaining > 1))
-		actData->remaining /= 2;
-	}
+    {
+        // Don't halve if the count is set to max or if halving would make it zero
+        if((actData->remaining != UINT32_MAX) && (actData->remaining > 1))
+            actData->remaining /= 2;
+    }
     if(_plat__ACT_GetSignaled(act))
-	go.signaledACT |= (1 << act);
+        go.signaledACT |= (1 << act);
 }
 
 //*** ActGetSignaled()
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ BOOL ActGetSignaled(TPM_RH actHandle)
 //***ActShutdown()
 // This function saves the current state of the counters
 BOOL ActShutdown(TPM_SU state  //IN: the type of the shutdown.
-		 )
+)
 {
     // if this is not shutdown state, then the only type of startup is TPM_RESTART
     // so the timer values will be cleared. If this is shutdown state, get the current
@@ -176,16 +176,16 @@ BOOL ActShutdown(TPM_SU state  //IN: the type of the shutdown.
     // since the last restart, divide the time by 2 so that there is no attack on the
     // countdown by saving the countdown state early and then not using the TPM.
     if(state == TPM_SU_STATE)
-	{
-	    // This will be populated as each of the ACT is queried
+    {
+        // This will be populated as each of the ACT is queried
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED		// libtpms added
-	    go.signaledACT = 0;
+        go.signaledACT = 0;
 #endif				// libtpms added
-	    // Get the current count and the signaled state
+        // Get the current count and the signaled state
 #  define SAVE_ACT_STATE(N) _ActSaveState(0x##N, &go.ACT_##N);
-	    
-	    FOR_EACH_ACT(SAVE_ACT_STATE);
-	}
+
+        FOR_EACH_ACT(SAVE_ACT_STATE);
+    }
     return TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -196,16 +196,16 @@ BOOL ActIsImplemented(UINT32 act)
 {
     // This switch accounts for the TPM implemented values.
     switch(act)
-	{
+    {
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
-	    FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_NUMBER)
-		// This ensures that the platform implements the values implemented by
-		// the TPM
-		return _plat__ACT_GetImplemented(act);
+        FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_NUMBER)
+        // This ensures that the platform implements the values implemented by
+        // the TPM
+        return _plat__ACT_GetImplemented(act);
 #endif			// libtpms added
-	  default:
-	    break;
-	}
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -215,8 +215,8 @@ BOOL ActIsImplemented(UINT32 act)
 // it returns TPM_RC_RETRY so that the update can be tried again later.
 TPM_RC
 ActCounterUpdate(TPM_RH handle,   //IN: the handle of the act
-		 UINT32 newValue  //IN: the value to set in the ACT
-		 )
+                 UINT32 newValue  //IN: the value to set in the ACT
+)
 {
     UINT32 act;
     TPM_RC result;
@@ -224,31 +224,31 @@ ActCounterUpdate(TPM_RH handle,   //IN: the handle of the act
     act = handle - TPM_RH_ACT_0;
     // This should never fail, but...
     if(!_plat__ACT_GetImplemented(act))
-	result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
+        result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
     else
-	{
-	    // Will need to clear orderly so fail if we are orderly and NV is
-	    // not available
-	    if(NV_IS_ORDERLY)
-		RETURN_IF_NV_IS_NOT_AVAILABLE;
-	    // if the attempt to update the counter fails, it means that there is an
-	    // update pending so wait until it has occurred and then do an update.
-	    if(!_plat__ACT_UpdateCounter(act, newValue))
-		result = TPM_RC_RETRY;
-	    else
-		{
-		    // Indicate that the ACT has been updated since last TPM2_Startup().
-		    s_ActUpdated |= (UINT16)(1 << act);
-		    
-		    // Clear the preservedSignaled attribute.
-		    go.preservedSignaled &= ~((UINT16)(1 << act));
-		    
-		    // Need to clear the orderly flag
-		    g_clearOrderly = TRUE;
-		    
-		    result         = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // Will need to clear orderly so fail if we are orderly and NV is
+        // not available
+        if(NV_IS_ORDERLY)
+            RETURN_IF_NV_IS_NOT_AVAILABLE;
+        // if the attempt to update the counter fails, it means that there is an
+        // update pending so wait until it has occurred and then do an update.
+        if(!_plat__ACT_UpdateCounter(act, newValue))
+            result = TPM_RC_RETRY;
+        else
+        {
+            // Indicate that the ACT has been updated since last TPM2_Startup().
+            s_ActUpdated |= (UINT16)(1 << act);
+
+            // Clear the preservedSignaled attribute.
+            go.preservedSignaled &= ~((UINT16)(1 << act));
+
+            // Need to clear the orderly flag
+            g_clearOrderly = TRUE;
+
+            result         = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
     return result;
 }
 #endif		// libtpms added
@@ -260,49 +260,49 @@ ActCounterUpdate(TPM_RH handle,   //IN: the handle of the act
 //      NO              if no more ACT data to
 TPMI_YES_NO
 ActGetCapabilityData(TPM_HANDLE     actHandle,  // IN: the handle for the starting ACT
-		     UINT32         maxCount,   // IN: maximum allowed return values
-		     TPML_ACT_DATA* actList     // OUT: ACT data list
-		     )
+                     UINT32         maxCount,   // IN: maximum allowed return values
+                     TPML_ACT_DATA* actList     // OUT: ACT data list
+)
 {
     // Initialize output property list
     actList->count = 0;
-    
+
     // Make sure that the starting handle value is in range (again)
     if((actHandle < TPM_RH_ACT_0) || (actHandle > TPM_RH_ACT_F))
-	return FALSE;
+        return FALSE;
     // The maximum count of curves we may return is MAX_ECC_CURVES
     if(maxCount > MAX_ACT_DATA)
 	maxCount = MAX_ACT_DATA;
     // Scan the ACT data from the starting ACT
     for(; actHandle <= TPM_RH_ACT_F; actHandle++)
-	{
-	    UINT32 act = actHandle - TPM_RH_ACT_0;
-	    if(actList->count < maxCount)
-		{
-		    if(ActIsImplemented(act))
-			{
-			    TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData = &actList->actData[actList->count];
-			    //
-			    memset(&actData->attributes, 0, sizeof(actData->attributes));
-			    actData->handle  = actHandle;
-			    actData->timeout = _plat__ACT_GetRemaining(act);
-			    if(_plat__ACT_GetSignaled(act))
-				SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
-			    else
-				CLEAR_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
+    {
+        UINT32 act = actHandle - TPM_RH_ACT_0;
+        if(actList->count < maxCount)
+        {
+            if(ActIsImplemented(act))
+            {
+                TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData = &actList->actData[actList->count];
+                //
+                memset(&actData->attributes, 0, sizeof(actData->attributes));
+                actData->handle  = actHandle;
+                actData->timeout = _plat__ACT_GetRemaining(act);
+                if(_plat__ACT_GetSignaled(act))
+                    SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
+                else
+                    CLEAR_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
-			    if(go.preservedSignaled & (1 << act))
-				SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, preserveSignaled);
+                if(go.preservedSignaled & (1 << act))
+                    SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, preserveSignaled);
 #endif			// libtpms added
-			    actList->count++;
-			}
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    if(_plat__ACT_GetImplemented(act))
-			return YES;
-		}
-	}
+                actList->count++;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            if(_plat__ACT_GetImplemented(act))
+                return YES;
+        }
+    }
     // If we get here, either all of the ACT values were put in the list, or the list
     // was filled and there are no more ACT values to return
     return NO;
@@ -312,24 +312,24 @@ ActGetCapabilityData(TPM_HANDLE     actHandle,  // IN: the handle for the starti
 //*** ActGetOneCapability()
 // This function returns an ACT's capability, if present.
 BOOL ActGetOneCapability(TPM_HANDLE     actHandle,  // IN: the handle for the ACT
-			 TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData     // OUT: ACT data
-			 )
+                         TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData     // OUT: ACT data
+)
 {
     UINT32 act = actHandle - TPM_RH_ACT_0;
-    
+
     if(ActIsImplemented(actHandle - TPM_RH_ACT_0))
-	{
-	    memset(&actData->attributes, 0, sizeof(actData->attributes));
-	    actData->handle  = actHandle;
-	    actData->timeout = _plat__ACT_GetRemaining(act);
-	    if(_plat__ACT_GetSignaled(act))
-		SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
-	    else
-		CLEAR_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
-	    if(go.preservedSignaled & (1 << act))
-		SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, preserveSignaled);
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
+    {
+        memset(&actData->attributes, 0, sizeof(actData->attributes));
+        actData->handle  = actHandle;
+        actData->timeout = _plat__ACT_GetRemaining(act);
+        if(_plat__ACT_GetSignaled(act))
+            SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
+        else
+            CLEAR_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, signaled);
+        if(go.preservedSignaled & (1 << act))
+            SET_ATTRIBUTE(actData->attributes, TPMA_ACT, preserveSignaled);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 #endif				// libtpms: added

src/tpm2/ACT_spt_fp.h

@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ BOOL ActGetSignaled(TPM_RH actHandle);
 //***ActShutdown()
 // This function saves the current state of the counters
 BOOL ActShutdown(TPM_SU state  //IN: the type of the shutdown.
-		 );
+);
 
 //*** ActIsImplemented()
 // This function determines if an ACT is implemented in both the TPM and the platform
@@ -89,8 +89,8 @@ BOOL ActIsImplemented(UINT32 act);
 // it returns TPM_RC_RETRY so that the update can be tried again later.
 TPM_RC
 ActCounterUpdate(TPM_RH handle,   //IN: the handle of the act
-		 UINT32 newValue  //IN: the value to set in the ACT
-		 );
+                 UINT32 newValue  //IN: the value to set in the ACT
+);
 
 //*** ActGetCapabilityData()
 // This function returns the list of ACT data
@@ -99,14 +99,14 @@ ActCounterUpdate(TPM_RH handle,   //IN: the handle of the act
 //      NO              if no more ACT data to
 TPMI_YES_NO
 ActGetCapabilityData(TPM_HANDLE     actHandle,  // IN: the handle for the starting ACT
-		     UINT32         maxCount,   // IN: maximum allowed return values
-		     TPML_ACT_DATA* actList     // OUT: ACT data list
-		     );
+                     UINT32         maxCount,   // IN: maximum allowed return values
+                     TPML_ACT_DATA* actList     // OUT: ACT data list
+);
 
 //*** ActGetOneCapability()
 // This function returns an ACT's capability, if present.
 BOOL ActGetOneCapability(TPM_HANDLE     actHandle,  // IN: the handle for the ACT
-			 TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData     // OUT: ACT data
-			 );
+                         TPMS_ACT_DATA* actData     // OUT: ACT data
+);
 
 #endif  // _ACT_SPT_FP_H_

src/tpm2/ActivateCredential_fp.h

@@ -59,30 +59,38 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef ACTIVATECREDENTIAL_FP_H
-#define ACTIVATECREDENTIAL_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		activateHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		keyHandle;
-    TPM2B_ID_OBJECT		credentialBlob;
-    TPM2B_ENCRYPTED_SECRET	secret;
+#if CC_ActivateCredential  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACTIVATECREDENTIAL_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACTIVATECREDENTIAL_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT         activateHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT         keyHandle;
+    TPM2B_ID_OBJECT        credentialBlob;
+    TPM2B_ENCRYPTED_SECRET secret;
 } ActivateCredential_In;
 
-#define RC_ActivateCredential_activateHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ActivateCredential_keyHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_ActivateCredential_credentialBlob	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ActivateCredential_secret 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_DIGEST		certInfo;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_DIGEST certInfo;
 } ActivateCredential_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ActivateCredential_activateHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ActivateCredential_keyHandle      (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_ActivateCredential_credentialBlob (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ActivateCredential_secret         (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ActivateCredential(
-			ActivateCredential_In   *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-			ActivateCredential_Out  *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-			);
-#endif
+TPM2_ActivateCredential(ActivateCredential_In* in, ActivateCredential_Out* out);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ACTIVATECREDENTIAL_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ActivateCredential

src/tpm2/AlgorithmCap.c

@@ -58,170 +58,188 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 9.1 AlgorithmCap.c */
-/* 9.1.1 Description */
-/* This file contains the algorithm property definitions for the algorithms and the code for the
-   TPM2_GetCapability() to return the algorithm properties. */
-/* 9.1.2 Includes and Defines */
+//** Description
+// This file contains the algorithm property definitions for the algorithms and the
+// code for the TPM2_GetCapability() to return the algorithm properties.
+
+//** Includes and Defines
+
 #include "Tpm.h"
+
 typedef struct
 {
-    TPM_ALG_ID          algID;
-    TPMA_ALGORITHM      attributes;
+    TPM_ALG_ID     algID;
+    TPMA_ALGORITHM attributes;
 } ALGORITHM;
-static const ALGORITHM    s_algorithms[] =
-    {
-	// The entries in this table need to be in ascending order but the table doesn't
-	// need to be full (gaps are allowed). One day, a tool might exist to fill in the
-	// table from the TPM_ALG description
+
+static const ALGORITHM s_algorithms[] = {
+// The entries in this table need to be in ascending order but the table doesn't
+// need to be full (gaps are allowed). One day, a tool might exist to fill in the
+// table from the TPM_ALG description
 #if ALG_RSA
-	{TPM_ALG_RSA,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_RSA, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
-#if ALG_TDES
+
+#if ALG_TDES									// libtpms added begin
 	{TPM_ALG_TDES,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
-#endif
+#endif										// libtpms added end
+
 #if ALG_SHA1
-	{TPM_ALG_SHA1,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SHA1, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
-	{TPM_ALG_HMAC,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+
+    {TPM_ALG_HMAC, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+
 #if ALG_AES
-	{TPM_ALG_AES,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_AES, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_MGF1
-	{TPM_ALG_MGF1,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_MGF1, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
-	{TPM_ALG_KEYEDHASH,     TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0)},
+
+    {TPM_ALG_KEYEDHASH, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0)},
+
 #if ALG_XOR
-	{TPM_ALG_XOR,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_XOR, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
+
 #if ALG_SHA256
-	{TPM_ALG_SHA256,        TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SHA256, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_SHA384
-	{TPM_ALG_SHA384,        TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SHA384, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_SHA512
-	{TPM_ALG_SHA512,        TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SHA512, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_SM3_256
-	{TPM_ALG_SM3_256,       TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SM3_256, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_SM4
-	{TPM_ALG_SM4,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SM4, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_RSASSA
-	{TPM_ALG_RSASSA,        TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_RSASSA, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_RSAES
-	{TPM_ALG_RSAES,         TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_RSAES, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_RSAPSS
-	{TPM_ALG_RSAPSS,        TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_RSAPSS, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_OAEP
-	{TPM_ALG_OAEP,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_OAEP, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECDSA
-	{TPM_ALG_ECDSA,         TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECDSA, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECDH
-	{TPM_ALG_ECDH,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECDH, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECDAA
-	{TPM_ALG_ECDAA,         TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECDAA, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_SM2
-	{TPM_ALG_SM2,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_SM2, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECSCHNORR
-	{TPM_ALG_ECSCHNORR,      TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECSCHNORR, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECMQV
-	{TPM_ALG_ECMQV,          TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECMQV, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A
-	{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_KDF2
-	{TPM_ALG_KDF2,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_KDF2, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_KDF1_SP800_108
-	{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_108, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_108, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECC
-	{TPM_ALG_ECC,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECC, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(1, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
-	{TPM_ALG_SYMCIPHER,      TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+
+    {TPM_ALG_SYMCIPHER, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+
 #if ALG_CAMELLIA
-	{TPM_ALG_CAMELLIA,       TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_CAMELLIA, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_CMAC
-	{TPM_ALG_CMAC,           TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_CMAC, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_CTR
-	{TPM_ALG_CTR,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_CTR, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_OFB
-	{TPM_ALG_OFB,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_OFB, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_CBC
-	{TPM_ALG_CBC,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_CBC, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_CFB
-	{TPM_ALG_CFB,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_CFB, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
 #if ALG_ECB
-	{TPM_ALG_ECB,            TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
+    {TPM_ALG_ECB, TPMA_ALGORITHM_INITIALIZER(0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0)},
 #endif
-    };
-/* 9.1.3 AlgorithmCapGetImplemented() */
-/* This function is used by TPM2_GetCapability() to return a list of the implemented algorithms. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* YES more algorithms to report */
-/* NO no more algorithms to report */
+};
+
+//** AlgorithmCapGetImplemented()
+// This function is used by TPM2_GetCapability() to return a list of the
+// implemented algorithms.
+//
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//  YES        more algorithms to report
+//  NO         no more algorithms to report
 TPMI_YES_NO
-AlgorithmCapGetImplemented(
-			   TPM_ALG_ID                   algID,     // IN: the starting algorithm ID
-			   UINT32                       count,     // IN: count of returned algorithms
-			   TPML_ALG_PROPERTY           *algList    // OUT: algorithm list
-			   )
+AlgorithmCapGetImplemented(TPM_ALG_ID algID,  // IN: the starting algorithm ID
+                           UINT32     count,  // IN: count of returned algorithms
+                           TPML_ALG_PROPERTY* algList  // OUT: algorithm list
+)
 {
-    TPMI_YES_NO     more = NO;
-    UINT32          i;
-    UINT32          algNum;
+    TPMI_YES_NO more = NO;
+    UINT32      i;
+    UINT32      algNum;
+
     // initialize output algorithm list
     algList->count = 0;
+
     // The maximum count of algorithms we may return is MAX_CAP_ALGS.
     if(count > MAX_CAP_ALGS)
-	count = MAX_CAP_ALGS;
+        count = MAX_CAP_ALGS;
+
     // Compute how many algorithms are defined in s_algorithms array.
     algNum = sizeof(s_algorithms) / sizeof(s_algorithms[0]);
+
     // Scan the implemented algorithm list to see if there is a match to 'algID'.
     for(i = 0; i < algNum; i++)
-	{
-	    // If algID is less than the starting algorithm ID, skip it
-	    if(s_algorithms[i].algID < algID)
-		continue;
-	    if(!RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,// libtpms added begin
-					     s_algorithms[i].algID))
-		continue;							// libtpms added end
-	    if(algList->count < count)
-		{
-		    // If we have not filled up the return list, add more algorithms
-		    // to it
-		    algList->algProperties[algList->count].alg = s_algorithms[i].algID;
-		    algList->algProperties[algList->count].algProperties =
-			s_algorithms[i].attributes;
-		    algList->count++;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    // If the return list is full but we still have algorithms
-		    // available, report this and stop scanning.
-		    more = YES;
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // If algID is less than the starting algorithm ID, skip it
+        if(s_algorithms[i].algID < algID)
+            continue;
+        if(!RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,// libtpms added begin
+                                         s_algorithms[i].algID))
+            continue;							// libtpms added end
+        if(algList->count < count)
+        {
+            // If we have not filled up the return list, add more algorithms
+            // to it
+            algList->algProperties[algList->count].alg = s_algorithms[i].algID;
+            algList->algProperties[algList->count].algProperties =
+                s_algorithms[i].attributes;
+            algList->count++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If the return list is full but we still have algorithms
+            // available, report this and stop scanning.
+            more = YES;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
     return more;
 }
 
@@ -229,9 +247,9 @@ AlgorithmCapGetImplemented(
 // This function returns whether a single algorithm was implemented, along
 // with its properties (if implemented).
 BOOL AlgorithmCapGetOneImplemented(
-				   TPM_ALG_ID         algID,       // IN: the algorithm ID
-				   TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY* algProperty  // OUT: algorithm properties
-				   )
+    TPM_ALG_ID         algID,       // IN: the algorithm ID
+    TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY* algProperty  // OUT: algorithm properties
+)
 {
     UINT32 i;
     UINT32 algNum;
@@ -244,39 +262,37 @@ BOOL AlgorithmCapGetOneImplemented(
 
     // Scan the implemented algorithm list to see if there is a match to 'algID'.
     for(i = 0; i < algNum; i++)
-	{
-	    // If algID is less than the starting algorithm ID, skip it
-	    if(s_algorithms[i].algID == algID)
-		{
-		    algProperty->alg           = algID;
-		    algProperty->algProperties = s_algorithms[i].attributes;
-		    return TRUE;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // If algID is less than the starting algorithm ID, skip it
+        if(s_algorithms[i].algID == algID)
+        {
+            algProperty->alg           = algID;
+            algProperty->algProperties = s_algorithms[i].attributes;
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
     return FALSE;
 }
 
-
-/* 9.1.4 AlgorithmGetImplementedVector()
-
-   This function returns the bit vector of the implemented algorithms.
-*/
+//** AlgorithmGetImplementedVector()
+// This function returns the bit vector of the implemented algorithms.
 LIB_EXPORT
-void
-AlgorithmGetImplementedVector(
-			      ALGORITHM_VECTOR    *implemented    // OUT: the implemented bits are SET
-			      )
+void AlgorithmGetImplementedVector(
+    ALGORITHM_VECTOR* implemented  // OUT: the implemented bits are SET
+)
 {
-    int                      index;
+    int index;
+
     // Nothing implemented until we say it is
     MemorySet(implemented, 0, sizeof(ALGORITHM_VECTOR));
     // Go through the list of implemented algorithms and SET the corresponding bit in
     // in the implemented vector
-    for(index = (sizeof(s_algorithms) / sizeof(s_algorithms[0])) - 1;
-	index >= 0; index--) {							// libtpms changed
-	if (RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,	// libtpms added begin
-					 s_algorithms[index].algID))
-	    SET_BIT(s_algorithms[index].algID, *implemented);
+    for(index = (sizeof(s_algorithms) / sizeof(s_algorithms[0])) - 1; index >= 0;
+        index--) {								// libtpms changed
+        if (RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,	// libtpms added begin
+                                         s_algorithms[index].algID))
+            SET_BIT(s_algorithms[index].algID, *implemented);
     }										// libtpms added end
     return;
 }

src/tpm2/AlgorithmCap_fp.h

@@ -58,28 +58,40 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef ALGORITHMCAP_FP_H
-#define ALGORITHMCAP_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:19PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _ALGORITHM_CAP_FP_H_
+#define _ALGORITHM_CAP_FP_H_
+
+//** AlgorithmCapGetImplemented()
+// This function is used by TPM2_GetCapability() to return a list of the
+// implemented algorithms.
+//
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//  YES        more algorithms to report
+//  NO         no more algorithms to report
 TPMI_YES_NO
-AlgorithmCapGetImplemented(
-			   TPM_ALG_ID                   algID,     // IN: the starting algorithm ID
-			   UINT32                       count,     // IN: count of returned algorithms
-			   TPML_ALG_PROPERTY           *algList    // OUT: algorithm list
-			   );
+AlgorithmCapGetImplemented(TPM_ALG_ID algID,  // IN: the starting algorithm ID
+                           UINT32     count,  // IN: count of returned algorithms
+                           TPML_ALG_PROPERTY* algList  // OUT: algorithm list
+);
+
 //** AlgorithmCapGetOneImplemented()
 // This function returns whether a single algorithm was implemented, along
 // with its properties (if implemented).
 BOOL AlgorithmCapGetOneImplemented(
-				   TPM_ALG_ID         algID,       // IN: the algorithm ID
-				   TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY* algProperty  // OUT: algorithm properties
-				   );
+    TPM_ALG_ID         algID,       // IN: the algorithm ID
+    TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY* algProperty  // OUT: algorithm properties
+);
 
+//** AlgorithmGetImplementedVector()
+// This function returns the bit vector of the implemented algorithms.
 LIB_EXPORT
-void
-AlgorithmGetImplementedVector(
-			      ALGORITHM_VECTOR    *implemented    // OUT: the implemented bits are SET
-			      );
+void AlgorithmGetImplementedVector(
+    ALGORITHM_VECTOR* implemented  // OUT: the implemented bits are SET
+);
 
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _ALGORITHM_CAP_FP_H_

src/tpm2/AlgorithmTests_fp.h

@@ -58,17 +58,38 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef ALGORITHMTESTS_FP_H
-#define ALGORITHMTESTS_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar  4, 2020  Time: 02:36:44PM
+ */
+
+#ifndef _ALGORITHM_TESTS_FP_H_
+#define _ALGORITHM_TESTS_FP_H_
 
 #if ENABLE_SELF_TESTS
 
+//*** TestAlgorithm()
+// Dispatches to the correct test function for the algorithm or gets a list of
+// testable algorithms.
+//
+// If 'toTest' is not NULL, then the test decisions are based on the algorithm
+// selections in 'toTest'. Otherwise, 'g_toTest' is used. When bits are clear in
+// 'g_toTest' they will also be cleared 'toTest'.
+//
+// If there doesn't happen to be a test for the algorithm, its associated bit is
+// quietly cleared.
+//
+// If 'alg' is zero (TPM_ALG_ERROR), then the toTest vector is cleared of any bits
+// for which there is no test (i.e. no tests are actually run but the vector is
+// cleared).
+//
+// Note: 'toTest' will only ever have bits set for implemented algorithms but 'alg'
+// can be anything.
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_CANCELED     test was canceled
 LIB_EXPORT
 TPM_RC
-TestAlgorithm(
-	      TPM_ALG_ID               alg,
-	      ALGORITHM_VECTOR        *toTest
-	      );
-
+TestAlgorithm(TPM_ALG_ID alg, ALGORITHM_VECTOR* toTest);
 #endif  // ENABLE_SELF_TESTS
-#endif  // ALGORITHMTESTS_FP_H
+
+#endif  // _ALGORITHM_TESTS_FP_H_

src/tpm2/Attest_spt.c

@@ -59,151 +59,172 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
+//** Includes
 #include "Tpm.h"
 #include "Attest_spt_fp.h"
-/* 7.2.2 Functions */
-/* 7.2.2.1 FillInAttestInfo() */
-/* Fill in common fields of TPMS_ATTEST structure. */
-void
-FillInAttestInfo(
-		 TPMI_DH_OBJECT       signHandle,    // IN: handle of signing object
-		 TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     *scheme,        // IN/OUT: scheme to be used for signing
-		 TPM2B_DATA          *data,          // IN: qualifying data
-		 TPMS_ATTEST         *attest         // OUT: attest structure
-		 )
+#include "Marshal.h"
+
+//** Functions
+
+//***FillInAttestInfo()
+// Fill in common fields of TPMS_ATTEST structure.
+void FillInAttestInfo(
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   signHandle,  // IN: handle of signing object
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME* scheme,      // IN/OUT: scheme to be used for signing
+    TPM2B_DATA*      data,        // IN: qualifying data
+    TPMS_ATTEST*     attest       // OUT: attest structure
+)
 {
-    OBJECT              *signObject = HandleToObject(signHandle);
+    OBJECT* signObject = HandleToObject(signHandle);
+
     // Magic number
     attest->magic = TPM_GENERATED_VALUE;
+
     if(signObject == NULL)
-	{
-	    // The name for a null handle is TPM_RH_NULL
-	    // This is defined because UINT32_TO_BYTE_ARRAY does a cast. If the
-	    // size of the cast is smaller than a constant, the compiler warns
-	    // about the truncation of a constant value.
-	    TPM_HANDLE      nullHandle = TPM_RH_NULL;
-	    attest->qualifiedSigner.t.size = sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
-	    UINT32_TO_BYTE_ARRAY(nullHandle, attest->qualifiedSigner.t.name);
-	}
+    {
+        // The name for a null handle is TPM_RH_NULL
+        // This is defined because UINT32_TO_BYTE_ARRAY does a cast. If the
+        // size of the cast is smaller than a constant, the compiler warns
+        // about the truncation of a constant value.
+        TPM_HANDLE nullHandle          = TPM_RH_NULL;
+        attest->qualifiedSigner.t.size = sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
+        UINT32_TO_BYTE_ARRAY(nullHandle, attest->qualifiedSigner.t.name);
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    // Certifying object qualified name
-	    // if the scheme is anonymous, this is an empty buffer
-	    if(CryptIsSchemeAnonymous(scheme->scheme))
-		attest->qualifiedSigner.t.size = 0;
-	    else
-		attest->qualifiedSigner = signObject->qualifiedName;
-	}
+    {
+        // Certifying object qualified name
+        // if the scheme is anonymous, this is an empty buffer
+        if(CryptIsSchemeAnonymous(scheme->scheme))
+            attest->qualifiedSigner.t.size = 0;
+        else
+            attest->qualifiedSigner = signObject->qualifiedName;
+    }
     // current clock in plain text
     TimeFillInfo(&attest->clockInfo);
+
     // Firmware version in plain text
     attest->firmwareVersion = ((UINT64)gp.firmwareV1 << (sizeof(UINT32) * 8));
     attest->firmwareVersion += gp.firmwareV2;
+
     // Check the hierarchy of sign object.  For NULL sign handle, the hierarchy
     // will be TPM_RH_NULL
     if((signObject == NULL)
        || (!signObject->attributes.epsHierarchy
-	   && !signObject->attributes.ppsHierarchy))
-	{
-	    // For signing key that is not in platform or endorsement hierarchy,
-	    // obfuscate the reset, restart and firmware version information
-	    UINT64          obfuscation[2];
-	    CryptKDFa(CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG, &gp.shProof.b, OBFUSCATE_STRING,
-		      &attest->qualifiedSigner.b, NULL, 128,
-		      (BYTE *)&obfuscation[0], NULL, FALSE);
-	    // Obfuscate data
-	    attest->firmwareVersion += obfuscation[0];
-	    attest->clockInfo.resetCount += (UINT32)(obfuscation[1] >> 32);
-	    attest->clockInfo.restartCount += (UINT32)obfuscation[1];
-	}
+           && !signObject->attributes.ppsHierarchy))
+    {
+        // For signing key that is not in platform or endorsement hierarchy,
+        // obfuscate the reset, restart and firmware version information
+        UINT64 obfuscation[2];
+        CryptKDFa(CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG,
+                  &gp.shProof.b,
+                  OBFUSCATE_STRING,
+                  &attest->qualifiedSigner.b,
+                  NULL,
+                  128,
+                  (BYTE*)&obfuscation[0],
+                  NULL,
+                  FALSE);
+        // Obfuscate data
+        attest->firmwareVersion += obfuscation[0];
+        attest->clockInfo.resetCount += (UINT32)(obfuscation[1] >> 32);
+        attest->clockInfo.restartCount += (UINT32)obfuscation[1];
+    }
     // External data
     if(CryptIsSchemeAnonymous(scheme->scheme))
-	attest->extraData.t.size = 0;
+        attest->extraData.t.size = 0;
     else
-	{
-	    // If we move the data to the attestation structure, then it is not
-	    // used in the signing operation except as part of the signed data
-	    attest->extraData = *data;
-	    data->t.size = 0;
-	}
-}
-/* 7.2.2.2 SignAttestInfo() */
-/* Sign a TPMS_ATTEST structure. If signHandle is TPM_RH_NULL, a null signature is returned. */
-/* Error Returns Meaning */
-/* TPM_RC_ATTRIBUTES signHandle references not a signing key */
-/* TPM_RC_SCHEME scheme is not compatible with signHandle type */
-/* TPM_RC_VALUE digest generated for the given scheme is greater than the modulus of signHandle (for
-   an RSA key); invalid commit status or failed to generate r value (for an ECC key) */
-TPM_RC
-SignAttestInfo(
-	       OBJECT              *signKey,           // IN: sign object
-	       TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     *scheme,            // IN: sign scheme
-	       TPMS_ATTEST         *certifyInfo,       // IN: the data to be signed
-	       TPM2B_DATA          *qualifyingData,    // IN: extra data for the signing
-	       //     process
-	       TPM2B_ATTEST        *attest,            // OUT: marshaled attest blob to be
-	       //     signed
-	       TPMT_SIGNATURE      *signature          // OUT: signature
-	       )
-{
-    BYTE                    *buffer;
-    HASH_STATE              hashState;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST            digest;
-    TPM_RC                  result;
-    // Marshal TPMS_ATTEST structure for hash
-    buffer = attest->t.attestationData;
-    attest->t.size = TPMS_ATTEST_Marshal(certifyInfo, &buffer, NULL);
-    if(signKey == NULL)
-	{
-	    signature->sigAlg = TPM_ALG_NULL;
-	    result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
-	}
-    else
-	{
-	    TPMI_ALG_HASH           hashAlg;
-	    // Compute hash
-	    hashAlg = scheme->details.any.hashAlg;
-	    // need to set the receive buffer to get something put in it
-	    digest.t.size = sizeof(digest.t.buffer);
-	    digest.t.size = CryptHashBlock(hashAlg, attest->t.size,
-					   attest->t.attestationData,
-					   digest.t.size, digest.t.buffer);
-	    // If there is qualifying data, need to rehash the data
-	    // hash(qualifyingData || hash(attestationData))
-	    if(qualifyingData->t.size != 0)
-		{
-		    CryptHashStart(&hashState, hashAlg);
-		    CryptDigestUpdate2B(&hashState, &qualifyingData->b);
-		    CryptDigestUpdate2B(&hashState, &digest.b);
-		    CryptHashEnd2B(&hashState, &digest.b);
-		}
-	    // Sign the hash. A TPM_RC_VALUE, TPM_RC_SCHEME, or
-	    // TPM_RC_ATTRIBUTES error may be returned at this point
-	    result = CryptSign(signKey, scheme, &digest, signature);
-	    // Since the clock is used in an attestation, the state in NV is no longer
-	    // "orderly" with respect to the data in RAM if the signature is valid
-	    if(result == TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		{
-		    // Command uses the clock so need to clear the orderly state if it is
-		    // set.
-		    result = NvClearOrderly();
-		}
-	}
-    return result;
-}
-/* 7.2.2.3 IsSigningObject() */
-/* Checks to see if the object is OK for signing. This is here rather than in Object_spt.c because
-   all the attestation commands use this file but not Object_spt.c. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* TRUE object may sign */
-/* FALSE object may not sign */
-BOOL
-IsSigningObject(
-		OBJECT          *object         // IN:
-		)
-{
-    return ((object == NULL)
-	    || ((IS_ATTRIBUTE(object->publicArea.objectAttributes, TPMA_OBJECT, sign)
-		 && object->publicArea.type != TPM_ALG_SYMCIPHER)));
+    {
+        // If we move the data to the attestation structure, then it is not
+        // used in the signing operation except as part of the signed data
+        attest->extraData = *data;
+        data->t.size      = 0;
+    }
 }
 
+//***SignAttestInfo()
+// Sign a TPMS_ATTEST structure. If signHandle is TPM_RH_NULL, a null signature
+// is returned.
+//
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_ATTRIBUTES   'signHandle' references not a signing key
+//      TPM_RC_SCHEME       'scheme' is not compatible with 'signHandle' type
+//      TPM_RC_VALUE        digest generated for the given 'scheme' is greater than
+//                          the modulus of 'signHandle' (for an RSA key);
+//                          invalid commit status or failed to generate "r" value
+//                          (for an ECC key)
+TPM_RC
+SignAttestInfo(OBJECT*          signKey,         // IN: sign object
+               TPMT_SIG_SCHEME* scheme,          // IN: sign scheme
+               TPMS_ATTEST*     certifyInfo,     // IN: the data to be signed
+               TPM2B_DATA*      qualifyingData,  // IN: extra data for the signing
+                                                 //     process
+               TPM2B_ATTEST* attest,             // OUT: marshaled attest blob to be
+                                                 //     signed
+               TPMT_SIGNATURE* signature         // OUT: signature
+)
+{
+    BYTE*        buffer;
+    HASH_STATE   hashState;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST digest;
+    TPM_RC       result;
+
+    // Marshal TPMS_ATTEST structure for hash
+    buffer         = attest->t.attestationData;
+    attest->t.size = TPMS_ATTEST_Marshal(certifyInfo, &buffer, NULL);
+
+    if(signKey == NULL)
+    {
+        signature->sigAlg = TPM_ALG_NULL;
+        result            = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        TPMI_ALG_HASH hashAlg;
+        // Compute hash
+        hashAlg = scheme->details.any.hashAlg;
+        // need to set the receive buffer to get something put in it
+        digest.t.size = sizeof(digest.t.buffer);
+        digest.t.size = CryptHashBlock(hashAlg,
+                                       attest->t.size,
+                                       attest->t.attestationData,
+                                       digest.t.size,
+                                       digest.t.buffer);
+        // If there is qualifying data, need to rehash the data
+        // hash(qualifyingData || hash(attestationData))
+        if(qualifyingData->t.size != 0)
+        {
+            CryptHashStart(&hashState, hashAlg);
+            CryptDigestUpdate2B(&hashState, &qualifyingData->b);
+            CryptDigestUpdate2B(&hashState, &digest.b);
+            CryptHashEnd2B(&hashState, &digest.b);
+        }
+        // Sign the hash. A TPM_RC_VALUE, TPM_RC_SCHEME, or
+        // TPM_RC_ATTRIBUTES error may be returned at this point
+        result = CryptSign(signKey, scheme, &digest, signature);
+
+        // Since the clock is used in an attestation, the state in NV is no longer
+        // "orderly" with respect to the data in RAM if the signature is valid
+        if(result == TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            // Command uses the clock so need to clear the orderly state if it is
+            // set.
+            result = NvClearOrderly();
+        }
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+//*** IsSigningObject()
+// Checks to see if the object is OK for signing. This is here rather than in
+// Object_spt.c because all the attestation commands use this file but not
+// Object_spt.c.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         object may sign
+//      FALSE(0)        object may not sign
+BOOL IsSigningObject(OBJECT* object  // IN:
+)
+{
+    return ((object == NULL)
+            || ((IS_ATTRIBUTE(object->publicArea.objectAttributes, TPMA_OBJECT, sign)
+                 && object->publicArea.type != TPM_ALG_SYMCIPHER)));
+}

src/tpm2/Attest_spt_fp.h

@@ -59,34 +59,53 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef ATTEST_SPT_FP_H
-#define ATTEST_SPT_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:18PM
+ */
 
-void
-FillInAttestInfo(
-		 TPMI_DH_OBJECT       signHandle,    // IN: handle of signing object
-		 TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     *scheme,        // IN/OUT: scheme to be used for signing
-		 TPM2B_DATA          *data,          // IN: qualifying data
-		 TPMS_ATTEST         *attest         // OUT: attest structure
-		 );
+#ifndef _ATTEST_SPT_FP_H_
+#define _ATTEST_SPT_FP_H_
+
+//***FillInAttestInfo()
+// Fill in common fields of TPMS_ATTEST structure.
+void FillInAttestInfo(
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   signHandle,  // IN: handle of signing object
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME* scheme,      // IN/OUT: scheme to be used for signing
+    TPM2B_DATA*      data,        // IN: qualifying data
+    TPMS_ATTEST*     attest       // OUT: attest structure
+);
+
+//***SignAttestInfo()
+// Sign a TPMS_ATTEST structure. If signHandle is TPM_RH_NULL, a null signature
+// is returned.
+//
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_ATTRIBUTES   'signHandle' references not a signing key
+//      TPM_RC_SCHEME       'scheme' is not compatible with 'signHandle' type
+//      TPM_RC_VALUE        digest generated for the given 'scheme' is greater than
+//                          the modulus of 'signHandle' (for an RSA key);
+//                          invalid commit status or failed to generate "r" value
+//                          (for an ECC key)
 TPM_RC
-SignAttestInfo(
-	       OBJECT              *signKey,           // IN: sign object
-	       TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     *scheme,            // IN: sign scheme
-	       TPMS_ATTEST         *certifyInfo,       // IN: the data to be signed
-	       TPM2B_DATA          *qualifyingData,    // IN: extra data for the signing
-	       //     process
-	       TPM2B_ATTEST        *attest,            // OUT: marshaled attest blob to be
-	       //     signed
-	       TPMT_SIGNATURE      *signature          // OUT: signature
-	       );
-BOOL
-IsSigningObject(
-		OBJECT          *object         // IN:
-		);
+SignAttestInfo(OBJECT*          signKey,         // IN: sign object
+               TPMT_SIG_SCHEME* scheme,          // IN: sign scheme
+               TPMS_ATTEST*     certifyInfo,     // IN: the data to be signed
+               TPM2B_DATA*      qualifyingData,  // IN: extra data for the signing
+                                                 //     process
+               TPM2B_ATTEST* attest,             // OUT: marshaled attest blob to be
+                                                 //     signed
+               TPMT_SIGNATURE* signature         // OUT: signature
+);
 
+//*** IsSigningObject()
+// Checks to see if the object is OK for signing. This is here rather than in
+// Object_spt.c because all the attestation commands use this file but not
+// Object_spt.c.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         object may sign
+//      FALSE(0)        object may not sign
+BOOL IsSigningObject(OBJECT* object  // IN:
+);
 
-
-
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _ATTEST_SPT_FP_H_

src/tpm2/BaseTypes.h

@@ -59,27 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 5.2	BaseTypes.h */
 
-#ifndef BASETYPES_H
-#define BASETYPES_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-#include <stdint.h>
+#ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PUBLIC_BASETYPES_H_
+#define _TPM_INCLUDE_PUBLIC_BASETYPES_H_
 
-/* NULL definition */
+// NULL definition
+#ifndef NULL
+#  define NULL (0)
+#endif  // NULL
 
-#ifndef         NULL
-#define         NULL        (0)
-#endif
-typedef  uint8_t            UINT8;
-typedef  uint8_t            BYTE;
-typedef  int8_t             INT8;
-typedef  int                BOOL;
-typedef  uint16_t           UINT16;
-typedef  int16_t            INT16;
-typedef  uint32_t           UINT32;
-typedef  int32_t            INT32;
-typedef  uint64_t           UINT64;
-typedef  int64_t            INT64;
+typedef uint8_t  UINT8;
+typedef uint8_t  BYTE;
+typedef int8_t   INT8;
+typedef int      BOOL;
+typedef uint16_t UINT16;
+typedef int16_t  INT16;
+typedef uint32_t UINT32;
+typedef int32_t  INT32;
+typedef uint64_t UINT64;
+typedef int64_t  INT64;
 
-#endif
+#endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PUBLIC_BASETYPES_H_

src/tpm2/Bits.c

@@ -59,55 +59,53 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 9.2 Bits.c */
-/* 9.2.1 Introduction */
-/* This file contains bit manipulation routines.  They operate on bit arrays. */
-/* The 0th bit in the array is the right-most bit in the 0th octet in the array. */
-/* NOTE: If pAssert() is defined, the functions will assert if the indicated bit number is outside
-   of the range of bArray. How the assert is handled is implementation dependent. */
-/* 9.2.2 Includes */
-#include "Tpm.h"
-/* 9.2.3 Functions */
-/* 9.2.3.1 TestBit() */
-/* This function is used to check the setting of a bit in an array of bits. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* TRUE bit is set */
-/* FALSE bit is not set */
+//** Introduction
+// This file contains bit manipulation routines.  They operate on bit arrays.
+//
+// The 0th bit in the array is the right-most bit in the 0th octet in
+// the array.
+//
+// NOTE: If pAssert() is defined, the functions will assert if the indicated bit
+// number is outside of the range of 'bArray'. How the assert is handled is
+// implementation dependent.
 
-BOOL
-TestBit(
-	unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
-	BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-	unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-	)
+//** Includes
+
+#include "Tpm.h"
+
+//** Functions
+
+//*** TestBit()
+// This function is used to check the setting of a bit in an array of bits.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         bit is set
+//      FALSE(0)        bit is not set
+BOOL TestBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
+             BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+             unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+)
 {
     pAssert(bytesInArray > (bitNum >> 3));
-    return((bArray[bitNum >> 3] & (1 << (bitNum & 7))) != 0);
+    return ((bArray[bitNum >> 3] & (1 << (bitNum & 7))) != 0);
 }
 
-/* 9.2.3.2 SetBit() */
-/* This function will set the indicated bit in bArray. */
-
-void
-SetBit(
-       unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
-       BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-       unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-       )
+//*** SetBit()
+// This function will set the indicated bit in 'bArray'.
+void SetBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
+            BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+            unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+)
 {
     pAssert(bytesInArray > (bitNum >> 3));
     bArray[bitNum >> 3] |= (1 << (bitNum & 7));
 }
 
-/* 9.2.3.3 ClearBit() */
-/* This function will clear the indicated bit in bArray. */
-
-void
-ClearBit(
-	 unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'.
-	 BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-	 unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-	 )
+//*** ClearBit()
+// This function will clear the indicated bit in 'bArray'.
+void ClearBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'.
+              BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+              unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+)
 {
     pAssert(bytesInArray > (bitNum >> 3));
     bArray[bitNum >> 3] &= ~(1 << (bitNum & 7));

src/tpm2/Bits_fp.h

@@ -59,40 +59,36 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef BITS_FP_H
-#define BITS_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:19PM
+ */
 
-/* 5.3.1 TestBit() */
-/* This function is used to check the setting of a bit in an array of bits. */
-/* Return Value Meaning */
-/* TRUE bit is set */
-/* FALSE bit is not set */
+#ifndef _BITS_FP_H_
+#define _BITS_FP_H_
 
-BOOL
-TestBit(
-	unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
-	BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-	unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-	);
+//*** TestBit()
+// This function is used to check the setting of a bit in an array of bits.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         bit is set
+//      FALSE(0)        bit is not set
+BOOL TestBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
+             BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+             unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+);
 
-/* 5.3.2 SetBit() */
-/* This function will set the indicated bit in bArray. */
+//*** SetBit()
+// This function will set the indicated bit in 'bArray'.
+void SetBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
+            BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+            unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+);
 
-void
-SetBit(
-       unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'
-       BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-       unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-       );
+//*** ClearBit()
+// This function will clear the indicated bit in 'bArray'.
+void ClearBit(unsigned int bitNum,       // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'.
+              BYTE*        bArray,       // IN: array containing the bits
+              unsigned int bytesInArray  // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
+);
 
-/* 5.3.3 ClearBit() */
-/* This function will clear the indicated bit in bArray. */
-
-void
-ClearBit(
-	 unsigned int     bitNum,        // IN: number of the bit in 'bArray'.
-	 BYTE            *bArray,        // IN: array containing the bits
-	 unsigned int     bytesInArray   // IN: size in bytes of 'bArray'
-	 );
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _BITS_FP_H_

src/tpm2/BnConvert.c

@@ -84,32 +84,32 @@ LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnFromBytes(bigNum bn, const BYTE* bytes, NUMBYTES nBytes)
 
     // If nothing in, nothing out
     if(bn == NULL)
-	return NULL;
+        return NULL;
 
     // make sure things fit
     pAssert(BnGetAllocated(bn) >= size);
 
     if(size > 0)
-	{
-	    // Clear the topmost word in case it is not filled with data
-	    bn->d[size - 1] = 0;
-	    // Moving the input bytes from the end of the list (LSB) end
-	    pFrom = bytes + nBytes - 1;
-	    // To the LS0 of the LSW of the bigNum.
-	    pTo = (BYTE*)bn->d;
-	    for(; nBytes != 0; nBytes--)
-		*pTo++ = *pFrom--;
-	    // For a little-endian machine, the conversion is a straight byte
-	    // reversal. For a big-endian machine, we have to put the words in
-	    // big-endian byte order
+    {
+        // Clear the topmost word in case it is not filled with data
+        bn->d[size - 1] = 0;
+        // Moving the input bytes from the end of the list (LSB) end
+        pFrom = bytes + nBytes - 1;
+        // To the LS0 of the LSW of the bigNum.
+        pTo = (BYTE*)bn->d;
+        for(; nBytes != 0; nBytes--)
+            *pTo++ = *pFrom--;
+            // For a little-endian machine, the conversion is a straight byte
+            // reversal. For a big-endian machine, we have to put the words in
+            // big-endian byte order
 #if BIG_ENDIAN_TPM
-	    {
-		crypt_word_t t;
-		for(t = (crypt_word_t)size - 1; t >= 0; t--)
-		    bn->d[t] = SWAP_CRYPT_WORD(bn->d[t]);
-	    }
+        {
+            crypt_word_t t;
+            for(t = (crypt_word_t)size - 1; t >= 0; t--)
+                bn->d[t] = SWAP_CRYPT_WORD(bn->d[t]);
+        }
 #endif
-	}
+    }
     BnSetTop(bn, size);
     return bn;
 }
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnFromBytes(bigNum bn, const BYTE* bytes, NUMBYTES nBytes)
 // If the input value does not exist, or the output does not exist, or the input
 // will not fit into the output the function returns NULL
 LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnFrom2B(bigNum       bn,  // OUT:
-			   const TPM2B* a2B  // IN: number to convert
-			   )
+                           const TPM2B* a2B  // IN: number to convert
+)
 {
     if(a2B != NULL)
-	return BnFromBytes(bn, a2B->buffer, a2B->size);
+        return BnFromBytes(bn, a2B->buffer, a2B->size);
     // Make sure that the number has an initialized value rather than whatever
     // was there before
     BnSetTop(bn, 0);  // Function accepts NULL
@@ -142,11 +142,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnFrom2B(bigNum       bn,  // OUT:
 // unpack each word individually, the bigNum is converted to little-endian words,
 // copied, and then converted back to big-endian.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnToBytes(bigConst  bn,
-			  BYTE*     buffer,
-			  NUMBYTES* size  // This the number of bytes that are
-			  // available in the buffer. The result
-			  // should be this big.
-			  )
+                          BYTE*     buffer,
+                          NUMBYTES* size  // This the number of bytes that are
+                                          // available in the buffer. The result
+                                          // should be this big.
+)
 {
     crypt_uword_t requiredSize;
     BYTE*         pFrom;
@@ -158,41 +158,41 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnToBytes(bigConst  bn,
 
     requiredSize = (BnSizeInBits(bn) + 7) / 8;
     if(requiredSize == 0)
-	{
-	    // If the input value is 0, return a byte of zero
-	    *size   = 1;
-	    *buffer = 0;
-	}
+    {
+        // If the input value is 0, return a byte of zero
+        *size   = 1;
+        *buffer = 0;
+    }
     else
-	{
+    {
 #if BIG_ENDIAN_TPM
-	    // Copy the constant input value into a modifiable value
-	    BN_VAR(bnL, LARGEST_NUMBER_BITS * 2);
-	    BnCopy(bnL, bn);
-	    // byte swap the words in the local value to make them little-endian
-	    for(count = 0; count < bnL->size; count++)
-		bnL->d[count] = SWAP_CRYPT_WORD(bnL->d[count]);
-	    bn = (bigConst)bnL;
+        // Copy the constant input value into a modifiable value
+        BN_VAR(bnL, LARGEST_NUMBER_BITS * 2);
+        BnCopy(bnL, bn);
+        // byte swap the words in the local value to make them little-endian
+        for(count = 0; count < bnL->size; count++)
+            bnL->d[count] = SWAP_CRYPT_WORD(bnL->d[count]);
+        bn = (bigConst)bnL;
 #endif
-	    if(*size == 0)
-		*size = (NUMBYTES)requiredSize;
-	    pAssert(requiredSize <= *size);
-	    // Byte swap the number (not words but the whole value)
-	    count = *size;
-	    // Start from the least significant word and offset to the most significant
-	    // byte which is in some high word
-	    pFrom = (BYTE*)(&bn->d[0]) + requiredSize - 1;
-	    pTo   = buffer;
+        if(*size == 0)
+            *size = (NUMBYTES)requiredSize;
+        pAssert(requiredSize <= *size);
+        // Byte swap the number (not words but the whole value)
+        count = *size;
+        // Start from the least significant word and offset to the most significant
+        // byte which is in some high word
+        pFrom = (BYTE*)(&bn->d[0]) + requiredSize - 1;
+        pTo   = buffer;
 
-	    // If the number of output bytes is larger than the number bytes required
-	    // for the input number, pad with zeros
-	    for(count = *size; count > requiredSize; count--)
-		*pTo++ = 0;
-	    // Move the most significant byte at the end of the BigNum to the next most
-	    // significant byte position of the 2B and repeat for all significant bytes.
-	    for(; requiredSize > 0; requiredSize--)
-		*pTo++ = *pFrom--;
-	}
+        // If the number of output bytes is larger than the number bytes required
+        // for the input number, pad with zeros
+        for(count = *size; count > requiredSize; count--)
+            *pTo++ = 0;
+        // Move the most significant byte at the end of the BigNum to the next most
+        // significant byte position of the 2B and repeat for all significant bytes.
+        for(; requiredSize > 0; requiredSize--)
+            *pTo++ = *pFrom--;
+    }
     return TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -203,16 +203,16 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnToBytes(bigConst  bn,
 // is returned. If 'size' is zero, then the TPM2B is assumed to be large enough
 // for the data and a2b->size will be adjusted accordingly.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnTo2B(bigConst bn,   // IN:
-		       TPM2B*   a2B,  // OUT:
-		       NUMBYTES size  // IN: the desired size
-		       )
+                       TPM2B*   a2B,  // OUT:
+                       NUMBYTES size  // IN: the desired size
+)
 {
     // Set the output size
     if(bn && a2B)
-	{
-	    a2B->size = size;
-	    return BnToBytes(bn, a2B->buffer, &a2B->size);
-	}
+    {
+        a2B->size = size;
+        return BnToBytes(bn, a2B->buffer, &a2B->size);
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -223,21 +223,21 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnTo2B(bigConst bn,   // IN:
 // A point is going to be two ECC values in the same buffer. The values are going
 // to be the size of the modulus.  They are in modular form.
 LIB_EXPORT bn_point_t* BnPointFromBytes(
-					bigPoint    ecP,  // OUT: the preallocated point structure
-					const BYTE* x,
-					NUMBYTES    nBytesX,
-					const BYTE* y,
-					NUMBYTES    nBytesY)
+    bigPoint    ecP,  // OUT: the preallocated point structure
+    const BYTE* x,
+    NUMBYTES    nBytesX,
+    const BYTE* y,
+    NUMBYTES    nBytesY)
 {
     if(x == NULL || y == NULL)
-	return NULL;
+        return NULL;
 
     if(NULL != ecP)
-	{
-	    BnFromBytes(ecP->x, x, nBytesX);
-	    BnFromBytes(ecP->y, y, nBytesY);
-	    BnSetWord(ecP->z, 1);
-	}
+    {
+        BnFromBytes(ecP->x, x, nBytesX);
+        BnFromBytes(ecP->y, y, nBytesY);
+        BnSetWord(ecP->z, 1);
+    }
     return ecP;
 }
 
@@ -248,11 +248,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT bn_point_t* BnPointFromBytes(
 // on input the NUMBYTES* parameters indicate the maximum buffer size.
 // on output, they represent the amount of significant data in that buffer.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnPointToBytes(
-			       pointConst ecP,  // OUT: the preallocated point structure
-			       BYTE*      x,
-			       NUMBYTES*  pBytesX,
-			       BYTE*      y,
-			       NUMBYTES*  pBytesY)
+    pointConst ecP,  // OUT: the preallocated point structure
+    BYTE*      x,
+    NUMBYTES*  pBytesX,
+    BYTE*      y,
+    NUMBYTES*  pBytesY)
 {
     pAssert(ecP && x && y && pBytesX && pBytesY);
     pAssert(BnEqualWord(ecP->z, 1));

src/tpm2/BnEccConstants.c

@@ -93,13 +93,13 @@
 #  define TO_ECC_528(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i)    i, h, g, f, e, d, c, b, a
 #  define TO_ECC_640(a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h, i, j) j, i, h, g, f, e, d, c, b, a
 
-#  define BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes)						\
-    (BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes) == 0) ? 1 : BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes)
-#  define ECC_CONST(NAME, bytes, initializer)			    \
-    const struct						    \
-    {								    \
-	crypt_uword_t allocate, size, d[BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes)];		\
-    } NAME = {BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes), BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes), {initializer}}
+#  define BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes) \
+      (BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes) == 0) ? 1 : BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes)
+#  define ECC_CONST(NAME, bytes, initializer)                   \
+      const struct                                              \
+      {                                                         \
+          crypt_uword_t allocate, size, d[BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes)]; \
+      } NAME = {BN_MIN_ALLOC(bytes), BYTES_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(bytes), {initializer}}
 
 // This file contains the raw data for ECC curve constants. The data is wrapped
 // in macros so this file can be included in other files that format the data in
@@ -110,98 +110,98 @@
 
 #  if ECC_NIST_P192
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS NIST_P192 = {TPM_ECC_NIST_P192,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P192_p,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P192_n,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P192_h,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P192_a,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P192_b,
-					     {(bigNum)&NIST_P192_gX,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P192_gY,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P192_gZ}};
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P192_p,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P192_n,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P192_h,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P192_a,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P192_b,
+                                             {(bigNum)&NIST_P192_gX,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P192_gY,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P192_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P192
 
 #  if ECC_NIST_P224
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS NIST_P224 = {TPM_ECC_NIST_P224,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P224_p,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P224_n,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P224_h,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P224_a,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P224_b,
-					     {(bigNum)&NIST_P224_gX,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P224_gY,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P224_gZ}};
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P224_p,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P224_n,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P224_h,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P224_a,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P224_b,
+                                             {(bigNum)&NIST_P224_gX,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P224_gY,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P224_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P224
 
 #  if ECC_NIST_P256
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS NIST_P256 = {TPM_ECC_NIST_P256,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P256_p,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P256_n,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P256_h,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P256_a,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P256_b,
-					     {(bigNum)&NIST_P256_gX,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P256_gY,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P256_gZ}};
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P256_p,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P256_n,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P256_h,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P256_a,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P256_b,
+                                             {(bigNum)&NIST_P256_gX,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P256_gY,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P256_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P256
 
 #  if ECC_NIST_P384
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS NIST_P384 = {TPM_ECC_NIST_P384,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P384_p,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P384_n,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P384_h,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P384_a,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P384_b,
-					     {(bigNum)&NIST_P384_gX,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P384_gY,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P384_gZ}};
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P384_p,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P384_n,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P384_h,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P384_a,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P384_b,
+                                             {(bigNum)&NIST_P384_gX,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P384_gY,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P384_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P384
 
 #  if ECC_NIST_P521
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS NIST_P521 = {TPM_ECC_NIST_P521,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P521_p,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P521_n,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P521_h,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P521_a,
-					     (bigNum)&NIST_P521_b,
-					     {(bigNum)&NIST_P521_gX,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P521_gY,
-					      (bigNum)&NIST_P521_gZ}};
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P521_p,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P521_n,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P521_h,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P521_a,
+                                             (bigNum)&NIST_P521_b,
+                                             {(bigNum)&NIST_P521_gX,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P521_gY,
+                                              (bigNum)&NIST_P521_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P521
 
 #  if ECC_BN_P256
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS BN_P256 = {TPM_ECC_BN_P256,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P256_p,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P256_n,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P256_h,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P256_a,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P256_b,
-					   {(bigNum)&BN_P256_gX,
-					    (bigNum)&BN_P256_gY,
-					    (bigNum)&BN_P256_gZ}};
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P256_p,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P256_n,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P256_h,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P256_a,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P256_b,
+                                           {(bigNum)&BN_P256_gX,
+                                            (bigNum)&BN_P256_gY,
+                                            (bigNum)&BN_P256_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_BN_P256
 
 #  if ECC_BN_P638
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS BN_P638 = {TPM_ECC_BN_P638,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P638_p,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P638_n,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P638_h,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P638_a,
-					   (bigNum)&BN_P638_b,
-					   {(bigNum)&BN_P638_gX,
-					    (bigNum)&BN_P638_gY,
-					    (bigNum)&BN_P638_gZ}};
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P638_p,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P638_n,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P638_h,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P638_a,
+                                           (bigNum)&BN_P638_b,
+                                           {(bigNum)&BN_P638_gX,
+                                            (bigNum)&BN_P638_gY,
+                                            (bigNum)&BN_P638_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_BN_P638
 
 #  if ECC_SM2_P256
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS SM2_P256 = {TPM_ECC_SM2_P256,
-					    (bigNum)&SM2_P256_p,
-					    (bigNum)&SM2_P256_n,
-					    (bigNum)&SM2_P256_h,
-					    (bigNum)&SM2_P256_a,
-					    (bigNum)&SM2_P256_b,
-					    {(bigNum)&SM2_P256_gX,
-					     (bigNum)&SM2_P256_gY,
-					     (bigNum)&SM2_P256_gZ}};
+                                            (bigNum)&SM2_P256_p,
+                                            (bigNum)&SM2_P256_n,
+                                            (bigNum)&SM2_P256_h,
+                                            (bigNum)&SM2_P256_a,
+                                            (bigNum)&SM2_P256_b,
+                                            {(bigNum)&SM2_P256_gX,
+                                             (bigNum)&SM2_P256_gY,
+                                             (bigNum)&SM2_P256_gZ}};
 #  endif  // ECC_SM2_P256
 
 #  define comma
@@ -240,10 +240,10 @@ MUST_BE((sizeof(bnEccCurveData) / sizeof(bnEccCurveData[0])) == (ECC_CURVE_COUNT
 const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS* BnGetCurveData(TPM_ECC_CURVE curveId)
 {
     for(int i = 0; i < ECC_CURVE_COUNT; i++)
-	{
-	    if(bnEccCurveData[i]->curveId == curveId)
-		return bnEccCurveData[i];
-	}
+    {
+        if(bnEccCurveData[i]->curveId == curveId)
+            return bnEccCurveData[i];
+    }
     return NULL;
 }
 

src/tpm2/BnMath.c

@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@
 
 //** Includes
 #include "Tpm.h"		// libtpms: for CryptRand.h
-#include "TpmMath_Util_fp.h"
+#include "TpmMath_Util_fp.h"	// libtpms: added
 #include "TpmBigNum.h"
 extern BOOL g_inFailureMode;  // can't use global.h because we can't use tpm.h
 
@@ -107,45 +107,45 @@ const bignum_t BnConstZero = {1, 0, {0}};
 //      0           no carry out
 //      1           carry out
 static BOOL AddSame(crypt_uword_t*       result,
-		    const crypt_uword_t* op1,
-		    const crypt_uword_t* op2,
-		    int                  count)
+                    const crypt_uword_t* op1,
+                    const crypt_uword_t* op2,
+                    int                  count)
 {
     int carry = 0;
     int i;
 
     for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	{
-	    crypt_uword_t a   = op1[i];
-	    crypt_uword_t sum = a + op2[i];
-	    result[i]         = sum + carry;
-	    // generate a carry if the sum is less than either of the inputs
-	    // propagate a carry if there was a carry and the sum + carry is zero
-	    // do this using bit operations rather than logical operations so that
-	    // the time is about the same.
-	    //             propagate term      | generate term
-	    carry = ((result[i] == 0) & carry) | (sum < a);
-	}
+    {
+        crypt_uword_t a   = op1[i];
+        crypt_uword_t sum = a + op2[i];
+        result[i]         = sum + carry;
+        // generate a carry if the sum is less than either of the inputs
+        // propagate a carry if there was a carry and the sum + carry is zero
+        // do this using bit operations rather than logical operations so that
+        // the time is about the same.
+        //             propagate term      | generate term
+        carry = ((result[i] == 0) & carry) | (sum < a);
+    }
     return carry;
 }
 
 //*** CarryProp()
 // Propagate a carry
 static int CarryProp(
-		     crypt_uword_t* result, const crypt_uword_t* op, int count, int carry)
+    crypt_uword_t* result, const crypt_uword_t* op, int count, int carry)
 {
     for(; count; count--)
-	carry = ((*result++ = *op++ + carry) == 0) & carry;
+        carry = ((*result++ = *op++ + carry) == 0) & carry;
     return carry;
 }
 
 static void CarryResolve(bigNum result, int stop, int carry)
 {
     if(carry)
-	{
-	    pAssert((unsigned)stop < result->allocated);
-	    result->d[stop++] = 1;
-	}
+    {
+        pAssert((unsigned)stop < result->allocated);
+        result->d[stop++] = 1;
+    }
     BnSetTop(result, stop);
 }
 
@@ -160,16 +160,16 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnAdd(bigNum result, bigConst op1, bigConst op2)
 
     //
     if(n2->size > n1->size)
-	{
-	    n1 = op2;
-	    n2 = op1;
-	}
+    {
+        n1 = op2;
+        n2 = op1;
+    }
     pAssert(result->allocated >= n1->size);
     stop  = MIN(n1->size, n2->allocated);
     carry = (int)AddSame(result->d, n1->d, n2->d, (int)stop);
     if(n1->size > stop)
-	carry =
-	    CarryProp(&result->d[stop], &n1->d[stop], (int)(n1->size - stop), carry);
+        carry =
+            CarryProp(&result->d[stop], &n1->d[stop], (int)(n1->size - stop), carry);
     CarryResolve(result, (int)n1->size, carry);
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -189,20 +189,20 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnAddWord(bigNum result, bigConst op, crypt_uword_t word)
 //*** SubSame()
 // This function subtracts two values that have the same size.
 static int SubSame(crypt_uword_t*       result,
-		   const crypt_uword_t* op1,
-		   const crypt_uword_t* op2,
-		   int                  count)
+                   const crypt_uword_t* op1,
+                   const crypt_uword_t* op2,
+                   int                  count)
 {
     int borrow = 0;
     int i;
     for(i = 0; i < count; i++)
-	{
-	    crypt_uword_t a    = op1[i];
-	    crypt_uword_t diff = a - op2[i];
-	    result[i]          = diff - borrow;
-	    //       generate   |      propagate
-	    borrow = (diff > a) | ((diff == 0) & borrow);
-	}
+    {
+        crypt_uword_t a    = op1[i];
+        crypt_uword_t diff = a - op2[i];
+        result[i]          = diff - borrow;
+        //       generate   |      propagate
+        borrow = (diff > a) | ((diff == 0) & borrow);
+    }
     return borrow;
 }
 
@@ -214,10 +214,10 @@ static int SubSame(crypt_uword_t*       result,
 // are on large positive numbers (primes) or on fields.
 // Propagate a borrow.
 static int BorrowProp(
-		      crypt_uword_t* result, const crypt_uword_t* op, int size, int borrow)
+    crypt_uword_t* result, const crypt_uword_t* op, int size, int borrow)
 {
     for(; size > 0; size--)
-	borrow = ((*result++ = *op++ - borrow) == MAX_CRYPT_UWORD) && borrow;
+        borrow = ((*result++ = *op++ - borrow) == MAX_CRYPT_UWORD) && borrow;
     return borrow;
 }
 
@@ -234,8 +234,8 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnSub(bigNum result, bigConst op1, bigConst op2)
     pAssert(op1->size >= op2->size);
     borrow = SubSame(result->d, op1->d, op2->d, stop);
     if(op1->size > (crypt_uword_t)stop)
-	borrow = BorrowProp(
-			    &result->d[stop], &op1->d[stop], (int)(op1->size - stop), borrow);
+        borrow = BorrowProp(
+            &result->d[stop], &op1->d[stop], (int)(op1->size - stop), borrow);
     pAssert(!borrow);
     BnSetTop(result, op1->size);
     return TRUE;
@@ -274,15 +274,15 @@ LIB_EXPORT int BnUnsignedCmp(bigConst op1, bigConst op2)
     pAssert((op1 != NULL) && (op2 != NULL));
     retVal = (int)(op1->size - op2->size);
     if(retVal == 0)
-	{
-	    for(i = (int)(op1->size - 1); i >= 0; i--)
-		{
-		    diff   = (op1->d[i] < op2->d[i]) ? -1 : (op1->d[i] != op2->d[i]);
-		    retVal = retVal == 0 ? diff : retVal;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        for(i = (int)(op1->size - 1); i >= 0; i--)
+        {
+            diff   = (op1->d[i] < op2->d[i]) ? -1 : (op1->d[i] != op2->d[i]);
+            retVal = retVal == 0 ? diff : retVal;
+        }
+    }
     else
-	retVal = (retVal < 0) ? -1 : 1;
+        retVal = (retVal < 0) ? -1 : 1;
     return retVal;
 }
 
@@ -295,12 +295,12 @@ LIB_EXPORT int BnUnsignedCmp(bigConst op1, bigConst op2)
 LIB_EXPORT int BnUnsignedCmpWord(bigConst op1, crypt_uword_t word)
 {
     if(op1->size > 1)
-	return 1;
+        return 1;
     else if(op1->size == 1)
-	return (op1->d[0] < word) ? -1 : (op1->d[0] > word);
+        return (op1->d[0] < word) ? -1 : (op1->d[0] > word);
     else  // op1 is zero
-	// equal if word is zero
-	return (word == 0) ? 0 : -1;
+        // equal if word is zero
+        return (word == 0) ? 0 : -1;
 }
 
 //*** BnModWord()
@@ -327,39 +327,39 @@ LIB_EXPORT crypt_word_t BnModWord(bigConst numerator, crypt_word_t modulus)
 static int Msb(crypt_uword_t word)
 {
     int retVal = -1;
-    //
+//
 #if RADIX_BITS == 64
     if(word & 0xffffffff00000000)
-	{
-	    retVal += 32;
-	    word >>= 32;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 32;
+        word >>= 32;
+    }
 #endif
     if(word & 0xffff0000)
-	{
-	    retVal += 16;
-	    word >>= 16;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 16;
+        word >>= 16;
+    }
     if(word & 0x0000ff00)
-	{
-	    retVal += 8;
-	    word >>= 8;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 8;
+        word >>= 8;
+    }
     if(word & 0x000000f0)
-	{
-	    retVal += 4;
-	    word >>= 4;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 4;
+        word >>= 4;
+    }
     if(word & 0x0000000c)
-	{
-	    retVal += 2;
-	    word >>= 2;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 2;
+        word >>= 2;
+    }
     if(word & 0x00000002)
-	{
-	    retVal += 1;
-	    word >>= 1;
-	}
+    {
+        retVal += 1;
+        word >>= 1;
+    }
     return retVal + (int)word;
 }
 
@@ -372,13 +372,13 @@ LIB_EXPORT int BnMsb(bigConst bn)
 {
     // If the value is NULL, or the size is zero then treat as zero and return -1
     if(bn != NULL && bn->size > 0)
-	{
-	    int retVal = Msb(bn->d[bn->size - 1]);
-	    retVal += (int)(bn->size - 1) * RADIX_BITS;
-	    return retVal;
-	}
+    {
+        int retVal = Msb(bn->d[bn->size - 1]);
+        retVal += (int)(bn->size - 1) * RADIX_BITS;
+        return retVal;
+    }
     else
-	return -1;
+        return -1;
 }
 
 //*** BnSizeInBits()
@@ -397,11 +397,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT unsigned BnSizeInBits(bigConst n)
 LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnSetWord(bigNum n, crypt_uword_t w)
 {
     if(n != NULL)
-	{
-	    pAssert(n->allocated > 1);
-	    n->d[0] = w;
-	    BnSetTop(n, (w != 0) ? 1 : 0);
-	}
+    {
+        pAssert(n->allocated > 1);
+        n->d[0] = w;
+        BnSetTop(n, (w != 0) ? 1 : 0);
+    }
     return n;
 }
 
@@ -409,18 +409,18 @@ LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnSetWord(bigNum n, crypt_uword_t w)
 // This function will SET a bit in a bigNum. Bit 0 is the least-significant bit in
 // the 0th digit_t.  The function will return FALSE if the bitNum is invalid, else TRUE.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnSetBit(bigNum       bn,     // IN/OUT: big number to modify
-			 unsigned int bitNum  // IN: Bit number to SET
-			 )
+                         unsigned int bitNum  // IN: Bit number to SET
+)
 {
     crypt_uword_t offset = bitNum / RADIX_BITS;
     if(bitNum > bn->allocated * RADIX_BITS)
-	{
-	    // out of range
-	    return FALSE;
-	}
+    {
+        // out of range
+        return FALSE;
+    }
     // Grow the number if necessary to set the bit.
     while(bn->size <= offset)
-	bn->d[bn->size++] = 0;
+        bn->d[bn->size++] = 0;
     bn->d[offset] |= ((crypt_uword_t)1 << RADIX_MOD(bitNum));
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -432,15 +432,15 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnSetBit(bigNum       bn,     // IN/OUT: big number to modify
 //      TRUE(1)         the bit is set
 //      FALSE(0)        the bit is not set or the number is out of range
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnTestBit(bigNum       bn,     // IN: number to check
-			  unsigned int bitNum  // IN: bit to test
-			  )
+                          unsigned int bitNum  // IN: bit to test
+)
 {
     crypt_uword_t offset = RADIX_DIV(bitNum);
     //
     if(bn->size > offset)
-	return ((bn->d[offset] & (((crypt_uword_t)1) << RADIX_MOD(bitNum))) != 0);
+        return ((bn->d[offset] & (((crypt_uword_t)1) << RADIX_MOD(bitNum))) != 0);
     else
-	return FALSE;
+        return FALSE;
 }
 
 //***BnMaskBits()
@@ -452,8 +452,8 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnTestBit(bigNum       bn,     // IN: number to check
 //      TRUE(1)         result masked
 //      FALSE(0)        the input was not as large as the mask
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnMaskBits(bigNum        bn,      // IN/OUT: number to mask
-			   crypt_uword_t maskBit  // IN: the bit number for the mask.
-			   )
+                           crypt_uword_t maskBit  // IN: the bit number for the mask.
+)
 {
     crypt_uword_t finalSize;
     BOOL          retVal;
@@ -461,11 +461,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnMaskBits(bigNum        bn,      // IN/OUT: number to mask
     finalSize = BITS_TO_CRYPT_WORDS(maskBit);
     retVal    = (finalSize <= bn->allocated);
     if(retVal && (finalSize > 0))
-	{
-	    crypt_uword_t mask;
-	    mask = ~((crypt_uword_t)0) >> RADIX_MOD(maskBit);
-	    bn->d[finalSize - 1] &= mask;
-	}
+    {
+        crypt_uword_t mask;
+        mask = ~((crypt_uword_t)0) >> RADIX_MOD(maskBit);
+        bn->d[finalSize - 1] &= mask;
+    }
     BnSetTop(bn, finalSize);
     return retVal;
 }
@@ -486,24 +486,24 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnShiftRight(bigNum result, bigConst toShift, uint32_t shiftAmou
     // The end size is toShift->size - offset less one additional
     // word if the shiftAmount would make the upper word == 0
     if(toShift->size > offset)
-	{
-	    finalSize = toShift->size - offset;
-	    finalSize -= (toShift->d[toShift->size - 1] >> shiftAmount) == 0 ? 1 : 0;
-	}
+    {
+        finalSize = toShift->size - offset;
+        finalSize -= (toShift->d[toShift->size - 1] >> shiftAmount) == 0 ? 1 : 0;
+    }
     else
-	finalSize = 0;
+        finalSize = 0;
 
     pAssert(finalSize <= result->allocated);
     if(finalSize != 0)
-	{
-	    for(i = 0; i < finalSize; i++)
-		{
-		    result->d[i] = (toShift->d[i + offset] >> shiftAmount)
-				   | (toShift->d[i + offset + 1] << shiftIn);
-		}
-	    if(offset == 0)
-		result->d[i] = toShift->d[i] >> shiftAmount;
-	}
+    {
+        for(i = 0; i < finalSize; i++)
+        {
+            result->d[i] = (toShift->d[i + offset] >> shiftAmount)
+                           | (toShift->d[i + offset + 1] << shiftIn);
+        }
+        if(offset == 0)
+            result->d[i] = toShift->d[i] >> shiftAmount;
+    }
     BnSetTop(result, finalSize);
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -537,9 +537,9 @@ BOOL BnIsPointOnCurve(pointConst Q, const TPMBN_ECC_CURVE_CONSTANTS* C)
 
     BnMod(right, prime);
     if(BnUnsignedCmp(left, right) == 0)
-	return TRUE;
+        return TRUE;
     else
-	return FALSE;
+        return FALSE;
 }
 
 // libtpms added begin

src/tpm2/BnMemory.c

@@ -59,142 +59,133 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 10.2.5 BnMemory.c */
-/* 10.2.5.1 Introduction */
-/* This file contains the memory setup functions used by the bigNum functions in CryptoEngine() */
-/* 10.2.5.2 Includes */
-#include "Tpm.h"
-/* 10.2.5.3 Functions */
-/* 10.2.5.3.1 BnSetTop() */
-/* This function is used when the size of a bignum_t is changed. It makes sure that the unused words
-   are set to zero and that any significant words of zeros are eliminated from the used size
-   indicator. */
-LIB_EXPORT bigNum
-BnSetTop(
-	 bigNum           bn,        // IN/OUT: number to clean
-	 crypt_uword_t    top        // IN: the new top
-	 )
+//** Introduction
+// This file contains the memory setup functions used by the bigNum functions
+// in CryptoEngine
+
+//** Includes
+#include "TpmBigNum.h"
+
+//** Functions
+
+//*** BnSetTop()
+// This function is used when the size of a bignum_t is changed. It
+// makes sure that the unused words are set to zero and that any significant
+// words of zeros are eliminated from the used size indicator.
+LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnSetTop(bigNum        bn,  // IN/OUT: number to clean
+                           crypt_uword_t top  // IN: the new top
+)
 {
     if(bn != NULL)
-	{
-	    pAssert(top <= bn->allocated);
-	    // If forcing the size to be decreased, make sure that the words being
-	    // discarded are being set to 0
-	    while(bn->size > top)
-		bn->d[--bn->size] = 0;
-	    bn->size = top;
-	    // Now make sure that the words that are left are 'normalized' (no high-order
-	    // words of zero.
-	    while((bn->size > 0) && (bn->d[bn->size - 1] == 0))
-		bn->size -= 1;
-	}
+    {
+        pAssert(top <= bn->allocated);
+        // If forcing the size to be decreased, make sure that the words being
+        // discarded are being set to 0
+        while(bn->size > top)
+            bn->d[--bn->size] = 0;
+        bn->size = top;
+        // Now make sure that the words that are left are 'normalized' (no high-order
+        // words of zero.
+        while((bn->size > 0) && (bn->d[bn->size - 1] == 0))
+            bn->size -= 1;
+    }
     return bn;
 }
 #if 0 /* libtpms added */
-/* 10.2.5.3.2 BnClearTop() */
-/* This function will make sure that all unused words are zero. */
-LIB_EXPORT bigNum
-BnClearTop(
-	   bigNum          bn
-	   )
+
+//*** BnClearTop()
+// This function will make sure that all unused words are zero.
+LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnClearTop(bigNum bn)
 {
-    crypt_uword_t       i;
+    crypt_uword_t i;
     //
     if(bn != NULL)
-	{
-	    for(i = bn->size; i < bn->allocated; i++)
-		bn->d[i] = 0;
-	    while((bn->size > 0) && (bn->d[bn->size] == 0))
-		bn->size -= 1;
-	}
+    {
+        for(i = bn->size; i < bn->allocated; i++)
+            bn->d[i] = 0;
+        while((bn->size > 0) && (bn->d[bn->size] == 0))
+            bn->size -= 1;
+    }
     return bn;
 }
 #endif /* libtpms added */
-/* 10.2.5.3.3 BnInitializeWord() */
-/* This function is used to initialize an allocated bigNum with a word value. The bigNum does not
-   have to be allocated with a single word. */
-LIB_EXPORT bigNum
-BnInitializeWord(
-		 bigNum          bn,         // IN:
-		 crypt_uword_t   allocated,  // IN:
-		 crypt_uword_t   word        // IN:
-		 )
+
+//*** BnInitializeWord()
+// This function is used to initialize an allocated bigNum with a word value. The
+// bigNum does not have to be allocated with a single word.
+LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnInitializeWord(bigNum        bn,         // IN:
+                                   crypt_uword_t allocated,  // IN:
+                                   crypt_uword_t word        // IN:
+)
 {
     bn->allocated = allocated;
-    bn->size = (word != 0);
-    bn->d[0] = word;
+    bn->size      = (word != 0);
+    bn->d[0]      = word;
     while(allocated > 1)
-	bn->d[--allocated] = 0;
+        bn->d[--allocated] = 0;
     return bn;
 }
-/* 10.2.5.3.4 BnInit() */
-/* This function initializes a stack allocated bignum_t. It initializes allocated and size and zeros
-   the words of d. */
-LIB_EXPORT bigNum
-BnInit(
-       bigNum               bn,
-       crypt_uword_t        allocated
-       )
+
+//*** BnInit()
+// This function initializes a stack allocated bignum_t. It initializes
+// 'allocated' and 'size' and zeros the words of 'd'.
+LIB_EXPORT bigNum BnInit(bigNum bn, crypt_uword_t allocated)
 {
     if(bn != NULL)
-	{
-	    bn->allocated = allocated;
-	    bn->size = 0;
-	    while(allocated != 0)
-		bn->d[--allocated] = 0;
-	}
+    {
+        bn->allocated = allocated;
+        bn->size      = 0;
+        while(allocated != 0)
+            bn->d[--allocated] = 0;
+    }
     return bn;
 }
-/* 10.2.5.3.5 BnCopy() */
-/* Function to copy a bignum_t. If the output is NULL, then nothing happens. If the input is NULL,
-   the output is set to zero. */
-LIB_EXPORT BOOL
-BnCopy(
-       bigNum           out,
-       bigConst         in
-       )
+
+//*** BnCopy()
+// Function to copy a bignum_t. If the output is NULL, then
+// nothing happens. If the input is NULL, the output is set
+// to zero.
+LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnCopy(bigNum out, bigConst in)
 {
     if(in == out)
-	BnSetTop(out, BnGetSize(out));
+        BnSetTop(out, BnGetSize(out));
     else if(out != NULL)
-	{
-	    if(in != NULL)
-		{
-		    unsigned int         i;
-		    pAssert(BnGetAllocated(out) >= BnGetSize(in));
-		    for(i = 0; i < BnGetSize(in); i++)
-			out->d[i] = in->d[i];
-		    BnSetTop(out, BnGetSize(in));
-		}
-	    else
-		BnSetTop(out, 0);
-	}
+    {
+        if(in != NULL)
+        {
+            unsigned int i;
+            pAssert(BnGetAllocated(out) >= BnGetSize(in));
+            for(i = 0; i < BnGetSize(in); i++)
+                out->d[i] = in->d[i];
+            BnSetTop(out, BnGetSize(in));
+        }
+        else
+            BnSetTop(out, 0);
+    }
     return TRUE;
 }
+
 #if ALG_ECC
 #if 0 /* libtpms added */
-/* 10.2.5.3.6 BnPointCopy() */
-/* Function to copy a bn point. */
-LIB_EXPORT BOOL
-BnPointCopy(
-	    bigPoint                 pOut,
-	    pointConst               pIn
-	    )
+
+//*** BnPointCopy()
+// Function to copy a bn point.
+LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnPointCopy(bigPoint pOut, pointConst pIn)
 {
-    return BnCopy(pOut->x, pIn->x)
-	&& BnCopy(pOut->y, pIn->y)
-	&& BnCopy(pOut->z, pIn->z);
+    return BnCopy(pOut->x, pIn->x) && BnCopy(pOut->y, pIn->y)
+           && BnCopy(pOut->z, pIn->z);
 }
 #endif /* libtpms added */
-/* 10.2.5.3.7 BnInitializePoint() */
-/* This function is used to initialize a point structure with the addresses of the coordinates. */
-LIB_EXPORT bn_point_t *
-BnInitializePoint(
-		  bigPoint             p,     // OUT: structure to receive pointers
-		  bigNum               x,     // IN: x coordinate
-		  bigNum               y,     // IN: y coordinate
-		  bigNum               z      // IN: x coordinate
-		  )
+
+//*** BnInitializePoint()
+// This function is used to initialize a point structure with the addresses
+// of the coordinates.
+LIB_EXPORT bn_point_t* BnInitializePoint(
+    bigPoint p,  // OUT: structure to receive pointers
+    bigNum   x,  // IN: x coordinate
+    bigNum   y,  // IN: y coordinate
+    bigNum   z   // IN: x coordinate
+)
 {
     p->x = x;
     p->y = y;
@@ -202,4 +193,5 @@ BnInitializePoint(
     BnSetWord(z, 1);
     return p;
 }
-#endif // TPM_ALG_ECC
+
+#endif  // ALG_ECC

src/tpm2/BnSupport_Interface.h

@@ -79,6 +79,7 @@
 #define BN_SUPPORT_INTERFACE_H
 // TODO_RENAME_INC_FOLDER:private refers to the TPM_CoreLib private headers
 #include "GpMacros.h"
+#include "CryptoInterface.h"
 #include "BnValues.h"
 
 //** BnSupportLibInit()
@@ -95,7 +96,7 @@ BOOL BnMathLibraryCompatibilityCheck(void);
 //** BnModMult()
 // Does 'op1' * 'op2' and divide by 'modulus' returning the remainder of the divide.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnModMult(
-			  bigNum result, bigConst op1, bigConst op2, bigConst modulus);
+    bigNum result, bigConst op1, bigConst op2, bigConst modulus);
 
 //** BnMult()
 // Multiplies two numbers and returns the result
@@ -105,7 +106,7 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnMult(bigNum result, bigConst multiplicand, bigConst multiplier
 // This function divides two bigNum values. The function returns FALSE if there is
 // an error in the operation.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnDiv(
-		      bigNum quotient, bigNum remainder, bigConst dividend, bigConst divisor);
+    bigNum quotient, bigNum remainder, bigConst dividend, bigConst divisor);
 //** BnMod()
 #define BnMod(a, b) BnDiv(NULL, (a), (a), (b))
 
@@ -119,11 +120,11 @@ LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnGcd(bigNum gcd, bigConst number1, bigConst number2);
 // Do modular exponentiation using bigNum values. This function is only needed
 // when the TPM implements RSA.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnModExp(
-			 bigNum result, bigConst number, bigConst exponent, bigConst modulus);
+    bigNum result, bigConst number, bigConst exponent, bigConst modulus);
 #endif  // ALG_RSA
 
-	//** BnModInverse()
-	// Modular multiplicative inverse.
+//** BnModInverse()
+// Modular multiplicative inverse.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnModInverse(bigNum result, bigConst number, bigConst modulus);
 
 #if ALG_ECC
@@ -145,28 +146,36 @@ LIB_EXPORT void BnCurveFree(bigCurveData* E);
 // indicates that the result was the point at infinity. This function is only needed
 // if the TPM supports ECC.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnEccModMult(
-			     bigPoint R, pointConst S, bigConst d, const bigCurveData* E);
+    bigPoint R, pointConst S, bigConst d, const bigCurveData* E);
 
 //** BnEccModMult2()
 // This function does a point multiply of the form R = [d]S + [u]Q. A return of
 // FALSE indicates that the result was the point at infinity. This function is only
 // needed if the TPM supports ECC.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnEccModMult2(bigPoint            R,
-			      pointConst          S,
-			      bigConst            d,
-			      pointConst          Q,
-			      bigConst            u,
-			      const bigCurveData* E);
+                              pointConst          S,
+                              bigConst            d,
+                              pointConst          Q,
+                              bigConst            u,
+                              const bigCurveData* E);
 
 //** BnEccAdd()
 // This function does a point add R = S + Q. A return of FALSE
 // indicates that the result was the point at infinity. This function is only needed
 // if the TPM supports ECC.
 LIB_EXPORT BOOL BnEccAdd(
-			 bigPoint R, pointConst S, pointConst Q, const bigCurveData* E);
+    bigPoint R, pointConst S, pointConst Q, const bigCurveData* E);
 
 #endif  // ALG_ECC
 
+#if CRYPTO_LIB_REPORTING
+
+//** BnGetImplementation()
+// This function reports the underlying library being used for bignum operations.
+void BnGetImplementation(_CRYPTO_IMPL_DESCRIPTION* result);
+
+#endif  // CRYPTO_LIB_REPORTING
+
 //			libtpms: added begin
 bigCurveData*
 BnCurveInitialize(

src/tpm2/Cancel.c

@@ -59,41 +59,38 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* C.2 Cancel.c */
-/* C.2.1. Description */
-/* This module simulates the cancel pins on the TPM. */
-/* C.2.2. Includes, Typedefs, Structures, and Defines */
+//** Description
+//
+//  This module simulates the cancel pins on the TPM.
+//
+//** Includes, Typedefs, Structures, and Defines
 #include "Platform.h"
-/* C.2.3. Functions */
-/* C.2.3.1. _plat__IsCanceled() */
-/* Check if the cancel flag is set */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* TRUE(1) if cancel flag is set */
-/* FALSE(0) if cancel flag is not set */
-LIB_EXPORT int
-_plat__IsCanceled(
-		  void
-		  )
+
+//** Functions
+
+//***_plat__IsCanceled()
+// Check if the cancel flag is set
+//  Return Type: int
+//      TRUE(1)         if cancel flag is set
+//      FALSE(0)        if cancel flag is not set
+LIB_EXPORT int _plat__IsCanceled(void)
 {
     // return cancel flag
     return s_isCanceled;
 }
-/* C.2.3.2. _plat__SetCancel() */
-/* Set cancel flag. */
-LIB_EXPORT void
-_plat__SetCancel(
-		 void
-		 )
+
+//***_plat__SetCancel()
+
+// Set cancel flag.
+LIB_EXPORT void _plat__SetCancel(void)
 {
     s_isCanceled = TRUE;
     return;
 }
-/* C.2.3.3. _plat__ClearCancel() */
-/* Clear cancel flag */
-LIB_EXPORT void
-_plat__ClearCancel(
-		   void
-		   )
+
+//***_plat__ClearCancel()
+// Clear cancel flag
+LIB_EXPORT void _plat__ClearCancel(void)
 {
     s_isCanceled = FALSE;
     return;

src/tpm2/Capabilities.h

@@ -59,18 +59,18 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef     _CAPABILITIES_H
-#define     _CAPABILITIES_H
+#ifndef _CAPABILITIES_H
+#define _CAPABILITIES_H
 
-#define    MAX_CAP_DATA         (MAX_CAP_BUFFER - sizeof(TPM_CAP)-sizeof(UINT32))
-#define    MAX_CAP_ALGS         (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY))
-#define    MAX_CAP_HANDLES      (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_HANDLE))
-#define    MAX_CAP_CC           (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_CC))
-#define    MAX_TPM_PROPERTIES   (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_PROPERTY))
-#define    MAX_PCR_PROPERTIES   (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_PCR_SELECT))
-#define    MAX_ECC_CURVES       (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_ECC_CURVE))
-#define    MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES  (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY))
-#define    MAX_ACT_DATA		(MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_ACT_DATA))
-#define    MAX_AC_CAPABILITIES  (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_AC_OUTPUT))
+#define MAX_CAP_DATA        (MAX_CAP_BUFFER - sizeof(TPM_CAP) - sizeof(UINT32))
+#define MAX_CAP_ALGS        (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_ALG_PROPERTY))
+#define MAX_CAP_HANDLES     (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_HANDLE))
+#define MAX_CAP_CC          (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_CC))
+#define MAX_TPM_PROPERTIES  (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_PROPERTY))
+#define MAX_PCR_PROPERTIES  (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_PCR_SELECT))
+#define MAX_ECC_CURVES      (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPM_ECC_CURVE))
+#define MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY))
+#define MAX_ACT_DATA        (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_ACT_DATA))
+#define MAX_AC_CAPABILITIES (MAX_CAP_DATA / sizeof(TPMS_AC_OUTPUT))
 
 #endif

src/tpm2/CertifyCreation_fp.h

@@ -59,37 +59,43 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CERTIFYCREATION_FP_H
-#define CERTIFYCREATION_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	signHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	objectHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA		qualifyingData;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	creationHash;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME	inScheme;
-    TPMT_TK_CREATION	creationTicket;
+#if CC_CertifyCreation  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYCREATION_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYCREATION_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   signHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   objectHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA       qualifyingData;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST     creationHash;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME  inScheme;
+    TPMT_TK_CREATION creationTicket;
 } CertifyCreation_In;
 
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_signHandle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_objectHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_qualifyingData	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_creationHash		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_inScheme 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_CertifyCreation_creationTicket 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ATTEST	certifyInfo;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ATTEST   certifyInfo;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE signature;
 } CertifyCreation_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_signHandle     (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_objectHandle   (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_qualifyingData (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_creationHash   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_inScheme       (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_CertifyCreation_creationTicket (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_CertifyCreation(
-		     CertifyCreation_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		     CertifyCreation_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		     );
+TPM2_CertifyCreation(CertifyCreation_In* in, CertifyCreation_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYCREATION_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_CertifyCreation

src/tpm2/CertifyX509_fp.h

@@ -59,35 +59,42 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 155 */
 
-#ifndef CERTIFYX509_FP_H
-#define CERTIFYX509_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	objectHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	signHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA		reserved;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME	inScheme;
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	partialCertificate;
+#if CC_CertifyX509  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYX509_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYX509_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   objectHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   signHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA       reserved;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME  inScheme;
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER partialCertificate;
 } CertifyX509_In;
 
-#define RC_CertifyX509_signHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CertifyX509_objectHandle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_CertifyX509_reserved			(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CertifyX509_inScheme			(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_CertifyX509_partialCertificate	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	addedToCertificate;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	tbsDigest;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER addedToCertificate;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST     tbsDigest;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE   signature;
 } CertifyX509_Out;
 
-TPM_RC
-TPM2_CertifyX509(
-	     CertifyX509_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	     CertifyX509_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	     );
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_CertifyX509_objectHandle       (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CertifyX509_signHandle         (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_CertifyX509_reserved           (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CertifyX509_inScheme           (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_CertifyX509_partialCertificate (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
 
-#endif
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_CertifyX509(CertifyX509_In* in, CertifyX509_Out* out);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFYX509_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_CertifyX509

src/tpm2/Certify_fp.h

@@ -59,35 +59,39 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CERTIFY_FP_H
-#define CERTIFY_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	objectHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	signHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA		qualifyingData;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME	inScheme;
+#if CC_Certify  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFY_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFY_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT  objectHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT  signHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA      qualifyingData;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME inScheme;
 } Certify_In;
 
-#define RC_Certify_objectHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Certify_signHandle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_Certify_qualifyingData	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Certify_inScheme 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ATTEST	certifyInfo;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ATTEST   certifyInfo;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE signature;
 } Certify_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Certify_objectHandle   (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Certify_signHandle     (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_Certify_qualifyingData (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Certify_inScheme       (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
-
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Certify(
-	     Certify_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	     Certify_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	     );
+TPM2_Certify(Certify_In* in, Certify_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CERTIFY_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Certify

src/tpm2/ChangeEPS_fp.h

@@ -59,21 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CHANGEEPS_FP_H
-#define CHANGEEPS_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_PLATFORM	authHandle;
+#if CC_ChangeEPS  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEEPS_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEEPS_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_PLATFORM authHandle;
 } ChangeEPS_In;
 
-#define RC_ChangeEPS_authHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ChangeEPS_authHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ChangeEPS(
-	       ChangeEPS_In    *in             // IN: input parameter list
-	       );
+TPM2_ChangeEPS(ChangeEPS_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEEPS_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ChangeEPS

src/tpm2/ChangePPS_fp.h

@@ -59,21 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CHANGEPPS_FP_H
-#define CHANGEPPS_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_PLATFORM	authHandle;
+#if CC_ChangePPS  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEPPS_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEPPS_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_PLATFORM authHandle;
 } ChangePPS_In;
 
-#define RC_ChangePPS_authHandle	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ChangePPS_authHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ChangePPS(
-	       ChangePPS_In    *in             // IN: input parameter list
-	       );
+TPM2_ChangePPS(ChangePPS_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CHANGEPPS_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ChangePPS

src/tpm2/ClearControl_fp.h

@@ -59,21 +59,28 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CLEARCONTROL_FP_H
-#define CLEARCONTROL_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_CLEAR	auth;
-    TPMI_YES_NO		disable;
+#if CC_ClearControl  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEARCONTROL_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEARCONTROL_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_CLEAR auth;
+    TPMI_YES_NO   disable;
 } ClearControl_In;
 
-#define RC_ClearControl_auth	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ClearControl_disable	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ClearControl_auth    (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ClearControl_disable (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ClearControl(
-		  ClearControl_In     *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		  );
-#endif
+TPM2_ClearControl(ClearControl_In* in);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEARCONTROL_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ClearControl

src/tpm2/Clear_fp.h

@@ -59,20 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CLEAR_FP_H
-#define CLEAR_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_CLEAR	authHandle;
+#if CC_Clear  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEAR_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEAR_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_CLEAR authHandle;
 } Clear_In;
 
-#define RC_Clear_authHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Clear_authHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Clear(
-	   Clear_In        *in             // IN: input parameter list
-	   );
+TPM2_Clear(Clear_In* in);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLEAR_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Clear

src/tpm2/Clock.c

@@ -175,16 +175,16 @@ clock_t debugTime;
 LIB_EXPORT uint64_t _plat__RealTime(void)
 {
     clock64_t time;
-    //#ifdef _MSC_VER	kgold
+    //#ifdef _MSC_VER	kgold		// libtpms changed begin
 #ifdef TPM_WINDOWS
-    #include <sys/timeb.h>
+    #include <sys/timeb.h>		// libtpms changed end
     struct _timeb sysTime;
     //
     _ftime(&sysTime);	/* kgold, mingw doesn't have _ftime_s */
     time = (clock64_t)(sysTime.time) * 1000 + sysTime.millitm;
     // set the time back by one hour if daylight savings
     if(sysTime.dstflag)
-	time -= 1000 * 60 * 60;  // mSec/sec * sec/min * min/hour = ms/hour
+        time -= 1000 * 60 * 60;  // mSec/sec * sec/min * min/hour = ms/hour
 #else
     // hopefully, this will work with most UNIX systems
     struct timespec systime;
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ LIB_EXPORT uint64_t _plat__TimerRead(void)
 #  error "need a defintion for reading the hardware clock"
     return HARDWARE_CLOCK
 #else
-	clock64_t timeDiff;
+    clock64_t timeDiff;
     clock64_t adjustedTimeDiff;
     clock64_t timeNow;
     clock64_t readjustedTimeDiff;
@@ -236,17 +236,17 @@ LIB_EXPORT uint64_t _plat__TimerRead(void)
 
     // if this hasn't been initialized, initialize it
     if(s_lastSystemTime == 0)
-	{
-	    s_lastSystemTime   = timeNow;
-	    debugTime          = clock();
-	    s_lastReportedTime = 0;
-	    s_realTimePrevious = 0;
-	}
+    {
+        s_lastSystemTime   = timeNow;
+        debugTime          = clock();
+        s_lastReportedTime = 0;
+        s_realTimePrevious = 0;
+    }
     // The system time can bounce around and that's OK as long as we don't allow
     // time to go backwards. When the time does appear to go backwards, set
     // lastSystemTime to be the new value and then update the reported time.
     if(timeNow < s_lastReportedTime)
-	s_lastSystemTime = timeNow;
+        s_lastSystemTime = timeNow;
     s_lastReportedTime = s_lastReportedTime + timeNow - s_lastSystemTime;
     s_lastSystemTime   = timeNow;
     timeNow            = s_lastReportedTime;
@@ -257,7 +257,7 @@ LIB_EXPORT uint64_t _plat__TimerRead(void)
     // uses that value and does the rate adjustment on the time value.
     // If there is no difference in time, then skip all the computations
     if(s_realTimePrevious >= timeNow)
-	return s_tpmTime;
+        return s_tpmTime;
     // Compute the amount of time since the last update of the system clock
     timeDiff = timeNow - s_realTimePrevious;
 
@@ -324,71 +324,33 @@ LIB_EXPORT void _plat__ClockRateAdjust(_plat__ClockAdjustStep adjust)
     // We expect the caller should only use a fixed set of constant values to
     // adjust the rate
     switch(adjust)
-	{
-	    // slower increases the divisor
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE_SLOWER:
-	    s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE;
-	    break;
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM_SLOWER:
-	    s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM;
-	    break;
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE_SLOWER:
-	    s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE;
-	    break;
-	    // faster decreases the divisor
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE_FASTER:
-	    s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE;
-	    break;
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM_FASTER:
-	    s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM;
-	    break;
-	  case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE_FASTER:
-	    s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE;
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+        // slower increases the divisor
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE_SLOWER:
+            s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE;
+            break;
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM_SLOWER:
+            s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM;
+            break;
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE_SLOWER:
+            s_adjustRate += CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE;
+            break;
+        // faster decreases the divisor
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE_FASTER:
+            s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_FINE;
+            break;
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM_FASTER:
+            s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_MEDIUM;
+            break;
+        case PLAT_TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE_FASTER:
+            s_adjustRate -= CLOCK_ADJUST_COARSE;
+            break;
+    }
 
     if(s_adjustRate > (CLOCK_NOMINAL + CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT))
-	s_adjustRate = CLOCK_NOMINAL + CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT;
+        s_adjustRate = CLOCK_NOMINAL + CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT;
     if(s_adjustRate < (CLOCK_NOMINAL - CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT))
-	s_adjustRate = CLOCK_NOMINAL - CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT;
+        s_adjustRate = CLOCK_NOMINAL - CLOCK_ADJUST_LIMIT;
 
     return;
 }
-
-#if 0
-
-/* added for portability because Linux clock is 32 bits */
-
-#include <stdint.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <time.h>
-
-#include "TpmFail_fp.h"
-
-LIB_EXPORT uint64_t
-_plat__RealTime(
-		void
-		)
-{
-    clock64_t           time;
-    //#ifdef _MSC_VER	kgold
-#ifdef TPM_WINDOWS
-    #include <sys/timeb.h>
-    struct _timeb       sysTime;
-    //
-    _ftime(&sysTime);	/* kgold, mingw doesn't have _ftime_s */
-    time = (clock64_t)(sysTime.time) * 1000 + sysTime.millitm;
-    // set the time back by one hour if daylight savings
-    if(sysTime.dstflag)
-	time -= 1000 * 60 * 60;  // mSec/sec * sec/min * min/hour = ms/hour
-#else
-    // hopefully, this will work with most UNIX systems
-    struct timespec     systime;
-    //
-    clock_gettime(CLOCK_MONOTONIC, &systime);
-    time = (clock64_t)systime.tv_sec * 1000 + (systime.tv_nsec / 1000000);
-#endif
-    return time;
-}
-
-#endif

src/tpm2/ClockRateAdjust_fp.h

@@ -59,23 +59,28 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CLOCKRATEADJUST_FP_H
-#define CLOCKRATEADJUST_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_PROVISION	auth;
-    TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST	rateAdjust;
+#if CC_ClockRateAdjust  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKRATEADJUST_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKRATEADJUST_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_PROVISION auth;
+    TPM_CLOCK_ADJUST  rateAdjust;
 } ClockRateAdjust_In;
 
-#define RC_ClockRateAdjust_auth		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ClockRateAdjust_rateAdjust	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ClockRateAdjust_auth       (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ClockRateAdjust_rateAdjust (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ClockRateAdjust(
-		     ClockRateAdjust_In  *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		     );
+TPM2_ClockRateAdjust(ClockRateAdjust_In* in);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKRATEADJUST_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ClockRateAdjust

src/tpm2/ClockSet_fp.h

@@ -59,23 +59,28 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CLOCKSET_FP_H
-#define CLOCKSET_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_PROVISION	auth;
-    UINT64		newTime;
+#if CC_ClockSet  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKSET_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKSET_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_PROVISION auth;
+    UINT64            newTime;
 } ClockSet_In;
 
-#define RC_ClockSet_auth	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ClockSet_newTime	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ClockSet_auth    (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ClockSet_newTime (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ClockSet(
-	      ClockSet_In     *in             // IN: input parameter list
-	      );
+TPM2_ClockSet(ClockSet_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CLOCKSET_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ClockSet

src/tpm2/CommandAttributes.h

@@ -59,30 +59,36 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef COMMANDATTRIBUTES_H
-#define COMMANDATTRIBUTES_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmStructures; Version 4.4 Mar 26, 2019
+ *  Date: Aug 30, 2019  Time: 02:11:52PM
+ */
 
-/* 5.7	CommandAttributes.h */
-/* The attributes defined in this file are produced by the parser that creates the structure
-   definitions from Part 3. The attributes are defined in that parser and should track the
-   attributes being tested in CommandCodeAttributes.c. Generally, when an attribute is added to this
-   list, new code will be needed in CommandCodeAttributes.c to test it. */
+// The attributes defined in this file are produced by the parser that
+// creates the structure definitions from Part 3. The attributes are defined
+// in that parser and should track the attributes being tested in
+// CommandCodeAttributes.c. Generally, when an attribute is added to this list,
+// new code will be needed in CommandCodeAttributes.c to test it.
 
-typedef  UINT16             COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES;
-#define NOT_IMPLEMENTED     (COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)(0)
-#define ENCRYPT_2           ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 0)
-#define ENCRYPT_4           ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 1)
-#define DECRYPT_2           ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 2)
-#define DECRYPT_4           ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 3)
-#define HANDLE_1_USER       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 4)
-#define HANDLE_1_ADMIN      ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 5)
-#define HANDLE_1_DUP        ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 6)
-#define HANDLE_2_USER       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 7)
-#define PP_COMMAND          ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 8)
-#define IS_IMPLEMENTED      ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 9)
-#define NO_SESSIONS         ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 10)
-#define NV_COMMAND          ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 11)
-#define PP_REQUIRED         ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 12)
-#define R_HANDLE            ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 13)
-#define ALLOW_TRIAL         ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 14)
-#endif // COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#ifndef COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES_H
+#define COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES_H
+
+typedef UINT16 COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES;
+#define NOT_IMPLEMENTED (COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)(0)
+#define ENCRYPT_2       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 0)
+#define ENCRYPT_4       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 1)
+#define DECRYPT_2       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 2)
+#define DECRYPT_4       ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 3)
+#define HANDLE_1_USER   ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 4)
+#define HANDLE_1_ADMIN  ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 5)
+#define HANDLE_1_DUP    ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 6)
+#define HANDLE_2_USER   ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 7)
+#define PP_COMMAND      ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 8)
+#define IS_IMPLEMENTED  ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 9)
+#define NO_SESSIONS     ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 10)
+#define NV_COMMAND      ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 11)
+#define PP_REQUIRED     ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 12)
+#define R_HANDLE        ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 13)
+#define ALLOW_TRIAL     ((COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES)1 << 14)
+
+#endif  // COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES_H

src/tpm2/CommandAudit.c

@@ -100,13 +100,13 @@ void CommandAuditPreInstall_Init(void)
 //*** CommandAuditStartup()
 // This function clears the command audit digest on a TPM Reset.
 BOOL CommandAuditStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
-			 )
+)
 {
     if((type != SU_RESTART) && (type != SU_RESUME))
-	{
-	    // Reset the digest size to initialize the digest
-	    gr.commandAuditDigest.t.size = 0;
-	}
+    {
+        // Reset the digest size to initialize the digest
+        gr.commandAuditDigest.t.size = 0;
+    }
     return TRUE;
 }
 
@@ -124,24 +124,24 @@ BOOL CommandAuditStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
 //      TRUE(1)         command code audit status was changed
 //      FALSE(0)        command code audit status was not changed
 BOOL CommandAuditSet(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
-		     )
+)
 {
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex = CommandCodeToCommandIndex(commandCode);
 
     // Only SET a bit if the corresponding command is implemented
     if(commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX)
-	{
-	    // Can't audit shutdown
-	    if(commandCode != TPM_CC_Shutdown)
-		{
-		    if(!TEST_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands))
-			{
-			    // Set bit
-			    SET_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands);
-			    return TRUE;
-			}
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // Can't audit shutdown
+        if(commandCode != TPM_CC_Shutdown)
+        {
+            if(!TEST_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands))
+            {
+                // Set bit
+                SET_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands);
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
     // No change
     return FALSE;
 }
@@ -158,25 +158,25 @@ BOOL CommandAuditSet(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
 //      TRUE(1)         command code audit status was changed
 //      FALSE(0)        command code audit status was not changed
 BOOL CommandAuditClear(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
-		       )
+)
 {
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex = CommandCodeToCommandIndex(commandCode);
 
     // Do nothing if the command is not implemented
     if(commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX)
-	{
-	    // The bit associated with TPM_CC_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus() cannot be
-	    // cleared
-	    if(commandCode != TPM_CC_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus)
-		{
-		    if(TEST_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands))
-			{
-			    // Clear bit
-			    CLEAR_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands);
-			    return TRUE;
-			}
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // The bit associated with TPM_CC_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus() cannot be
+        // cleared
+        if(commandCode != TPM_CC_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus)
+        {
+            if(TEST_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands))
+            {
+                // Clear bit
+                CLEAR_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands);
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+        }
+    }
     // No change
     return FALSE;
 }
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ BOOL CommandAuditClear(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
 //      TRUE(1)         command is audited
 //      FALSE(0)        command is not audited
 BOOL CommandAuditIsRequired(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
-			    )
+)
 {
     // Check the bit map.  If the bit is SET, command audit is required
     return (TEST_BIT(commandIndex, gp.auditCommands));
@@ -202,9 +202,9 @@ BOOL CommandAuditIsRequired(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
 //      NO          all the available command code has been returned
 TPMI_YES_NO
 CommandAuditCapGetCCList(TPM_CC   commandCode,  // IN: start command code
-			 UINT32   count,        // IN: count of returned TPM_CC
-			 TPML_CC* commandList   // OUT: list of TPM_CC
-			 )
+                         UINT32   count,        // IN: count of returned TPM_CC
+                         TPML_CC* commandList   // OUT: list of TPM_CC
+)
 {
     TPMI_YES_NO   more = NO;
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex;
@@ -214,37 +214,37 @@ CommandAuditCapGetCCList(TPM_CC   commandCode,  // IN: start command code
 
     // The maximum count of command we may return is MAX_CAP_CC
     if(count > MAX_CAP_CC)
-	count = MAX_CAP_CC;
+        count = MAX_CAP_CC;
 
     // Find the implemented command that has a command code that is the same or
     // higher than the input
     // Collect audit commands
     for(commandIndex = GetClosestCommandIndex(commandCode);
-	commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-	commandIndex = GetNextCommandIndex(commandIndex))
-	{
-	    if(CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex))
-		{
-		    if(commandList->count < count)
-			{
-			    // If we have not filled up the return list, add this command
-			    // code to its
-			    TPM_CC cc =
-				GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex);
-			    if(IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V))
-				cc += (1 << 29);
-			    commandList->commandCodes[commandList->count] = cc;
-			    commandList->count++;
-			}
-		    else
-			{
-			    // If the return list is full but we still have command
-			    // available, report this and stop iterating
-			    more = YES;
-			    break;
-			}
-		}
-	}
+        commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        commandIndex = GetNextCommandIndex(commandIndex))
+    {
+        if(CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex))
+        {
+            if(commandList->count < count)
+            {
+                // If we have not filled up the return list, add this command
+                // code to its
+                TPM_CC cc =
+                    GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex);
+                if(IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V))
+                    cc += (1 << 29);
+                commandList->commandCodes[commandList->count] = cc;
+                commandList->count++;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // If the return list is full but we still have command
+                // available, report this and stop iterating
+                more = YES;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
 
     return more;
 }
@@ -255,9 +255,9 @@ BOOL CommandAuditCapGetOneCC(TPM_CC commandCode)  // IN: command code
 {
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex = CommandCodeToCommandIndex(commandCode);
     if(commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX)
-	{
-	    return CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex);
-	}
+    {
+        return CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex);
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ BOOL CommandAuditCapGetOneCC(TPM_CC commandCode)  // IN: command code
 // added to a hash. This operates as if all the audited command codes were
 // concatenated and then hashed.
 void CommandAuditGetDigest(TPM2B_DIGEST* digest  // OUT: command digest
-			   )
+)
 {
     TPM_CC        commandCode;
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex;
@@ -278,13 +278,13 @@ void CommandAuditGetDigest(TPM2B_DIGEST* digest  // OUT: command digest
 
     // Add command code
     for(commandIndex = 0; commandIndex < COMMAND_COUNT; commandIndex++)
-	{
-	    if(CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex))
-		{
-		    commandCode = GetCommandCode(commandIndex);
-		    CryptDigestUpdateInt(&hashState, sizeof(commandCode), commandCode);
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        if(CommandAuditIsRequired(commandIndex))
+        {
+            commandCode = GetCommandCode(commandIndex);
+            CryptDigestUpdateInt(&hashState, sizeof(commandCode), commandCode);
+        }
+    }
 
     // Complete hash
     CryptHashEnd2B(&hashState, &digest->b);

src/tpm2/CommandAudit_fp.h

@@ -58,41 +58,91 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef COMMANDAUDIT_FP_H
-#define COMMANDAUDIT_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Apr  2, 2019  Time: 04:23:27PM
+ */
 
-void
-CommandAuditPreInstall_Init(
-			    void
-			    );
-BOOL
-CommandAuditStartup(
-		    STARTUP_TYPE     type           // IN: start up type
-		    );
-BOOL
-CommandAuditSet(
-		TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: command code
-		);
-BOOL
-CommandAuditClear(
-		  TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: command code
-		  );
-BOOL
-CommandAuditIsRequired(
-		       COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index
-		       );
+#ifndef _COMMAND_AUDIT_FP_H_
+#define _COMMAND_AUDIT_FP_H_
+
+//*** CommandAuditPreInstall_Init()
+// This function initializes the command audit list. This function simulates
+// the behavior of manufacturing. A function is used instead of a structure
+// definition because this is easier than figuring out the initialization value
+// for a bit array.
+//
+// This function would not be implemented outside of a manufacturing or
+// simulation environment.
+void CommandAuditPreInstall_Init(void);
+
+//*** CommandAuditStartup()
+// This function clears the command audit digest on a TPM Reset.
+BOOL CommandAuditStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuditSet()
+// This function will SET the audit flag for a command. This function
+// will not SET the audit flag for a command that is not implemented. This
+// ensures that the audit status is not SET when TPM2_GetCapability() is
+// used to read the list of audited commands.
+//
+// This function is only used by TPM2_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus().
+//
+// The actions in TPM2_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus() are expected to cause the
+// changes to be saved to NV after it is setting and clearing bits.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         command code audit status was changed
+//      FALSE(0)        command code audit status was not changed
+BOOL CommandAuditSet(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuditClear()
+// This function will CLEAR the audit flag for a command. It will not CLEAR the
+// audit flag for TPM_CC_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus().
+//
+// This function is only used by TPM2_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus().
+//
+// The actions in TPM2_SetCommandCodeAuditStatus() are expected to cause the
+// changes to be saved to NV after it is setting and clearing bits.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         command code audit status was changed
+//      FALSE(0)        command code audit status was not changed
+BOOL CommandAuditClear(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuditIsRequired()
+// This function indicates if the audit flag is SET for a command.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         command is audited
+//      FALSE(0)        command is not audited
+BOOL CommandAuditIsRequired(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuditCapGetCCList()
+// This function returns a list of commands that have their audit bit SET.
+//
+// The list starts at the input commandCode.
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//      YES         if there are more command code available
+//      NO          all the available command code has been returned
 TPMI_YES_NO
-CommandAuditCapGetCCList(
-			 TPM_CC           commandCode,   // IN: start command code
-			 UINT32           count,         // IN: count of returned TPM_CC
-			 TPML_CC         *commandList    // OUT: list of TPM_CC
-			 );
+CommandAuditCapGetCCList(TPM_CC   commandCode,  // IN: start command code
+                         UINT32   count,        // IN: count of returned TPM_CC
+                         TPML_CC* commandList   // OUT: list of TPM_CC
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuditCapGetOneCC()
+// This function returns true if a command has its audit bit set.
 BOOL CommandAuditCapGetOneCC(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: command code
-			     );
-void
-CommandAuditGetDigest(
-		      TPM2B_DIGEST    *digest         // OUT: command digest
-		      );
+);
 
+//*** CommandAuditGetDigest
+// This command is used to create a digest of the commands being audited. The
+// commands are processed in ascending numeric order with a list of TPM_CC being
+// added to a hash. This operates as if all the audited command codes were
+// concatenated and then hashed.
+void CommandAuditGetDigest(TPM2B_DIGEST* digest  // OUT: command digest
+);
 
-#endif
+#endif  // _COMMAND_AUDIT_FP_H_

src/tpm2/CommandCodeAttributes.c

@@ -58,532 +58,534 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 9.3 CommandCodeAttributes.c */
-/* 9.3.1 Introduction */
-/* This file contains the functions for testing various command properties. */
-/* 9.3.2 Includes and Defines */
+//** Introduction
+// This file contains the functions for testing various command properties.
+
+//** Includes and Defines
+
 #include "Tpm.h"
 #include "CommandCodeAttributes_fp.h"
-/* Set the default value for CC_VEND if not already set */
-#ifndef CC_VEND
-#define     CC_VEND     (TPM_CC)(0x20000000)
-#endif
-typedef UINT16          ATTRIBUTE_TYPE;
-/* The following file is produced from the command tables in part 3 of the specification. It defines
-   the attributes for each of the commands. */
-/* NOTE: This file is currently produced by an automated process. Files produced from Part 2 or Part
-   3 tables through automated processes are not included in the specification so that there is no
-   ambiguity about the table containing the information being the normative definition. */
-#define _COMMAND_CODE_ATTRIBUTES_
-#include    "CommandAttributeData.h"
-/* 9.3.3 Command Attribute Functions */
-/* 9.3.3.1 NextImplementedIndex() */
-/* This function is used when the lists are not compressed. In a compressed list, only the
-   implemented commands are present. So, a search might find a value but that value may not be
-   implemented. This function checks to see if the input commandIndex points to an implemented
-   command and, if not, it searches upwards until it finds one. When the list is compressed, this
-   function gets defined as a no-op. */
-/* Return Value	Meaning */
-/* UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX	command is not implemented */
-/* other	index of the command */
 
+// Set the default value for CC_VEND if not already set
+#ifndef CC_VEND
+#  define CC_VEND (TPM_CC)(0x20000000)
+#endif
+
+typedef UINT16 ATTRIBUTE_TYPE;
+
+// The following file is produced from the command tables in part 3 of the
+// specification. It defines the attributes for each of the commands.
+// NOTE: This file is currently produced by an automated process. Files
+// produced from Part 2 or Part 3 tables through automated processes are not
+// included in the specification so that their is no ambiguity about the
+// table containing the information being the normative definition.
+#define _COMMAND_CODE_ATTRIBUTES_
+#include "CommandAttributeData.h"
+
+//** Command Attribute Functions
+
+//*** NextImplementedIndex()
+// This function is used when the lists are not compressed. In a compressed list,
+// only the implemented commands are present. So, a search might find a value
+// but that value may not be implemented. This function checks to see if the input
+// commandIndex points to an implemented command and, if not, it searches upwards
+// until it finds one. When the list is compressed, this function gets defined
+// as a no-op.
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     command is not implemented
+//  other                           index of the command
 #if !COMPRESSED_LISTS
-static COMMAND_INDEX
-NextImplementedIndex(
-		     COMMAND_INDEX       commandIndex
-		     )
+static COMMAND_INDEX NextImplementedIndex(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex)
 {
-    for(;commandIndex < COMMAND_COUNT; commandIndex++)
-	{
-	    if((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED) &&		 // libtpms changed
-	       RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	 // libtpms added begin
-					   GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
-							 TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))// libtpms added end
-		return commandIndex;
-	}
+    for(; commandIndex < COMMAND_COUNT; commandIndex++)
+    {
+       if((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED) &&		// libtpms changed
+          RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	// libtpms added begin
+                                      GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
+                                                    TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))	// libtpms added end
+            return commandIndex;
+    }
     return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
 }
 #else
-#define NextImplementedIndex(x) (x)
+#  define NextImplementedIndex(x) (x)
 #endif
-/* 9.3.3.2 GetClosestCommandIndex() */
-/* This function returns the command index for the command with a value that is equal to or greater
-   than the input value */
-/* Return Value	Meaning */
-/* UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX	command is not implemented */
-/* other	index of the command */
 
+//*** GetClosestCommandIndex()
+// This function returns the command index for the command with a value that is
+// equal to or greater than the input value
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     command is not implemented
+//  other                           index of a command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-GetClosestCommandIndex(
-		       TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: the command code to start at
-		       )
+GetClosestCommandIndex(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: the command code to start at
+)
 {
-    BOOL                vendor = (commandCode & CC_VEND) != 0;
-    COMMAND_INDEX       searchIndex = (COMMAND_INDEX)commandCode;
+    BOOL          vendor      = (commandCode & CC_VEND) != 0;
+    COMMAND_INDEX searchIndex = (COMMAND_INDEX)commandCode;
+
     // The commandCode is a UINT32 and the search index is UINT16. We are going to
     // search for a match but need to make sure that the commandCode value is not
     // out of range. To do this, need to clear the vendor bit of the commandCode
     // (if set) and compare the result to the 16-bit searchIndex value. If it is
     // out of range, indicate that the command is not implemented
     if((commandCode & ~CC_VEND) != searchIndex)
-	return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+
     // if there is at least one vendor command, the last entry in the array will
     // have the v bit set. If the input commandCode is larger than the last
     // vendor-command, then it is out of range.
     if(vendor)
-	{
+    {
 #if VENDOR_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE > 0
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       commandIndex;
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       min;
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       max;
-	    int                 diff;
-#if LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE == COMMAND_COUNT
-#error "Constants are not consistent."
-#endif
-	    // Check to see if the value is equal to or below the minimum
-	    // entry.
-	    // Note: Put this check first so that the typical case of only one vendor-
-	    // specific command doesn't waste any more time.
-	    if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE], TPMA_CC,
-			     commandIndex) >= searchIndex)
-		{
-		    // the vendor array is always assumed to be packed so there is
-		    // no need to check to see if the command is implemented
-		    return LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;
-		}
-	    // See if this is out of range on the top
-	    if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[COMMAND_COUNT - 1], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
-	       < searchIndex)
-		{
-		    return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-		}
-	    commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX; // Needs initialization to keep
-	    // compiler happy
-	    min = LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;       // first vendor command
-	    max = COMMAND_COUNT - 1;                // last vendor command
-	    diff = 1;                               // needs initialization to keep
-	    // compiler happy
-	    while(min <= max)
-		{
-		    commandIndex = (min + max + 1) / 2;
-		    diff = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
-			   - searchIndex;
-		    if(diff == 0)
-			return commandIndex;
-		    if(diff > 0)
-			max = commandIndex - 1;
-		    else
-			min = commandIndex + 1;
-		}
-	    // didn't find and exact match. commandIndex will be pointing at the last
-	    // item tested. If 'diff' is positive, then the last item tested was
-	    // larger index of the command code so it is the smallest value
-	    // larger than the requested value.
-	    if(diff > 0)
-		return commandIndex;
-	    // if 'diff' is negative, then the value tested was smaller than
-	    // the commandCode index and the next higher value is the correct one.
-	    // Note: this will necessarily be in range because of the earlier check
-	    // that the index was within range.
-	    return commandIndex + 1;
+        COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex;
+        COMMAND_INDEX min;
+        COMMAND_INDEX max;
+        int           diff;
+#  if LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE == COMMAND_COUNT
+#    error "Constants are not consistent."
+#  endif
+        // Check to see if the value is equal to or below the minimum
+        // entry.
+        // Note: Put this check first so that the typical case of only one vendor-
+        // specific command doesn't waste any more time.
+        if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+           >= searchIndex)
+        {
+            // the vendor array is always assumed to be packed so there is
+            // no need to check to see if the command is implemented
+            return LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;
+        }
+        // See if this is out of range on the top
+        if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[COMMAND_COUNT - 1], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+           < searchIndex)
+        {
+            return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        }
+        commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;  // Needs initialization to keep
+                                                     // compiler happy
+        min  = LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;           // first vendor command
+        max  = COMMAND_COUNT - 1;                    // last vendor command
+        diff = 1;                                    // needs initialization to keep
+                                                     // compiler happy
+        while(min <= max)
+        {
+            commandIndex = (min + max + 1) / 2;
+            diff = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+                   - searchIndex;
+            if(diff == 0)
+                return commandIndex;
+            if(diff > 0)
+                max = commandIndex - 1;
+            else
+                min = commandIndex + 1;
+        }
+        // didn't find and exact match. commandIndex will be pointing at the last
+        // item tested. If 'diff' is positive, then the last item tested was
+        // larger index of the command code so it is the smallest value
+        // larger than the requested value.
+        if(diff > 0)
+            return commandIndex;
+        // if 'diff' is negative, then the value tested was smaller than
+        // the commandCode index and the next higher value is the correct one.
+        // Note: this will necessarily be in range because of the earlier check
+        // that the index was within range.
+        return commandIndex + 1;
 #else
-	    // If there are no vendor commands so anything with the vendor bit set is out
-	    // of range
-	    return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        // If there are no vendor commands so anything with the vendor bit set is out
+        // of range
+        return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
 #endif
-	}
+    }
     // Get here if the V-Bit was not set in 'commandCode'
-    if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 1], TPMA_CC,
-		     commandIndex) < searchIndex)
-	{
-	    // requested index is out of the range to the top
+
+    if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 1], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+       < searchIndex)
+    {
+        // requested index is out of the range to the top
 #if VENDOR_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE > 0
-	    // If there are vendor commands, then the first vendor command
-	    // is the next value greater than the commandCode.
-	    // NOTE: we got here if the starting index did not have the V bit but we
-	    // reached the end of the array of library commands (non-vendor). Since
-	    // there is at least one vendor command, and vendor commands are always
-	    // in a compressed list that starts after the library list, the next
-	    // index value contains a valid vendor command.
-	    return LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;
+        // If there are vendor commands, then the first vendor command
+        // is the next value greater than the commandCode.
+        // NOTE: we got here if the starting index did not have the V bit but we
+        // reached the end of the array of library commands (non-vendor). Since
+        // there is at least one vendor command, and vendor commands are always
+        // in a compressed list that starts after the library list, the next
+        // index value contains a valid vendor command.
+        return LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE;
 #else
-	    // if there are no vendor commands, then this is out of range
-	    return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        // if there are no vendor commands, then this is out of range
+        return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
 #endif
-	}
+    }
     // If the request is lower than any value in the array, then return
     // the lowest value (needs to be an index for an implemented command
     if(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[0], TPMA_CC, commandIndex) >= searchIndex)
-	{
-	    return NextImplementedIndex(0);
-	}
+    {
+        return NextImplementedIndex(0);
+    }
     else
-	{
+    {
 #if COMPRESSED_LISTS
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       min = 0;
-	    COMMAND_INDEX       max = LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 1;
-	    int                 diff = 1;
-#if LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE == 0
-#error  "Something is terribly wrong"
-#endif
-	    // The s_ccAttr array contains an extra entry at the end (a zero value).
-	    // Don't count this as an array entry. This means that max should start
-	    // out pointing to the last valid entry in the array which is - 2
-	    pAssert(max == (sizeof(s_ccAttr) / sizeof(TPMA_CC)
-			    - VENDOR_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 2));
-	    while(min <= max)
-		{
-		    commandIndex = (min + max + 1) / 2;
-		    diff = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC,
-					 commandIndex) - searchIndex;
-		    if(diff == 0)
-			return commandIndex;
-		    if(diff > 0)
-			max = commandIndex - 1;
-		    else
-			min = commandIndex + 1;
-		}
-	    // didn't find and exact match. commandIndex will be pointing at the
-	    // last item tested. If diff is positive, then the last item tested was
-	    // larger index of the command code so it is the smallest value
-	    // larger than the requested value.
-	    if(diff > 0)
-		return commandIndex;
-	    // if diff is negative, then the value tested was smaller than
-	    // the commandCode index and the next higher value is the correct one.
-	    // Note: this will necessarily be in range because of the earlier check
-	    // that the index was within range.
-	    return commandIndex + 1;
+        COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        COMMAND_INDEX min          = 0;
+        COMMAND_INDEX max          = LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 1;
+        int           diff         = 1;
+#  if LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE == 0
+#    error "Something is terribly wrong"
+#  endif
+        // The s_ccAttr array contains an extra entry at the end (a zero value).
+        // Don't count this as an array entry. This means that max should start
+        // out pointing to the last valid entry in the array which is - 2
+        pAssert(
+            max
+            == (sizeof(s_ccAttr) / sizeof(TPMA_CC) - VENDOR_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE - 2));
+        while(min <= max)
+        {
+            commandIndex = (min + max + 1) / 2;
+            diff = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+                   - searchIndex;
+            if(diff == 0)
+                return commandIndex;
+            if(diff > 0)
+                max = commandIndex - 1;
+            else
+                min = commandIndex + 1;
+        }
+        // didn't find and exact match. commandIndex will be pointing at the
+        // last item tested. If diff is positive, then the last item tested was
+        // larger index of the command code so it is the smallest value
+        // larger than the requested value.
+        if(diff > 0)
+            return commandIndex;
+        // if diff is negative, then the value tested was smaller than
+        // the commandCode index and the next higher value is the correct one.
+        // Note: this will necessarily be in range because of the earlier check
+        // that the index was within range.
+        return commandIndex + 1;
 #else
-	    // The list is not compressed so offset into the array by the command
-	    // code value of the first entry in the list. Then go find the first
-	    // implemented command.
-	    return NextImplementedIndex(searchIndex
-	                                - (COMMAND_INDEX)GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[0], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)); // libtpms changed
+        // The list is not compressed so offset into the array by the command
+        // code value of the first entry in the list. Then go find the first
+        // implemented command.
+        return NextImplementedIndex(
+            searchIndex - (COMMAND_INDEX)GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[0], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)); // libtpms changed
 #endif
-	}
+    }
 }
-/* 9.3.3.3 CommandCodeToComandIndex() */
-/* This function returns the index in the various attributes arrays of the command. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX command is not implemented */
-/* other index of the command */
+
+//*** CommandCodeToComandIndex()
+// This function returns the index in the various attributes arrays of the
+// command.
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     command is not implemented
+//  other                           index of the command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-CommandCodeToCommandIndex(
-			  TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: the command code to look up
-			  )
+CommandCodeToCommandIndex(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: the command code to look up
+)
 {
     // Extract the low 16-bits of the command code to get the starting search index
-    COMMAND_INDEX       searchIndex = (COMMAND_INDEX)commandCode;
-    BOOL                vendor = (commandCode & CC_VEND) != 0;
-    COMMAND_INDEX       commandIndex;
+    COMMAND_INDEX searchIndex = (COMMAND_INDEX)commandCode;
+    BOOL          vendor      = (commandCode & CC_VEND) != 0;
+    COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex;
 #if !COMPRESSED_LISTS
     if(!vendor)
-	{
-	    commandIndex = searchIndex - (COMMAND_INDEX)GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[0], TPMA_CC, commandIndex); // libtpms changed
-	    // Check for out of range or unimplemented.
-	    // Note, since a COMMAND_INDEX is unsigned, if searchIndex is smaller than
-	    // the lowest value of command, it will become a 'negative' number making
-	    // it look like a large unsigned number, this will cause it to fail
-	    // the unsigned check below.
-	    if(commandIndex >= LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE
-	       || (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED) == 0
-	       || !RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,// libtpms added
-					       commandCode))			 // libtpms added
-		return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-	    return commandIndex;
-	}
+    {
+        commandIndex = searchIndex - (COMMAND_INDEX)GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[0], TPMA_CC, commandIndex); // libtpms changed
+        // Check for out of range or unimplemented.
+        // Note, since a COMMAND_INDEX is unsigned, if searchIndex is smaller than
+        // the lowest value of command, it will become a 'negative' number making
+        // it look like a large unsigned number, this will cause it to fail
+        // the unsigned check below.
+        if(commandIndex >= LIBRARY_COMMAND_ARRAY_SIZE
+           || (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED) == 0
+           || !RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	// libtpms added
+                                           commandCode))			// libtpms added
+            return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        return commandIndex;
+    }
 #endif
     // Need this code for any vendor code lookup or for compressed lists
     commandIndex = GetClosestCommandIndex(commandCode);
+
     // Look at the returned value from get closest. If it isn't the one that was
     // requested, then the command is not implemented.
     // libtpms: Or it may be runtime-disabled
     if(commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX)
-	{
-	    if((GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
-		!= searchIndex)
-	       || (IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V)) != vendor
-	       || !RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,// libtpms added
-					       commandCode))			 // libtpms added
-		commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-	}
+    {
+        if((GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex)
+            != searchIndex)
+           || (IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V)) != vendor
+           || !RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	// libtpms added
+                                           commandCode))			// libtpms added
+            commandIndex = UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+    }
     return commandIndex;
 }
-/* 9.3.3.4 GetNextCommandIndex() */
-/* This function returns the index of the next implemented command. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX no more implemented commands */
-/* other the index of the next implemented command */
+
+//*** GetNextCommandIndex()
+// This function returns the index of the next implemented command.
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     no more implemented commands
+//  other                           the index of the next implemented command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-GetNextCommandIndex(
-		    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the starting index
-		    )
+GetNextCommandIndex(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the starting index
+)
 {
     while(++commandIndex < COMMAND_COUNT)
-	{
-	    if(!RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	  // libtpms added begin
-					    GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
-							  TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))
-		continue;							  // libtpms added end
+    {
+        if(!RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	// libtpms added begin
+                                        GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
+                                                      TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))
+            continue;								// libtpms added end
 #if !COMPRESSED_LISTS
-	    if(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED)
+        if(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED)
 #endif
-		return commandIndex;
-	}
+            return commandIndex;
+    }
     return UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
 }
-/* 9.3.3.5 GetCommandCode() */
-/* This function returns the commandCode associated with the command index */
+
+//*** GetCommandCode()
+// This function returns the commandCode associated with the command index
 TPM_CC
-GetCommandCode(
-	       COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the command index
-	       )
+GetCommandCode(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the command index
+)
 {
-    TPM_CC           commandCode = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
-						 TPMA_CC, commandIndex);
+    TPM_CC commandCode = GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex);
     if(IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V))
-	commandCode += CC_VEND;
+        commandCode += CC_VEND;
     return commandCode;
 }
-/* 9.3.3.6 CommandAuthRole() */
-/* This function returns the authorization role required of a handle. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* AUTH_NONE no authorization is required */
-/* AUTH_USER user role authorization is required */
-/* AUTH_ADMIN admin role authorization is required */
-/* AUTH_DUP duplication role authorization is required */
+
+//*** CommandAuthRole()
+//
+//  This function returns the authorization role required of a handle.
+//
+//  Return Type: AUTH_ROLE
+//  AUTH_NONE       no authorization is required
+//  AUTH_USER       user role authorization is required
+//  AUTH_ADMIN      admin role authorization is required
+//  AUTH_DUP        duplication role authorization is required
 AUTH_ROLE
-CommandAuthRole(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex,  // IN: command index
-		UINT32           handleIndex    // IN: handle index (zero based)
-		)
+CommandAuthRole(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex,  // IN: command index
+                UINT32        handleIndex    // IN: handle index (zero based)
+)
 {
     if(0 == handleIndex)
-	{
-	    // Any authorization role set?
-	    COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES  properties = s_commandAttributes[commandIndex];
-	    if(properties & HANDLE_1_USER)
-		return AUTH_USER;
-	    if(properties & HANDLE_1_ADMIN)
-		return AUTH_ADMIN;
-	    if(properties & HANDLE_1_DUP)
-		return AUTH_DUP;
-	}
+    {
+        // Any authorization role set?
+        COMMAND_ATTRIBUTES properties = s_commandAttributes[commandIndex];
+
+        if(properties & HANDLE_1_USER)
+            return AUTH_USER;
+        if(properties & HANDLE_1_ADMIN)
+            return AUTH_ADMIN;
+        if(properties & HANDLE_1_DUP)
+            return AUTH_DUP;
+    }
     else if(1 == handleIndex)
-	{
-	    if(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & HANDLE_2_USER)
-		return AUTH_USER;
-	}
+    {
+        if(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & HANDLE_2_USER)
+            return AUTH_USER;
+    }
     return AUTH_NONE;
 }
-/* 9.3.3.7 EncryptSize() */
-/* This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns 0 if encryption
-   is not allowed */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* 0 encryption not allowed */
-/* 2 size field is two bytes */
-/* 4 size field is four bytes */
 
-int
-EncryptSize(
-	    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index
-	    )
+//*** EncryptSize()
+// This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns
+// 0 if encryption is not allowed
+//  Return Type: int
+//  0       encryption not allowed
+//  2       size field is two bytes
+//  4       size field is four bytes
+int EncryptSize(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
+)
 {
-    return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & ENCRYPT_2) ? 2 :
-	    (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & ENCRYPT_4) ? 4 : 0);
+    return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & ENCRYPT_2)   ? 2
+            : (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & ENCRYPT_4) ? 4
+                                                              : 0);
 }
 
-/* 9.3.3.8 DecryptSize() */
-/* This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns 0 if decryption
-   is not allowed */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* 0 encryption not allowed */
-/* 2 size field is two bytes */
-/* 4 size field is four bytes */
-
-int
-DecryptSize(
-	    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index
-	    )
+//*** DecryptSize()
+// This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns
+// 0 if decryption is not allowed
+//  Return Type: int
+//  0       encryption not allowed
+//  2       size field is two bytes
+//  4       size field is four bytes
+int DecryptSize(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
+)
 {
-    return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & DECRYPT_2) ? 2 :
-	    (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & DECRYPT_4) ? 4 : 0);
+    return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & DECRYPT_2)   ? 2
+            : (s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & DECRYPT_4) ? 4
+                                                              : 0);
 }
 
-/* 9.3.3.9 IsSessionAllowed() */
-/* This function indicates if the command is allowed to have sessions. */
-/* This function must not be called if the command is not known to be implemented. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* TRUE session is allowed with this command */
-/* FALSE session is not allowed with this command */
-
-BOOL
-IsSessionAllowed(
-		 COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the command to be checked
-		 )
+//*** IsSessionAllowed()
+//
+// This function indicates if the command is allowed to have sessions.
+//
+// This function must not be called if the command is not known to be implemented.
+//
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         session is allowed with this command
+//      FALSE(0)        session is not allowed with this command
+BOOL IsSessionAllowed(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the command to be checked
+)
 {
     return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & NO_SESSIONS) == 0);
 }
 
-/* 9.3.3.10 IsHandleInResponse() */
-/* This function determines if a command has a handle in the response */
-
-BOOL
-IsHandleInResponse(
-		   COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex
-		   )
+//*** IsHandleInResponse()
+// This function determines if a command has a handle in the response
+BOOL IsHandleInResponse(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex)
 {
     return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & R_HANDLE) != 0);
 }
 
-/* 9.3.3.11 IsWriteOperation() */
-/* Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is subject to being blocked by
-   read-lock */
-BOOL
-IsWriteOperation(
-		 COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: Command to check
-		 )
+//*** IsWriteOperation()
+// Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is subject to being
+// blocked by read-lock
+BOOL IsWriteOperation(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: Command to check
+)
 {
-#ifdef  WRITE_LOCK
+#ifdef WRITE_LOCK
     return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & WRITE_LOCK) != 0);
 #else
     if(!IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V))
-	{
-	    switch(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex))
-		{
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_Write:
-#if CC_NV_Increment
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_Increment:
-#endif
-#if CC_NV_SetBits
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_SetBits:
-#endif
-#if CC_NV_Extend
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_Extend:
-#endif
-#if CC_AC_Send
-		  case TPM_CC_AC_Send:
-#endif
-		    // NV write lock counts as a write operation for authorization purposes.
-		    // We check to see if the NV is write locked before we do the
-		    // authorization. If it is locked, we fail the command early.
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_WriteLock:
-		    return TRUE;
-		  default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        switch(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex))
+        {
+            case TPM_CC_NV_Write:
+#  if CC_NV_Increment
+            case TPM_CC_NV_Increment:
+#  endif
+#  if CC_NV_SetBits
+            case TPM_CC_NV_SetBits:
+#  endif
+#  if CC_NV_Extend
+            case TPM_CC_NV_Extend:
+#  endif
+#  if CC_AC_Send
+            case TPM_CC_AC_Send:
+#  endif
+            // NV write lock counts as a write operation for authorization purposes.
+            // We check to see if the NV is write locked before we do the
+            // authorization. If it is locked, we fail the command early.
+            case TPM_CC_NV_WriteLock:
+                return TRUE;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
     return FALSE;
 #endif
 }
-/* 9.3.3.12 IsReadOperation() */
-/* Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is subject to being blocked by
-   write-lock. */
-BOOL
-IsReadOperation(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: Command to check
-		)
+
+//*** IsReadOperation()
+// Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is
+// subject to being blocked by write-lock.
+BOOL IsReadOperation(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: Command to check
+)
 {
-#ifdef  READ_LOCK
+#ifdef READ_LOCK
     return ((s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & READ_LOCK) != 0);
 #else
+
     if(!IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V))
-	{
-	    switch(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex))
-		{
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_Read:
-		  case TPM_CC_PolicyNV:
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_Certify:
-		    // NV read lock counts as a read operation for authorization purposes.
-		    // We check to see if the NV is read locked before we do the
-		    // authorization. If it is locked, we fail the command early.
-		  case TPM_CC_NV_ReadLock:
-		    return TRUE;
-		  default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        switch(GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, commandIndex))
+        {
+            case TPM_CC_NV_Read:
+            case TPM_CC_PolicyNV:
+            case TPM_CC_NV_Certify:
+            // NV read lock counts as a read operation for authorization purposes.
+            // We check to see if the NV is read locked before we do the
+            // authorization. If it is locked, we fail the command early.
+            case TPM_CC_NV_ReadLock:
+                return TRUE;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
     return FALSE;
 #endif
 }
-/* 9.3.3.13 CommandCapGetCCList() */
-/* This function returns a list of implemented commands and command attributes starting from the
-   command in commandCode. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* YES more command attributes are available */
-/* NO no more command attributes are available */
+
+//*** CommandCapGetCCList()
+// This function returns a list of implemented commands and command attributes
+// starting from the command in 'commandCode'.
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//      YES         more command attributes are available
+//      NO          no more command attributes are available
 TPMI_YES_NO
-CommandCapGetCCList(
-		    TPM_CC           commandCode,   // IN: start command code
-		    UINT32           count,         // IN: maximum count for number of entries in
-		    //     'commandList'
-		    TPML_CCA        *commandList    // OUT: list of TPMA_CC
-		    )
+CommandCapGetCCList(TPM_CC commandCode,  // IN: start command code
+                    UINT32 count,        // IN: maximum count for number of entries in
+                                         //     'commandList'
+                    TPML_CCA* commandList  // OUT: list of TPMA_CC
+)
 {
-    TPMI_YES_NO      more = NO;
-    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex;
+    TPMI_YES_NO   more = NO;
+    COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex;
+
     // initialize output handle list count
     commandList->count = 0;
+
     for(commandIndex = GetClosestCommandIndex(commandCode);
-	commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
-	commandIndex = GetNextCommandIndex(commandIndex))
-	{
+        commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX;
+        commandIndex = GetNextCommandIndex(commandIndex))
+    {
 #if !COMPRESSED_LISTS
-	    // this check isn't needed for compressed lists.
-	    if(!(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED))
-		continue;
+        // this check isn't needed for compressed lists.
+        if(!(s_commandAttributes[commandIndex] & IS_IMPLEMENTED))
+            continue;
 #endif
-	    if (!RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,	// libtpms added begin
-					     GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
-							   TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))
-		continue;							// libtpms added end
-	    if(commandList->count < count)
-		{
-		    // If the list is not full, add the attributes for this command.
-		    commandList->commandAttributes[commandList->count]
-			= s_ccAttr[commandIndex];
-		    commandList->count++;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    // If the list is full but there are more commands to report,
-		    // indicate this and return.
-		    more = YES;
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+        if (!RuntimeCommandsCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeCommands,        // libtpms added begin
+                                         GET_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex],
+                                                       TPMA_CC, commandIndex)))
+             continue;                                                        // libtpms added end
+        if(commandList->count < count)
+        {
+            // If the list is not full, add the attributes for this command.
+            commandList->commandAttributes[commandList->count] =
+                s_ccAttr[commandIndex];
+            commandList->count++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If the list is full but there are more commands to report,
+            // indicate this and return.
+            more = YES;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
     return more;
 }
+
 //*** CommandCapGetOneCC()
 // This function checks whether a command is implemented, and returns its
 // attributes if so.
 BOOL CommandCapGetOneCC(TPM_CC   commandCode,       // IN: command code
-			TPMA_CC* commandAttributes  // OUT: command attributes
-			)
+                        TPMA_CC* commandAttributes  // OUT: command attributes
+)
 {
     COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex = CommandCodeToCommandIndex(commandCode);
     if(commandIndex != UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX)
-	{
-	    *commandAttributes = s_ccAttr[commandIndex];
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
+    {
+        *commandAttributes = s_ccAttr[commandIndex];
+        return TRUE;
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 #if 0 /* libtpms added */
-/* 9.3.3.14 IsVendorCommand() */
-/* Function indicates if a command index references a vendor command. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* TRUE command is a vendor command */
-/* FALSE command is not a vendor command */
 
-BOOL
-IsVendorCommand(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index to check
-		)
+//*** IsVendorCommand()
+// Function indicates if a command index references a vendor command.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         command is a vendor command
+//      FALSE(0)        command is not a vendor command
+BOOL IsVendorCommand(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index to check
+)
 {
     return (IS_ATTRIBUTE(s_ccAttr[commandIndex], TPMA_CC, V));
 }
 #endif /* libtpms added */
-

src/tpm2/CommandCodeAttributes_fp.h

@@ -58,70 +58,141 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef COMMANDCODEATTRIBUTES_FP_H
-#define COMMANDCODEATTRIBUTES_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:19PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _COMMAND_CODE_ATTRIBUTES_FP_H_
+#define _COMMAND_CODE_ATTRIBUTES_FP_H_
+
+//*** GetClosestCommandIndex()
+// This function returns the command index for the command with a value that is
+// equal to or greater than the input value
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     command is not implemented
+//  other                           index of a command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-GetClosestCommandIndex(
-		       TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: the command code to start at
-		       );
+GetClosestCommandIndex(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: the command code to start at
+);
+
+//*** CommandCodeToComandIndex()
+// This function returns the index in the various attributes arrays of the
+// command.
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     command is not implemented
+//  other                           index of the command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-CommandCodeToCommandIndex(
-			  TPM_CC           commandCode    // IN: the command code to look up
-			  );
+CommandCodeToCommandIndex(TPM_CC commandCode  // IN: the command code to look up
+);
+
+//*** GetNextCommandIndex()
+// This function returns the index of the next implemented command.
+//  Return Type: COMMAND_INDEX
+//  UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX     no more implemented commands
+//  other                           the index of the next implemented command
 COMMAND_INDEX
-GetNextCommandIndex(
-		    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the starting index
-		    );
+GetNextCommandIndex(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the starting index
+);
+
+//*** GetCommandCode()
+// This function returns the commandCode associated with the command index
 TPM_CC
-GetCommandCode(
-	       COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the command index
-	       );
+GetCommandCode(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the command index
+);
+
+//*** CommandAuthRole()
+//
+//  This function returns the authorization role required of a handle.
+//
+//  Return Type: AUTH_ROLE
+//  AUTH_NONE       no authorization is required
+//  AUTH_USER       user role authorization is required
+//  AUTH_ADMIN      admin role authorization is required
+//  AUTH_DUP        duplication role authorization is required
 AUTH_ROLE
-CommandAuthRole(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex,  // IN: command index
-		UINT32           handleIndex    // IN: handle index (zero based)
-		);
-int
-EncryptSize(
-	    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index
-	    );
-int
-DecryptSize(
-	    COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index
-	    );
-BOOL
-IsSessionAllowed(
-		 COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: the command to be checked
-		 );
-BOOL
-IsHandleInResponse(
-		   COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex
-		   );
-BOOL
-IsWriteOperation(
-		 COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: Command to check
-		 );
-BOOL
-IsReadOperation(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: Command to check
-		);
+CommandAuthRole(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex,  // IN: command index
+                UINT32        handleIndex    // IN: handle index (zero based)
+);
+
+//*** EncryptSize()
+// This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns
+// 0 if encryption is not allowed
+//  Return Type: int
+//  0       encryption not allowed
+//  2       size field is two bytes
+//  4       size field is four bytes
+int EncryptSize(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
+);
+
+//*** DecryptSize()
+// This function returns the size of the decrypt size field. This function returns
+// 0 if decryption is not allowed
+//  Return Type: int
+//  0       encryption not allowed
+//  2       size field is two bytes
+//  4       size field is four bytes
+int DecryptSize(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index
+);
+
+//*** IsSessionAllowed()
+//
+// This function indicates if the command is allowed to have sessions.
+//
+// This function must not be called if the command is not known to be implemented.
+//
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         session is allowed with this command
+//      FALSE(0)        session is not allowed with this command
+BOOL IsSessionAllowed(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: the command to be checked
+);
+
+//*** IsHandleInResponse()
+// This function determines if a command has a handle in the response
+BOOL IsHandleInResponse(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex);
+
+//*** IsWriteOperation()
+// Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is subject to being
+// blocked by read-lock
+BOOL IsWriteOperation(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: Command to check
+);
+
+//*** IsReadOperation()
+// Checks to see if an operation will write to an NV Index and is
+// subject to being blocked by write-lock.
+BOOL IsReadOperation(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: Command to check
+);
+
+//*** CommandCapGetCCList()
+// This function returns a list of implemented commands and command attributes
+// starting from the command in 'commandCode'.
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//      YES         more command attributes are available
+//      NO          no more command attributes are available
 TPMI_YES_NO
-CommandCapGetCCList(
-		    TPM_CC           commandCode,   // IN: start command code
-		    UINT32           count,         // IN: maximum count for number of entries in
-		    //     'commandList'
-		    TPML_CCA        *commandList    // OUT: list of TPMA_CC
-		    );
+CommandCapGetCCList(TPM_CC commandCode,  // IN: start command code
+                    UINT32 count,        // IN: maximum count for number of entries in
+                                         //     'commandList'
+                    TPML_CCA* commandList  // OUT: list of TPMA_CC
+);
+
+//*** CommandCapGetOneCC()
+// This function checks whether a command is implemented, and returns its
+// attributes if so.
 BOOL CommandCapGetOneCC(TPM_CC   commandCode,       // IN: command code
-			TPMA_CC* commandAttributes  // OUT: Command attributes
-			);
+                        TPMA_CC* commandAttributes  // OUT: Command attributes
+);
+
 #if 0  /* libtpms added */
-BOOL
-IsVendorCommand(
-		COMMAND_INDEX    commandIndex   // IN: command index to check
-		);
+
+//*** IsVendorCommand()
+// Function indicates if a command index references a vendor command.
+//  Return Type: BOOL
+//      TRUE(1)         command is a vendor command
+//      FALSE(0)        command is not a vendor command
+BOOL IsVendorCommand(COMMAND_INDEX commandIndex  // IN: command index to check
+);
+
 #endif /* libtpms added */
 
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _COMMAND_CODE_ATTRIBUTES_FP_H_

src/tpm2/CommandDispatcher.c

@@ -59,350 +59,424 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 6.3 CommandDispatcher.c */
-/* CommandDispatcher() performs the following operations: */
-/* *	unmarshals command parameters from the input buffer; */
-/* NOTE Unlike other unmarshaling functions, parmBufferStart does not advance.  parmBufferSize Is
-   reduced.  */
-/* *	invokes the function that performs the command actions; */
-/* *	marshals the returned handles, if any; and */
-/* *	marshals the returned parameters, if any, into the output buffer putting in the
-   *	parameterSize field if authorization sessions are present. */
-/* NOTE 1 The output buffer is the return from the MemoryGetResponseBuffer() function.  It includes
-   the header, handles, response parameters, and authorization area. respParmSize is the response
-   parameter size, and does not include the header, handles, or authorization area. */
-/* NOTE 2 The reference implementation is permitted to do compare operations over a union as a byte
-   array.  Therefore, the command parameter in structure must be initialized (e.g., zeroed) before
-   unmarshaling so that the compare operation is valid in cases where some bytes are unused. */
-/* 6.3.1.1 Includes and Typedefs */
+//* Includes and Typedefs
 #include "Tpm.h"
-// #include "Marshal.h" kgold
+#include "Marshal.h"
+
+#if TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH || TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+
+typedef TPM_RC(NoFlagFunction)(void* target, BYTE** buffer, INT32* size);
+typedef TPM_RC(FlagFunction)(void* target, BYTE** buffer, INT32* size, BOOL flag);
+
+typedef FlagFunction* UNMARSHAL_t;
+
+typedef INT16(MarshalFunction)(void* source, BYTE** buffer, INT32* size);
+typedef MarshalFunction* MARSHAL_t;
 
-#if TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH
-typedef TPM_RC(NoFlagFunction)(void *target, BYTE **buffer, INT32 *size);
-typedef TPM_RC(FlagFunction)(void *target, BYTE **buffer, INT32 *size, BOOL flag);
-typedef FlagFunction *UNMARSHAL_t;
-typedef INT16(MarshalFunction)(void *source, BYTE **buffer, INT32 *size);
-typedef MarshalFunction *MARSHAL_t;
 typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_NO_ARGS)(void);
-typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_IN_ARG)(void *in);
-typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_OUT_ARG)(void *out);
-typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_INOUT_ARG)(void *in, void *out);
-typedef union
+typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_IN_ARG)(void* in);
+typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_OUT_ARG)(void* out);
+typedef TPM_RC(COMMAND_INOUT_ARG)(void* in, void* out);
+
+typedef union COMMAND_t
 {
-    COMMAND_NO_ARGS         *noArgs;
-    COMMAND_IN_ARG          *inArg;
-    COMMAND_OUT_ARG         *outArg;
-    COMMAND_INOUT_ARG       *inOutArg;
+    COMMAND_NO_ARGS*   noArgs;
+    COMMAND_IN_ARG*    inArg;
+    COMMAND_OUT_ARG*   outArg;
+    COMMAND_INOUT_ARG* inOutArg;
 } COMMAND_t;
-typedef struct
+
+// This structure is used by ParseHandleBuffer() and CommandDispatcher(). The
+// parameters in this structure are unique for each command. The parameters are:
+// command      holds the address of the command processing function that is called
+//              by Command Dispatcher
+// inSize       This is the size of the command-dependent input structure. The
+//              input structure holds the unmarshaled handles and command
+//              parameters. If the command takes no arguments (handles or
+//              parameters) then inSize will have a value of 0.
+// outSize      This is the size of the command-dependent output structure. The
+//              output structure holds the results of the command in an unmarshaled
+//              form. When command processing is completed, these values are
+//              marshaled into the output buffer. It is always the case that the
+//              unmarshaled version of an output structure is larger then the
+//              marshaled version. This is because the marshaled version contains
+//              the exact same number of significant bytes but with padding removed.
+// typesOffsets    This parameter points to the list of data types that are to be
+//              marshaled or unmarshaled. The list of types follows the 'offsets'
+//              array. The offsets array is variable sized so the typesOffset filed
+//              is necessary for the handle and command processing to be able to
+//              find the types that are being handled. The 'offsets' array may be
+//              empty. The 'types' structure is described below.
+// offsets      This is an array of offsets of each of the parameters in the
+//              command or response. When processing the command parameters (not
+//              handles) the list contains the offset of the next parameter. For
+//              example, if the first command parameter has a size of 4 and there is
+//              a second command parameter, then the offset would be 4, indicating
+//              that the second parameter starts at 4. If the second parameter has
+//              a size of 8, and there is a third parameter, then the second entry
+//              in offsets is 12 (4 for the first parameter and 8 for the second).
+//              An offset value of 0 in the list indicates the start of the response
+//              parameter list. When CommandDispatcher hits this value, it will stop
+//              unmarshaling the parameters and call 'command'. If a command has no
+//              response parameters and only one command parameter, then offsets can
+//              be an empty list.
+
+typedef struct COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t
 {
-    COMMAND_t       command;        // Address of the command
-    UINT16          inSize;         // Maximum size of the input structure
-    UINT16          outSize;        // Maximum size of the output structure
-    UINT16          typesOffset;    // address of the types field
-    UINT16          offsets[1];
+    COMMAND_t command;      // Address of the command
+    UINT16    inSize;       // Maximum size of the input structure
+    UINT16    outSize;      // Maximum size of the output structure
+    UINT16    typesOffset;  // address of the types field
+    UINT16    offsets[1];
 } COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t;
-#if COMPRESSED_LISTS
-#   define PAD_LIST 0
+
+// The 'types' list is an encoded byte array. The byte value has two parts. The most
+// significant bit is used when a parameter takes a flag and indicates if the flag
+// should be SET or not. The remaining 7 bits are an index into an array of
+// addresses of marshaling and unmarshaling functions.
+// The array of functions is divided into 6 sections with a value assigned
+// to denote the start of that section (and the end of the previous section). The
+// defined offset values for each section are:
+// 0                                unmarshaling for handles that do not take flags
+// HANDLE_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE           unmarshaling for handles that take flags
+// PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE             unmarshaling for parameters that do not take flags
+// PARAMETER_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE        unmarshaling for parameters that take flags
+// PARAMETER_LAST_TYPE + 1          marshaling for handles
+// RESPONSE_PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE    marshaling for parameters
+// RESPONSE_PARAMETER_LAST_TYPE     is the last value in the list of marshaling and
+//                                  unmarshaling functions.
+//
+// The types list is constructed with a byte of 0xff at the end of the command
+// parameters and with an 0xff at the end of the response parameters.
+
+#  if COMPRESSED_LISTS
+#    define PAD_LIST 0
+#  else
+#    define PAD_LIST 1
+#  endif
+#  define _COMMAND_TABLE_DISPATCH_
+#  include "CommandDispatchData.h"
+
+#  define TEST_COMMAND TPM_CC_Startup
+
+#  define NEW_CC
+
 #else
-#   define PAD_LIST 1
-#endif
-#define _COMMAND_TABLE_DISPATCH_
-#include "CommandDispatchData.h"
-#define TEST_COMMAND    TPM_CC_Startup
-#define NEW_CC
-#else
-#include "Commands.h"
+
+#  include "Commands.h"
+
 #endif
 
-/* 6.3.1.2   Marshal/Unmarshal Functions */
-/* 6.3.1.2.1 ParseHandleBuffer() */
-/* This is the table-driven version of the handle buffer unmarshaling code */
+//* Marshal/Unmarshal Functions
 
+//** ParseHandleBuffer()
+// This is the table-driven version of the handle buffer unmarshaling code
 TPM_RC
-ParseHandleBuffer(
-		  COMMAND                 *command
-		  )
+ParseHandleBuffer(COMMAND* command)
 {
-    TPM_RC                   result;
-#if TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH
-    COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t    *desc;
-    BYTE                    *types;
-    BYTE                     type;
-    BYTE                     dType;
+    TPM_RC result;
+#if TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH || TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+    COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t* desc;
+    BYTE*                 types;
+    BYTE                  type;
+    BYTE                  dType;
+
     // Make sure that nothing strange has happened
-    pAssert(command->index
-	    < sizeof(s_CommandDataArray) / sizeof(COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t *));
+    pAssert(
+        command->index < sizeof(s_CommandDataArray) / sizeof(COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t*));
     // Get the address of the descriptor for this command
     desc = s_CommandDataArray[command->index];
+
     pAssert(desc != NULL);
     // Get the associated list of unmarshaling data types.
-    types = &((BYTE *)desc)[desc->typesOffset];
+    types = &((BYTE*)desc)[desc->typesOffset];
+
     //    if(s_ccAttr[commandIndex].commandIndex == TEST_COMMAND)
     //        commandIndex = commandIndex;
     // No handles yet
     command->handleNum = 0;
+
     // Get the first type value
     for(type = *types++;
-	// check each byte to make sure that we have not hit the start
-	// of the parameters
-	(dType = (type & 0x7F)) < PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE;
-	// get the next type
-	type = *types++)
-	{
-#if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
-	marshalIndex_t      index;
-    index = unmarshalArray[dType] | ((type & 0x80) ? NULL_FLAG : 0);
-    result = Unmarshal(index, &(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
-		       &command->parameterBuffer, &command->parameterSize);
-    
-#else
+        // check each byte to make sure that we have not hit the start
+        // of the parameters
+        (dType = (type & 0x7F)) < PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE;
+        // get the next type
+        type = *types++)
+    {
+#  if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+        marshalIndex_t index;
+        index  = unmarshalArray[dType] | ((type & 0x80) ? NULL_FLAG : 0);
+        result = Unmarshal(index,
+                           &(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
+                           &command->parameterBuffer,
+                           &command->parameterSize);
 
-	    // See if unmarshaling of this handle type requires a flag
-	    if(dType < HANDLE_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE)
-		{
-		    // Look up the function to do the unmarshaling
-		    NoFlagFunction  *f = (NoFlagFunction *)unmarshalArray[dType];
-		    // call it
-		    result = f(&(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
-			       &command->parameterBuffer,
-			       &command->parameterSize);
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    //  Look up the function
-		    FlagFunction    *f = unmarshalArray[dType];
-		    // Call it setting the flag to the appropriate value
-		    result = f(&(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
-			       &command->parameterBuffer,
-			       &command->parameterSize, (type & 0x80) != 0);
-		}
-#endif
-	    // Got a handle
-	    // We do this first so that the match for the handle offset of the
-	    // response code works correctly.
-	    command->handleNum += 1;
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		// if the unmarshaling failed, return the response code with the
-		// handle indication set
-		return result + TPM_RC_H + (command->handleNum * TPM_RC_1);
-	}
+#  else
+        // See if unmarshaling of this handle type requires a flag
+        if(dType < HANDLE_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE)
+        {
+            // Look up the function to do the unmarshaling
+            NoFlagFunction* f = (NoFlagFunction*)unmarshalArray[dType];
+            // call it
+            result = f(&(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
+                       &command->parameterBuffer,
+                       &command->parameterSize);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            //  Look up the function
+            FlagFunction* f = unmarshalArray[dType];
+
+            // Call it setting the flag to the appropriate value
+            result = f(&(command->handles[command->handleNum]),
+                       &command->parameterBuffer,
+                       &command->parameterSize,
+                       (type & 0x80) != 0);
+        }
+#  endif
+
+        // Got a handle
+        // We do this first so that the match for the handle offset of the
+        // response code works correctly.
+        command->handleNum += 1;
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+            // if the unmarshaling failed, return the response code with the
+            // handle indication set
+            return result + TPM_RC_H + (command->handleNum * TPM_RC_1);
+    }
 #else
-    BYTE            **handleBufferStart = &command->parameterBuffer;
-    INT32           *bufferRemainingSize = &command->parameterSize;
-    TPM_HANDLE      *handles = &command->handles[0];
-    UINT32          *handleCount = &command->handleNum;
-    *handleCount = 0;
+    BYTE**      handleBufferStart   = &command->parameterBuffer;
+    INT32*      bufferRemainingSize = &command->parameterSize;
+    TPM_HANDLE* handles             = &command->handles[0];
+    UINT32*     handleCount         = &command->handleNum;
+    *handleCount                    = 0;
     switch(command->code)
-	{
-#include "HandleProcess.h"
-#undef handles
-	  default:
-	    FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+#  include "HandleProcess.h"
+#  undef handles
+        default:
+            FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+            break;
+    }
 #endif
     return TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-/* 6.3.1.2.2	CommandDispatcher() */
-/* Function to unmarshal the command parameters, call the selected action code, and marshal the
-   response parameters. */
-
+//** CommandDispatcher()
+// Function to unmarshal the command parameters, call the selected action code, and
+// marshal the response parameters.
 TPM_RC
-CommandDispatcher(
-		  COMMAND                 *command
-		  )
+CommandDispatcher(COMMAND* command)
 {
-#if !TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH
-    TPM_RC       result;
-    BYTE        **paramBuffer = &command->parameterBuffer;
-    INT32       *paramBufferSize = &command->parameterSize;
-    BYTE        **responseBuffer = &command->responseBuffer;
-    INT32       *respParmSize = &command->parameterSize;
-    INT32        rSize;
-    TPM_HANDLE  *handles = &command->handles[0];
-
-    command->handleNum = 0;	/* The command-specific code knows how many handles there are. This
-				   is for cataloging the number of response handles */
-    MemoryIoBufferAllocationReset();        /* Initialize so that allocation will work properly */
+#if !TABLE_DRIVEN_DISPATCH || TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+    TPM_RC      result;
+    BYTE**      paramBuffer     = &command->parameterBuffer;
+    INT32*      paramBufferSize = &command->parameterSize;
+    BYTE**      responseBuffer  = &command->responseBuffer;
+    INT32*      respParmSize    = &command->parameterSize;
+    INT32       rSize;
+    TPM_HANDLE* handles = &command->handles[0];
+    //
+    command->handleNum = 0;           // The command-specific code knows how
+                                      // many handles there are. This is for
+                                      // cataloging the number of response
+                                      // handles
+    MemoryIoBufferAllocationReset();  // Initialize so that allocation will
+                                      // work properly
     switch(GetCommandCode(command->index))
-	{
-#include "CommandDispatcher.h"
-	  default:
-	    FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
-	    break;
-	}
- Exit:
+    {
+#  include "CommandDispatcher.h"
+
+        default:
+            FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+            break;
+    }
+Exit:
     MemoryIoBufferZero();
     return result;
 #else
-    COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t    *desc;
-    BYTE                    *types;
-    BYTE                     type;
-    UINT16                  *offsets;
-    UINT16                   offset = 0;
-    UINT32                   maxInSize;
-    BYTE                    *commandIn;
-    INT32                    maxOutSize;
-    BYTE                    *commandOut;
-    COMMAND_t                cmd;
-    TPM_HANDLE              *handles;
-    UINT32                   hasInParameters = 0;
-    BOOL                     hasOutParameters = FALSE;
-    UINT32                   pNum = 0;
-    BYTE                     dType;     // dispatch type
-    TPM_RC                   result;
+    COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t* desc;
+    BYTE*                 types;
+    BYTE                  type;
+    UINT16*               offsets;
+    UINT16                offset = 0;
+    UINT32                maxInSize;
+    BYTE*                 commandIn;
+    INT32                 maxOutSize;
+    BYTE*                 commandOut;
+    COMMAND_t             cmd;
+    TPM_HANDLE*           handles;
+    UINT32                hasInParameters  = 0;
+    BOOL                  hasOutParameters = FALSE;
+    UINT32                pNum             = 0;
+    BYTE                  dType;  // dispatch type
+    TPM_RC                result;
     //
     // Get the address of the descriptor for this command
-    pAssert(command->index
-	    < sizeof(s_CommandDataArray) / sizeof(COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t *));
+    pAssert(
+        command->index < sizeof(s_CommandDataArray) / sizeof(COMMAND_DESCRIPTOR_t*));
     desc = s_CommandDataArray[command->index];
+
     // Get the list of parameter types for this command
     pAssert(desc != NULL);
-    types = &((BYTE *)desc)[desc->typesOffset];
+    types = &((BYTE*)desc)[desc->typesOffset];
+
     // Get a pointer to the list of parameter offsets
     offsets = &desc->offsets[0];
     // pointer to handles
     handles = command->handles;
+
     // Get the size required to hold all the unmarshaled parameters for this command
     maxInSize = desc->inSize;
     // and the size of the output parameter structure returned by this command
     maxOutSize = desc->outSize;
+
     MemoryIoBufferAllocationReset();
     // Get a buffer for the input parameters
     commandIn = MemoryGetInBuffer(maxInSize);
     // And the output parameters
-    commandOut = (BYTE *)MemoryGetOutBuffer((UINT32)maxOutSize);
+    commandOut = (BYTE*)MemoryGetOutBuffer((UINT32)maxOutSize);
+
     // Get the address of the action code dispatch
     cmd = desc->command;
+
     // Copy any handles into the input buffer
     for(type = *types++; (type & 0x7F) < PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE; type = *types++)
-	{
-	    // 'offset' was initialized to zero so the first unmarshaling will always
-	    // be to the start of the data structure
-	    *(TPM_HANDLE *)&(commandIn[offset]) = *handles++;
-	    // This check is used so that we don't have to add an additional offset
-	    // value to the offsets list to correspond to the stop value in the
-	    // command parameter list.
-	    if(*types != 0xFF)
-		offset = *offsets++;
-	    //        maxInSize -= sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
-	    hasInParameters++;
-	}
+    {
+        // 'offset' was initialized to zero so the first unmarshaling will always
+        // be to the start of the data structure
+        *(TPM_HANDLE*)&(commandIn[offset]) = *handles++;
+        // This check is used so that we don't have to add an additional offset
+        // value to the offsets list to correspond to the stop value in the
+        // command parameter list.
+        if(*types != 0xFF)
+            offset = *offsets++;
+        //        maxInSize -= sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
+        hasInParameters++;
+    }
     // Exit loop with type containing the last value read from types
     // maxInSize has the amount of space remaining in the command action input
     // buffer. Make sure that we don't have more data to unmarshal than is going to
     // fit.
+
     // type contains the last value read from types so it is not necessary to
     // reload it, which is good because *types now points to the next value
     for(; (dType = (type & 0x7F)) <= PARAMETER_LAST_TYPE; type = *types++)
-	{
-	    pNum++;
-#if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
-	    {
-		marshalIndex_t      index = unmarshalArray[dType];
-		index |= (type & 0x80) ? NULL_FLAG : 0;
-		result = Unmarshal(index, &commandIn[offset], &command->parameterBuffer,
-				   &command->parameterSize);
-	    }
-#else
-	    if(dType < PARAMETER_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE)
-		{
-		    NoFlagFunction      *f = (NoFlagFunction *)unmarshalArray[dType];
-		    result = f(&commandIn[offset], &command->parameterBuffer,
-			       &command->parameterSize);
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    FlagFunction        *f = unmarshalArray[dType];
-		    result = f(&commandIn[offset], &command->parameterBuffer,
-			       &command->parameterSize,
-			       (type & 0x80) != 0);
-		}
-#endif
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		{
-		    result += TPM_RC_P + (TPM_RC_1 * pNum);
-		    goto Exit;
-		}
-	    // This check is used so that we don't have to add an additional offset
-	    // value to the offsets list to correspond to the stop value in the
-	    // command parameter list.
-	    if(*types != 0xFF)
-		offset = *offsets++;
-	    hasInParameters++;
-	}
+    {
+        pNum++;
+#  if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+        {
+            marshalIndex_t index = unmarshalArray[dType];
+            index |= (type & 0x80) ? NULL_FLAG : 0;
+            result = Unmarshal(index,
+                               &commandIn[offset],
+                               &command->parameterBuffer,
+                               &command->parameterSize);
+        }
+#  else
+        if(dType < PARAMETER_FIRST_FLAG_TYPE)
+        {
+            NoFlagFunction* f = (NoFlagFunction*)unmarshalArray[dType];
+            result            = f(&commandIn[offset],
+                       &command->parameterBuffer,
+                       &command->parameterSize);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            FlagFunction* f = unmarshalArray[dType];
+            result          = f(&commandIn[offset],
+                       &command->parameterBuffer,
+                       &command->parameterSize,
+                       (type & 0x80) != 0);
+        }
+#  endif
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            result += TPM_RC_P + (TPM_RC_1 * pNum);
+            goto Exit;
+        }
+        // This check is used so that we don't have to add an additional offset
+        // value to the offsets list to correspond to the stop value in the
+        // command parameter list.
+        if(*types != 0xFF)
+            offset = *offsets++;
+        hasInParameters++;
+    }
     // Should have used all the bytes in the input
     if(command->parameterSize != 0)
-	{
-	    result = TPM_RC_SIZE;
-	    goto Exit;
-	}
+    {
+        result = TPM_RC_SIZE;
+        goto Exit;
+    }
+
     // The command parameter unmarshaling stopped when it hit a value that was out
     // of range for unmarshaling values and left *types pointing to the first
     // marshaling type. If that type happens to be the STOP value, then there
     // are no response parameters. So, set the flag to indicate if there are
     // output parameters.
     hasOutParameters = *types != 0xFF;
+
     // There are four cases for calling, with and without input parameters and with
     // and without output parameters.
     if(hasInParameters > 0)
-	{
-	    if(hasOutParameters)
-		result = cmd.inOutArg(commandIn, commandOut);
-	    else
-		result = cmd.inArg(commandIn);
-	}
+    {
+        if(hasOutParameters)
+            result = cmd.inOutArg(commandIn, commandOut);
+        else
+            result = cmd.inArg(commandIn);
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    if(hasOutParameters)
-		result = cmd.outArg(commandOut);
-	    else
-		result = cmd.noArgs();
-	}
+    {
+        if(hasOutParameters)
+            result = cmd.outArg(commandOut);
+        else
+            result = cmd.noArgs();
+    }
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Exit;
+        goto Exit;
+
     // Offset in the marshaled output structure
     offset = 0;
+
     // Process the return handles, if any
     command->handleNum = 0;
+
     // Could make this a loop to process output handles but there is only ever
     // one handle in the outputs (for now).
     type = *types++;
     if((dType = (type & 0x7F)) < RESPONSE_PARAMETER_FIRST_TYPE)
-	{
-	    // The out->handle value was referenced as TPM_HANDLE in the
-	    // action code so it has to be properly aligned.
-	    command->handles[command->handleNum++] =
-		*((TPM_HANDLE *)&(commandOut[offset]));
-	    maxOutSize -= sizeof(UINT32);
-	    type = *types++;
-	    offset = *offsets++;
-	}
+    {
+        // The out->handle value was referenced as TPM_HANDLE in the
+        // action code so it has to be properly aligned.
+        command->handles[command->handleNum++] =
+            *((TPM_HANDLE*)&(commandOut[offset]));
+        maxOutSize -= sizeof(UINT32);
+        type   = *types++;
+        offset = *offsets++;
+    }
     // Use the size of the command action output buffer as the maximum for the
     // number of bytes that can get marshaled. Since the marshaling code has
     // no pointers to data, all of the data being returned has to be in the
     // command action output buffer. If we try to marshal more bytes than
     // could fit into the output buffer, we need to fail.
-    for(;(dType = (type & 0x7F)) <= RESPONSE_PARAMETER_LAST_TYPE
-	    && !g_inFailureMode; type = *types++)
-	{
-#if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
-	    marshalIndex_t      index = marshalArray[dType];
-	    command->parameterSize += Marshal(index, &commandOut[offset],
-					      &command->responseBuffer,
-					      &maxOutSize);
-#else
-	    const MARSHAL_t     f = marshalArray[dType];
-	    command->parameterSize += f(&commandOut[offset], &command->responseBuffer,
-					&maxOutSize);
-#endif
-	    offset = *offsets++;
-	}
+    for(; (dType = (type & 0x7F)) <= RESPONSE_PARAMETER_LAST_TYPE && !g_inFailureMode;
+        type = *types++)
+    {
+#  if TABLE_DRIVEN_MARSHAL
+        marshalIndex_t index = marshalArray[dType];
+        command->parameterSize += Marshal(
+            index, &commandOut[offset], &command->responseBuffer, &maxOutSize);
+#  else
+        const MARSHAL_t f = marshalArray[dType];
+
+        command->parameterSize +=
+            f(&commandOut[offset], &command->responseBuffer, &maxOutSize);
+#  endif
+        offset = *offsets++;
+    }
     result = (maxOutSize < 0) ? TPM_RC_FAILURE : TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
- Exit:
+Exit:
     MemoryIoBufferZero();
     return result;
 #endif

src/tpm2/CommandDispatcher_fp.h

@@ -59,17 +59,23 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef COMMANDDISPATCHER_FP_H
-#define COMMANDDISPATCHER_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar  7, 2020  Time: 07:06:44PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _COMMAND_DISPATCHER_FP_H_
+#define _COMMAND_DISPATCHER_FP_H_
+
+//** ParseHandleBuffer()
+// This is the table-driven version of the handle buffer unmarshaling code
 TPM_RC
-CommandDispatcher(
-		  COMMAND                 *command
-		  );
+ParseHandleBuffer(COMMAND* command);
+
+//** CommandDispatcher()
+// Function to unmarshal the command parameters, call the selected action code, and
+// marshal the response parameters.
 TPM_RC
-ParseHandleBuffer(
-		  COMMAND                 *command
-		  );
+CommandDispatcher(COMMAND* command);
 
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _COMMAND_DISPATCHER_FP_H_

src/tpm2/Commit_fp.h

@@ -59,36 +59,41 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef COMMIT_FP_H
-#define COMMIT_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		signHandle;
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT		P1;
-    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_DATA	s2;
-    TPM2B_ECC_PARAMETER		y2;
+#if CC_Commit  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_COMMIT_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_COMMIT_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT       signHandle;
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT      P1;
+    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_DATA s2;
+    TPM2B_ECC_PARAMETER  y2;
 } Commit_In;
 
-#define RC_Commit_signHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Commit_P1 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Commit_s2 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_Commit_y2 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	K;
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	L;
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	E;
-    UINT16		counter;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT K;
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT L;
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT E;
+    UINT16          counter;
 } Commit_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Commit_signHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Commit_P1         (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Commit_s2         (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_Commit_y2         (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Commit(
-	    Commit_In       *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	    Commit_Out      *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	    );
+TPM2_Commit(Commit_In* in, Commit_Out* out);
 
-
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_COMMIT_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Commit

src/tpm2/ContextLoad_fp.h

@@ -59,26 +59,32 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CONTEXTLOAD_FP_H
-#define CONTEXTLOAD_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMS_CONTEXT	context;
+#if CC_ContextLoad  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTLOAD_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTLOAD_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMS_CONTEXT context;
 } ContextLoad_In;
 
-#define RC_ContextLoad_context 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT	loadedHandle;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT loadedHandle;
 } ContextLoad_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ContextLoad_context (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ContextLoad(
-		 ContextLoad_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		 ContextLoad_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		 );
+TPM2_ContextLoad(ContextLoad_In* in, ContextLoad_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTLOAD_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ContextLoad

src/tpm2/ContextSave_fp.h

@@ -59,26 +59,32 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CONTEXTSAVE_FP_H
-#define CONTEXTSAVE_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT	saveHandle;
+#if CC_ContextSave  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTSAVE_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTSAVE_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT saveHandle;
 } ContextSave_In;
 
-#define RC_ContextSave_saveHandle	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMS_CONTEXT	context;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMS_CONTEXT context;
 } ContextSave_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ContextSave_saveHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ContextSave(
-		 ContextSave_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		 ContextSave_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		 );
+TPM2_ContextSave(ContextSave_In* in, ContextSave_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CONTEXTSAVE_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ContextSave

src/tpm2/Context_spt.c

@@ -70,18 +70,18 @@
 // It is used by TPM2_ConextSave and TPM2_ContextLoad to create the symmetric
 // encryption key and iv
 /*(See part 1 specification)
-  KDFa is used to generate the symmetric encryption key and IV. The parameters
-  of the call are:
-  Symkey = KDFa(hashAlg, hProof, vendorString, sequence, handle, bits)
-  where
-  hashAlg         a vendor-defined hash algorithm
-  hProof          the hierarchy proof as selected by the hierarchy parameter
-  of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  vendorString    a value used to differentiate the uses of the KDF
-  sequence        the sequence parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  handle          the handle parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  bits            the number of bits needed for a symmetric key and IV for
-  the context encryption
+    KDFa is used to generate the symmetric encryption key and IV. The parameters
+    of the call are:
+        Symkey = KDFa(hashAlg, hProof, vendorString, sequence, handle, bits)
+    where
+    hashAlg         a vendor-defined hash algorithm
+    hProof          the hierarchy proof as selected by the hierarchy parameter
+                    of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    vendorString    a value used to differentiate the uses of the KDF
+    sequence        the sequence parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    handle          the handle parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    bits            the number of bits needed for a symmetric key and IV for
+                    the context encryption
 */
 //  Return Type: TPM_RC
 //      TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED       The requested hierarchy is FW-limited, but the TPM
@@ -92,13 +92,13 @@
 //                              failed to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the
 //                              requested SVN.
 TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
-				   TPM2B_SYM_KEY* symKey,  // OUT: the symmetric key
-				   TPM2B_IV*      iv       // OUT: the IV.
-				   )
+                                   TPM2B_SYM_KEY* symKey,  // OUT: the symmetric key
+                                   TPM2B_IV*      iv       // OUT: the IV.
+)
 {
     TPM_RC result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
     UINT16 symKeyBits;  // number of bits in the parent's
-    //   symmetric key
+                        //   symmetric key
     TPM2B_PROOF proof;  // the proof value to use
 
     BYTE        kdfResult[sizeof(TPMU_HA) * 2];  // Value produced by the KDF
@@ -124,18 +124,18 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context b
     // Get proof value
     result = HierarchyGetProof(contextBlob->hierarchy, &proof);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	return result;
+        return result;
 
     // KDFa to generate symmetric key and IV value
     CryptKDFa(CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG,
-	      &proof.b,
-	      CONTEXT_KEY,
-	      &sequence2B.b,
-	      &handle2B.b,
-	      (symKey->t.size + iv->t.size) * 8,
-	      kdfResult,
-	      NULL,
-	      FALSE);
+              &proof.b,
+              CONTEXT_KEY,
+              &sequence2B.b,
+              &handle2B.b,
+              (symKey->t.size + iv->t.size) * 8,
+              kdfResult,
+              NULL,
+              FALSE);
 
     MemorySet(proof.b.buffer, 0, proof.b.size);
 
@@ -155,23 +155,23 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context b
 //       It is used by TPM2_ContextSave to create an integrity hash
 //       and by TPM2_ContextLoad to compare an integrity hash
 /*(See part 1 specification)
-  The HMAC integrity computation for a saved context is:
-  HMACvendorAlg(hProof, resetValue {|| clearCount} || sequence || handle ||
-  encContext)
-  where
-  HMACvendorAlg       HMAC using a vendor-defined hash algorithm
-  hProof              the hierarchy proof as selected by the hierarchy
-  parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  resetValue          either a counter value that increments on each TPM Reset
-  and is not reset over the lifetime of the TPM or a random
-  value that changes on each TPM Reset and has the size of
-  the digest produced by vendorAlg
-  clearCount          a counter value that is incremented on each TPM Reset
-  or TPM Restart. This value is only included if the handle
-  value is 0x80000002.
-  sequence            the sequence parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  handle              the handle parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
-  encContext          the encrypted context blob
+    The HMAC integrity computation for a saved context is:
+    HMACvendorAlg(hProof, resetValue {|| clearCount} || sequence || handle ||
+                encContext)
+    where
+    HMACvendorAlg       HMAC using a vendor-defined hash algorithm
+    hProof              the hierarchy proof as selected by the hierarchy
+                        parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    resetValue          either a counter value that increments on each TPM Reset
+                        and is not reset over the lifetime of the TPM or a random
+                        value that changes on each TPM Reset and has the size of
+                        the digest produced by vendorAlg
+    clearCount          a counter value that is incremented on each TPM Reset
+                        or TPM Restart. This value is only included if the handle
+                        value is 0x80000002.
+    sequence            the sequence parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    handle              the handle parameter of the TPMS_CONTEXT
+    encContext          the encrypted context blob
 */
 //  Return Type: TPM_RC
 //      TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED       The requested hierarchy is FW-limited, but the TPM
@@ -182,8 +182,8 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context b
 //                              failed to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the
 //                              requested SVN.
 TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
-			       TPM2B_DIGEST* integrity     // OUT: integrity
-			       )
+                               TPM2B_DIGEST* integrity     // OUT: integrity
+)
 {
     TPM_RC      result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
     HMAC_STATE  hmacState;
@@ -193,11 +193,11 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
     // Get proof value
     result = HierarchyGetProof(contextBlob->hierarchy, &proof);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	return result;
+        return result;
 
     // Start HMAC
     integrity->t.size =
-	CryptHmacStart2B(&hmacState, CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG, &proof.b);
+        CryptHmacStart2B(&hmacState, CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG, &proof.b);
 
     MemorySet(proof.b.buffer, 0, proof.b.size);
 
@@ -207,28 +207,28 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
     // Adding total reset counter so that the context cannot be
     // used after a TPM Reset
     CryptDigestUpdateInt(
-			 &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(gp.totalResetCount), gp.totalResetCount);
+        &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(gp.totalResetCount), gp.totalResetCount);
 
     // If this is a ST_CLEAR object, add the clear count
     // so that this contest cannot be loaded after a TPM Restart
     if(contextBlob->savedHandle == 0x80000002)
-	CryptDigestUpdateInt(
-			     &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(gr.clearCount), gr.clearCount);
+        CryptDigestUpdateInt(
+            &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(gr.clearCount), gr.clearCount);
 
     // Adding sequence number to the HMAC to make sure that it doesn't
     // get changed
     CryptDigestUpdateInt(
-			 &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(contextBlob->sequence), contextBlob->sequence);
+        &hmacState.hashState, sizeof(contextBlob->sequence), contextBlob->sequence);
 
     // Protect the handle
     CryptDigestUpdateInt(&hmacState.hashState,
-			 sizeof(contextBlob->savedHandle),
-			 contextBlob->savedHandle);
+                         sizeof(contextBlob->savedHandle),
+                         contextBlob->savedHandle);
 
     // Adding sensitive contextData, skip the leading integrity area
     CryptDigestUpdate(&hmacState.hashState,
-		      contextBlob->contextBlob.t.size - integritySize,
-		      contextBlob->contextBlob.t.buffer + integritySize);
+                      contextBlob->contextBlob.t.size - integritySize,
+                      contextBlob->contextBlob.t.buffer + integritySize);
 
     // Complete HMAC
     CryptHmacEnd2B(&hmacState, &integrity->b);
@@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
     return TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
 
-#if 0
+#if 0						// libtpms added
 //*** SequenceDataExport();
 // This function is used scan through the sequence object and
 // either modify the hash state data for export (contextSave) or to
@@ -247,21 +247,21 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
 // same size as the internal representation so nothing outsize of the hash context
 // area gets modified.
 void SequenceDataExport(
-			HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN: an internal hash object
-			HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
-			)
+    HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN: an internal hash object
+    HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
+)
 {
     // If the hash object is not an event, then only one hash context is needed
     int count = (object->attributes.eventSeq) ? HASH_COUNT : 1;
 
     for(count--; count >= 0; count--)
-	{
-	    HASH_STATE* hash       = &object->state.hashState[count];
-	    size_t      offset     = (BYTE*)hash - (BYTE*)object;
-	    BYTE*       exportHash = &((BYTE*)exportObject)[offset];
+    {
+        HASH_STATE* hash       = &object->state.hashState[count];
+        size_t      offset     = (BYTE*)hash - (BYTE*)object;
+        BYTE*       exportHash = &((BYTE*)exportObject)[offset];
 
-	    CryptHashExportState(hash, (EXPORT_HASH_STATE*)exportHash);
-	}
+        CryptHashExportState(hash, (EXPORT_HASH_STATE*)exportHash);
+    }
 }
 
 //*** SequenceDataImport();
@@ -274,20 +274,20 @@ void SequenceDataExport(
 // same size as the internal representation so nothing outsize of the hash context
 // area gets modified.
 void SequenceDataImport(
-			HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN/OUT: an internal hash object
-			HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // IN/OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
-			)
+    HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN/OUT: an internal hash object
+    HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // IN/OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
+)
 {
     // If the hash object is not an event, then only one hash context is needed
     int count = (object->attributes.eventSeq) ? HASH_COUNT : 1;
 
     for(count--; count >= 0; count--)
-	{
-	    HASH_STATE* hash       = &object->state.hashState[count];
-	    size_t      offset     = (BYTE*)hash - (BYTE*)object;
-	    BYTE*       importHash = &((BYTE*)exportObject)[offset];
-	    //
-	    CryptHashImportState(hash, (EXPORT_HASH_STATE*)importHash);
-	}
+    {
+        HASH_STATE* hash       = &object->state.hashState[count];
+        size_t      offset     = (BYTE*)hash - (BYTE*)object;
+        BYTE*       importHash = &((BYTE*)exportObject)[offset];
+        //
+        CryptHashImportState(hash, (EXPORT_HASH_STATE*)importHash);
+    }
 }
-#endif
+#endif						// libtpms added

src/tpm2/Context_spt_fp.h

@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@
 //                              failed to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the
 //                              requested SVN.
 TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
-				   TPM2B_SYM_KEY* symKey,  // OUT: the symmetric key
-				   TPM2B_IV*      iv       // OUT: the IV.
-				   );
+                                   TPM2B_SYM_KEY* symKey,  // OUT: the symmetric key
+                                   TPM2B_IV*      iv       // OUT: the IV.
+);
 
 //*** ComputeContextIntegrity()
 // Generate the integrity hash for a context
@@ -96,8 +96,8 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextProtectionKey(TPMS_CONTEXT*  contextBlob,  // IN: context b
 //                              failed to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the
 //                              requested SVN.
 TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
-			       TPM2B_DIGEST* integrity     // OUT: integrity
-			       );
+                               TPM2B_DIGEST* integrity     // OUT: integrity
+);
 
 //*** SequenceDataExport()
 // This function is used scan through the sequence object and
@@ -109,9 +109,9 @@ TPM_RC ComputeContextIntegrity(TPMS_CONTEXT* contextBlob,  // IN: context blob
 // same size as the internal representation so nothing outsize of the hash context
 // area gets modified.
 void SequenceDataExport(
-			HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN: an internal hash object
-			HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
-			);
+    HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN: an internal hash object
+    HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
+);
 
 //*** SequenceDataImport()
 // This function is used scan through the sequence object and
@@ -123,8 +123,8 @@ void SequenceDataExport(
 // same size as the internal representation so nothing outsize of the hash context
 // area gets modified.
 void SequenceDataImport(
-			HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN/OUT: an internal hash object
-			HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // IN/OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
-			);
+    HASH_OBJECT*        object,       // IN/OUT: an internal hash object
+    HASH_OBJECT_BUFFER* exportObject  // IN/OUT: a sequence context in a buffer
+);
 
 #endif  // _CONTEXT_SPT_FP_H_

src/tpm2/CreateLoaded_fp.h

@@ -59,32 +59,39 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef CREATELOADED_FP_H
-#define CREATELOADED_FP_H
 
-/* rev 136 */
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_PARENT		parentHandle;
-    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE	inSensitive;
-    TPM2B_TEMPLATE		inPublic;
+#if CC_CreateLoaded  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATELOADED_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATELOADED_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_PARENT         parentHandle;
+    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE inSensitive;
+    TPM2B_TEMPLATE         inPublic;
 } CreateLoaded_In;
 
-#define RC_CreateLoaded_parentHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CreateLoaded_inSensitive 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CreateLoaded_inPublic 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM_HANDLE		objectHandle;
-    TPM2B_PRIVATE	outPrivate;
-    TPM2B_PUBLIC	outPublic;
-    TPM2B_NAME		name;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM_HANDLE    objectHandle;
+    TPM2B_PRIVATE outPrivate;
+    TPM2B_PUBLIC  outPublic;
+    TPM2B_NAME    name;
 } CreateLoaded_Out;
 
-TPM_RC
-TPM2_CreateLoaded(
-		  CreateLoaded_In       *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		  CreateLoaded_Out      *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		  );
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_CreateLoaded_parentHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CreateLoaded_inSensitive  (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CreateLoaded_inPublic     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
-#endif
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_CreateLoaded(CreateLoaded_In* in, CreateLoaded_Out* out);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATELOADED_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_CreateLoaded

src/tpm2/CreatePrimary_fp.h

@@ -59,38 +59,45 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef CREATEPRIMARY_FP_H
-#define CREATEPRIMARY_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY		primaryHandle;
-    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE	inSensitive;
-    TPM2B_PUBLIC		inPublic;
-    TPM2B_DATA			outsideInfo;
-    TPML_PCR_SELECTION		creationPCR;
+#if CC_CreatePrimary  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATEPRIMARY_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATEPRIMARY_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY      primaryHandle;
+    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE inSensitive;
+    TPM2B_PUBLIC           inPublic;
+    TPM2B_DATA             outsideInfo;
+    TPML_PCR_SELECTION     creationPCR;
 } CreatePrimary_In;
 
-#define RC_CreatePrimary_primaryHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CreatePrimary_inSensitive 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_CreatePrimary_inPublic 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_CreatePrimary_outsideInfo	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_CreatePrimary_creationPCR	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM_HANDLE		objectHandle;
-    TPM2B_PUBLIC	outPublic;
-    TPM2B_CREATION_DATA	creationData;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	creationHash;
-    TPMT_TK_CREATION	creationTicket;
-    TPM2B_NAME		name;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM_HANDLE          objectHandle;
+    TPM2B_PUBLIC        outPublic;
+    TPM2B_CREATION_DATA creationData;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST        creationHash;
+    TPMT_TK_CREATION    creationTicket;
+    TPM2B_NAME          name;
 } CreatePrimary_Out;
 
-TPM_RC
-TPM2_CreatePrimary(
-		   CreatePrimary_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		   CreatePrimary_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		   );
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_CreatePrimary_primaryHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CreatePrimary_inSensitive   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_CreatePrimary_inPublic      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_CreatePrimary_outsideInfo   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_CreatePrimary_creationPCR   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
 
-#endif
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_CreatePrimary(CreatePrimary_In* in, CreatePrimary_Out* out);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATEPRIMARY_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_CreatePrimary

src/tpm2/Create_fp.h

@@ -59,38 +59,44 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 137 */
 
-#ifndef CREATE_FP_H
-#define CREATE_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		parentHandle;
-    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE	inSensitive;
-    TPM2B_PUBLIC		inPublic;
-    TPM2B_DATA			outsideInfo;
-    TPML_PCR_SELECTION		creationPCR;
-} Create_In;     
+#if CC_Create  // Command must be enabled
 
-#define RC_Create_parentHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Create_inSensitive 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Create_inPublic 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_Create_outsideInfo	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_Create_creationPCR	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATE_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATE_FP_H_
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_PRIVATE	outPrivate;
-    TPM2B_PUBLIC	outPublic;
-    TPM2B_CREATION_DATA	creationData;
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	creationHash;
-    TPMT_TK_CREATION	creationTicket;
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT         parentHandle;
+    TPM2B_SENSITIVE_CREATE inSensitive;
+    TPM2B_PUBLIC           inPublic;
+    TPM2B_DATA             outsideInfo;
+    TPML_PCR_SELECTION     creationPCR;
+} Create_In;
+
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_PRIVATE       outPrivate;
+    TPM2B_PUBLIC        outPublic;
+    TPM2B_CREATION_DATA creationData;
+    TPM2B_DIGEST        creationHash;
+    TPMT_TK_CREATION    creationTicket;
 } Create_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Create_parentHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Create_inSensitive  (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Create_inPublic     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_Create_outsideInfo  (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_Create_creationPCR  (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Create(
-	    Create_In       *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	    Create_Out      *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	    );
+TPM2_Create(Create_In* in, Create_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_CREATE_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Create

src/tpm2/CryptEccData.c

@@ -79,73 +79,73 @@
 const TPM_ECC_CURVE_METADATA eccCurves[] = {
 #  if ECC_NIST_P192
     comma{TPM_ECC_NIST_P192,
-	  192,
-	  {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
-	  {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	  OID_ECC_NIST_P192 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P192")}
+          192,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_NIST_P192 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P192")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P192
 #  if ECC_NIST_P224
     comma{TPM_ECC_NIST_P224,
-	    224,
-		{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_NIST_P224 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P224")}
+          224,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_NIST_P224 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P224")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P224
 #  if ECC_NIST_P256
     comma{TPM_ECC_NIST_P256,
-	    256,
-		{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_NIST_P256 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P256")}
+          256,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA256}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_NIST_P256 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P256")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P256
 #  if ECC_NIST_P384
     comma{TPM_ECC_NIST_P384,
-	    384,
-		{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA384}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_NIST_P384 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P384")}
+          384,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA384}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_NIST_P384 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P384")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P384
 #  if ECC_NIST_P521
     comma{TPM_ECC_NIST_P521,
-	    521,
-		{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA512}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_NIST_P521 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P521")}
+          521,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SHA512}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_NIST_P521 CURVE_NAME("NIST_P521")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_NIST_P521
 #  if ECC_BN_P256
     comma{TPM_ECC_BN_P256,
-	    256,
-		{TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_BN_P256 CURVE_NAME("BN_P256")}
+          256,
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_BN_P256 CURVE_NAME("BN_P256")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_BN_P256
 #  if ECC_BN_P638
     comma{TPM_ECC_BN_P638,
-	    638,
-		{TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_BN_P638 CURVE_NAME("BN_P638")}
+          638,
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_BN_P638 CURVE_NAME("BN_P638")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_BN_P638
 #  if ECC_SM2_P256
     comma{TPM_ECC_SM2_P256,
-	    256,
-		{TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SM3_256}}},
-		    {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
-	    OID_ECC_SM2_P256 CURVE_NAME("SM2_P256")}
+          256,
+          {TPM_ALG_KDF1_SP800_56A, {{TPM_ALG_SM3_256}}},
+          {TPM_ALG_NULL, {{TPM_ALG_NULL}}},
+          OID_ECC_SM2_P256 CURVE_NAME("SM2_P256")}
 #    undef comma
 #    define comma ,
 #  endif  // ECC_SM2_P256

src/tpm2/CryptSelfTest.c

@@ -79,22 +79,22 @@
 //*** RunSelfTest()
 // Local function to run self-test
 static TPM_RC CryptRunSelfTests(
-				ALGORITHM_VECTOR* toTest  // IN: the vector of the algorithms to test
-				)
+    ALGORITHM_VECTOR* toTest  // IN: the vector of the algorithms to test
+)
 {
     TPM_ALG_ID alg;
 
     // For each of the algorithms that are in the toTestVecor, need to run a
     // test
     for(alg = TPM_ALG_FIRST; alg <= TPM_ALG_LAST; alg++)
-	{
-	    if(TEST_BIT(alg, *toTest))
-		{
-		    TPM_RC result = CryptTestAlgorithm(alg, toTest);
-		    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-			return result;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        if(TEST_BIT(alg, *toTest))
+        {
+            TPM_RC result = CryptTestAlgorithm(alg, toTest);
+            if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+                return result;
+        }
+    }
     return TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
 
@@ -114,19 +114,19 @@ static TPM_RC CryptRunSelfTests(
 LIB_EXPORT
 TPM_RC
 CryptSelfTest(TPMI_YES_NO fullTest  // IN: if full test is required
-	      )
+)
 {
 #if ALLOW_FORCE_FAILURE_MODE
     if(g_forceFailureMode)
-	FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_FORCED);
+        FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_FORCED);
 #endif
 
     // If the caller requested a full test, then reset the to test vector so that
     // all the tests will be run
     if(fullTest == YES)
-	{
-	    MemoryCopy(g_toTest, g_implementedAlgorithms, sizeof(g_toTest));
-	}
+    {
+        MemoryCopy(g_toTest, g_implementedAlgorithms, sizeof(g_toTest));
+    }
     return CryptRunSelfTests(&g_toTest);
 }
 
@@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ CryptSelfTest(TPMI_YES_NO fullTest  // IN: if full test is required
 //      TPM_RC_VALUE            an algorithm in the toTest list is not implemented
 TPM_RC
 CryptIncrementalSelfTest(TPML_ALG* toTest,   // IN: list of algorithms to be tested
-			 TPML_ALG* toDoList  // OUT: list of algorithms needing test
-			 )
+                         TPML_ALG* toDoList  // OUT: list of algorithms needing test
+)
 {
     ALGORITHM_VECTOR toTestVector = {0};
     TPM_ALG_ID       alg;
@@ -153,36 +153,36 @@ CryptIncrementalSelfTest(TPML_ALG* toTest,   // IN: list of algorithms to be tes
 
     pAssert(toTest != NULL && toDoList != NULL);
     if(toTest->count > 0)
-	{
-	    // Transcribe the toTest list into the toTestVector
-	    for(i = 0; i < toTest->count; i++)
-		{
-		    alg = toTest->algorithms[i];
+    {
+        // Transcribe the toTest list into the toTestVector
+        for(i = 0; i < toTest->count; i++)
+        {
+            alg = toTest->algorithms[i];
 
-		    // make sure that the algorithm value is not out of range
-		    if((alg > TPM_ALG_LAST) || !TEST_BIT(alg, g_implementedAlgorithms))
-			return TPM_RC_VALUE;
-						// libtpms added begin
-		    if(!RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,
-						     alg))
-			return TPM_RC_VALUE;
-						// libtpms added end
-		    SET_BIT(alg, toTestVector);
-		}
-	    // Run the test
-	    if(CryptRunSelfTests(&toTestVector) == TPM_RC_CANCELED)
-		return TPM_RC_CANCELED;
-	}
+            // make sure that the algorithm value is not out of range
+            if((alg > TPM_ALG_LAST) || !TEST_BIT(alg, g_implementedAlgorithms))
+                return TPM_RC_VALUE;
+								// libtpms added begin
+            if(!RuntimeAlgorithmCheckEnabled(&g_RuntimeProfile.RuntimeAlgorithm,
+                                             alg))
+                return TPM_RC_VALUE;
+								// libtpms added end
+            SET_BIT(alg, toTestVector);
+        }
+        // Run the test
+        if(CryptRunSelfTests(&toTestVector) == TPM_RC_CANCELED)
+            return TPM_RC_CANCELED;
+    }
     // Fill in the toDoList with the algorithms that are still untested
     toDoList->count = 0;
 
     for(alg = TPM_ALG_FIRST;
-	toDoList->count < MAX_ALG_LIST_SIZE && alg <= TPM_ALG_LAST;
-	alg++)
-	{
-	    if(TEST_BIT(alg, g_toTest))
-		toDoList->algorithms[toDoList->count++] = alg;
-	}
+        toDoList->count < MAX_ALG_LIST_SIZE && alg <= TPM_ALG_LAST;
+        alg++)
+    {
+        if(TEST_BIT(alg, g_toTest))
+            toDoList->algorithms[toDoList->count++] = alg;
+    }
     return TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
 
@@ -231,11 +231,11 @@ CryptTestAlgorithm(TPM_ALG_ID alg, ALGORITHM_VECTOR* toTest)
     // will over report. This can be changed so that any call to check on which
     // algorithms have tests, 'toTest' can be cleared.
     if(alg != TPM_ALG_ERROR)
-	{
-	    CLEAR_BIT(alg, g_toTest);
-	    if(toTest != NULL)
-		CLEAR_BIT(alg, *toTest);
-	}
+    {
+        CLEAR_BIT(alg, g_toTest);
+        if(toTest != NULL)
+            CLEAR_BIT(alg, *toTest);
+    }
     result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 #endif
     return result;

src/tpm2/CryptSelfTest_fp.h

@@ -59,29 +59,69 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef CRYPTSELFTEST_FP_H
-#define CRYPTSELFTEST_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar  4, 2020  Time: 02:36:44PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _CRYPT_SELF_TEST_FP_H_
+#define _CRYPT_SELF_TEST_FP_H_
+
+//*** CryptSelfTest()
+// This function is called to start/complete a full self-test.
+// If 'fullTest' is NO, then only the untested algorithms will be run. If
+// 'fullTest' is YES, then 'g_untestedDecryptionAlgorithms' is reinitialized and then
+// all tests are run.
+// This implementation of the reference design does not support processing outside
+// the framework of a TPM command. As a consequence, this command does not
+// complete until all tests are done. Since this can take a long time, the TPM
+// will check after each test to see if the command is canceled. If so, then the
+// TPM will returned TPM_RC_CANCELLED. To continue with the self-tests, call
+// TPM2_SelfTest(fullTest == No) and the TPM will complete the testing.
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_CANCELED        if the command is canceled
 LIB_EXPORT
 TPM_RC
-CryptSelfTest(
-	      TPMI_YES_NO      fullTest       // IN: if full test is required
-	      );
+CryptSelfTest(TPMI_YES_NO fullTest  // IN: if full test is required
+);
+
+//*** CryptIncrementalSelfTest()
+// This function is used to perform an incremental self-test. This implementation
+// will perform the toTest values before returning. That is, it assumes that the
+// TPM cannot perform background tasks between commands.
+//
+// This command may be canceled. If it is, then there is no return result.
+// However, this command can be run again and the incremental progress will not
+// be lost.
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_CANCELED         processing of this command was canceled
+//      TPM_RC_TESTING          if toTest list is not empty
+//      TPM_RC_VALUE            an algorithm in the toTest list is not implemented
 TPM_RC
-CryptIncrementalSelfTest(
-			 TPML_ALG            *toTest,        // IN: list of algorithms to be tested
-			 TPML_ALG            *toDoList       // OUT: list of algorithms needing test
-			 );
-void
-CryptInitializeToTest(
-		      void
-		      );
+CryptIncrementalSelfTest(TPML_ALG* toTest,   // IN: list of algorithms to be tested
+                         TPML_ALG* toDoList  // OUT: list of algorithms needing test
+);
+
+//*** CryptInitializeToTest()
+// This function will initialize the data structures for testing all the
+// algorithms. This should not be called unless CryptAlgsSetImplemented() has
+// been called
+void CryptInitializeToTest(void);
+
+//*** CryptTestAlgorithm()
+// Only point of contact with the actual self tests. If a self-test fails, there
+// is no return and the TPM goes into failure mode.
+// The call to TestAlgorithm uses an algorithm selector and a bit vector. When the
+// test is run, the corresponding bit in 'toTest' and in 'g_toTest' is CLEAR. If
+// 'toTest' is NULL, then only the bit in 'g_toTest' is CLEAR.
+// There is a special case for the call to TestAlgorithm(). When 'alg' is
+// ALG_ERROR, TestAlgorithm() will CLEAR any bit in 'toTest' for which it has
+// no test. This allows the knowledge about which algorithms have test to be
+// accessed through the interface that provides the test.
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_CANCELED     test was canceled
 LIB_EXPORT
 TPM_RC
-CryptTestAlgorithm(
-		   TPM_ALG_ID           alg,
-		   ALGORITHM_VECTOR    *toTest
-		   );
+CryptTestAlgorithm(TPM_ALG_ID alg, ALGORITHM_VECTOR* toTest);
 
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _CRYPT_SELF_TEST_FP_H_

src/tpm2/CryptoInterface.h

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/********************************************************************************/
+/*										*/
+/*			  CryptoInterface header file				*/
+/*			     Written by Stefan Berger				*/
+/*		       IBM Thomas J. Watson Research Center			*/
+/*										*/
+/* (c) Copyright IBM Corporation 2017,2018.					*/
+/*										*/
+/* All rights reserved.								*/
+/* 										*/
+/* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without		*/
+/* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are	*/
+/* met:										*/
+/* 										*/
+/* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,	*/
+/* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.			*/
+/* 										*/
+/* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright		*/
+/* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the		*/
+/* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.		*/
+/* 										*/
+/* Neither the names of the IBM Corporation nor the names of its		*/
+/* contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from		*/
+/* this software without specific prior written permission.			*/
+/* 										*/
+/* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS		*/
+/* "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT		*/
+/* LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR	*/
+/* A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT		*/
+/* HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,	*/
+/* SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT		*/
+/* LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE,	*/
+/* DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY	*/
+/* THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT		*/
+/* (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE	*/
+/* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.		*/
+/********************************************************************************/
+
+//** Introduction
+//
+// This file contains prototypes that are common to all TPM crypto interfaces.
+//
+#ifndef CRYPTO_INTERFACE_H
+#define CRYPTO_INTERFACE_H
+
+#include "TpmBuildSwitches.h"
+
+#if SIMULATION && CRYPTO_LIB_REPORTING
+
+typedef struct crypto_impl_description
+{
+    // The name of the crypto library, ASCII encoded.
+    char name[32];
+    // The version of the crypto library, ASCII encoded.
+    char version[32];
+} _CRYPTO_IMPL_DESCRIPTION;
+
+// When building the simulator, the plugged-in crypto libraries can report its
+// version information by implementing these interfaces.
+void _crypto_GetSymImpl(_CRYPTO_IMPL_DESCRIPTION* result);
+void _crypto_GetHashImpl(_CRYPTO_IMPL_DESCRIPTION* result);
+void _crypto_GetMathImpl(_CRYPTO_IMPL_DESCRIPTION* result);
+
+#endif  // SIMULATION && CRYPTO_LIB_REPORTING
+
+#endif  // CRYPTO_INTERFACE_H

src/tpm2/DA.c

@@ -59,182 +59,193 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 8.2 DA.c */
-/* 8.2.1 Introduction */
-/* This file contains the functions and data definitions relating to the dictionary attack logic. */
-/* 8.2.2 Includes and Data Definitions */
+//** Introduction
+// This file contains the functions and data definitions relating to the
+// dictionary attack logic.
+
+//** Includes and Data Definitions
 #define DA_C
 #include "Tpm.h"
-/* 8.2.3 Functions */
-/* 8.2.3.1 DAPreInstall_Init() */
-/* This function initializes the DA parameters to their manufacturer-default values. The default
-   values are determined by a platform-specific specification. */
-/* This function should not be called outside of a manufacturing or simulation environment. */
-/* The DA parameters will be restored to these initial values by TPM2_Clear(). */
-void
-DAPreInstall_Init(
-		  void
-		  )
+
+//** Functions
+
+//*** DAPreInstall_Init()
+// This function initializes the DA parameters to their manufacturer-default
+// values. The default values are determined by a platform-specific specification.
+//
+// This function should not be called outside of a manufacturing or simulation
+// environment.
+//
+// The DA parameters will be restored to these initial values by TPM2_Clear().
+void DAPreInstall_Init(void)
 {
-    gp.failedTries = 0;
-    gp.maxTries = 3;
-    gp.recoveryTime = 1000;         // in seconds (~16.67 minutes)
-    gp.lockoutRecovery = 1000;      // in seconds
-    gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;   // Use of lockoutAuth is enabled
+    gp.failedTries        = 0;
+    gp.maxTries           = 3;
+    gp.recoveryTime       = 1000;  // in seconds (~16.67 minutes)
+    gp.lockoutRecovery    = 1000;  // in seconds
+    gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;  // Use of lockoutAuth is enabled
+
     // Record persistent DA parameter changes to NV
     NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
     NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(maxTries);
     NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(recoveryTime);
     NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockoutRecovery);
     NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockOutAuthEnabled);
+
     return;
 }
-/* 8.2.3.2 DAStartup() */
-/* This function is called by TPM2_Startup() to initialize the DA parameters. In the case of
-   Startup(CLEAR), use of lockoutAuth will be enabled if the lockout recovery time is 0. Otherwise,
-   lockoutAuth will not be enabled until the TPM has been continuously powered for the
-   lockoutRecovery time. */
-/* This function requires that NV be available and not rate limiting. */
-BOOL
-DAStartup(
-	  STARTUP_TYPE     type           // IN: startup type
-	  )
+
+//*** DAStartup()
+// This function is called  by TPM2_Startup() to initialize the DA parameters.
+// In the case of Startup(CLEAR), use of lockoutAuth will be enabled if the
+// lockout recovery time is 0. Otherwise, lockoutAuth will not be enabled until
+// the TPM has been continuously powered for the lockoutRecovery time.
+//
+// This function requires that NV be available and not rate limiting.
+BOOL DAStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: startup type
+)
 {
     NOT_REFERENCED(type);
 #if !ACCUMULATE_SELF_HEAL_TIMER
     _plat__TimerWasReset();
     s_selfHealTimer = 0;
-    s_lockoutTimer = 0;
+    s_lockoutTimer  = 0;
 #else
     if(_plat__TimerWasReset())
-	{
-	    if(!NV_IS_ORDERLY)
-		{
-		    // If shutdown was not orderly, then don't really know if go.time has
-		    // any useful value so reset the timer to 0. This is what the tick
-		    // was reset to
-		    s_selfHealTimer = 0;
-		    s_lockoutTimer = 0;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    // If we know how much time was accumulated at the last orderly shutdown
-		    // subtract that from the saved timer values so that they effectively
-		    // have the accumulated values
-		    s_selfHealTimer -= go.time;
-		    s_lockoutTimer -= go.time;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        if(!NV_IS_ORDERLY)
+        {
+            // If shutdown was not orderly, then don't really know if go.time has
+            // any useful value so reset the timer to 0. This is what the tick
+            // was reset to
+            s_selfHealTimer = 0;
+            s_lockoutTimer  = 0;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If we know how much time was accumulated at the last orderly shutdown
+            // subtract that from the saved timer values so that they effectively
+            // have the accumulated values
+            s_selfHealTimer -= go.time;
+            s_lockoutTimer -= go.time;
+        }
+    }
 #endif
+
     // For any Startup(), if lockoutRecovery is 0, enable use of lockoutAuth.
     if(gp.lockoutRecovery == 0)
-	{
-	    gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;
-	    // Record the changes to NV
-	    NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockOutAuthEnabled);
-	}
+    {
+        gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;
+        // Record the changes to NV
+        NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockOutAuthEnabled);
+    }
+
     // If DA has not been disabled and the previous shutdown is not orderly
     // failedTries is not already at its maximum then increment 'failedTries'
-    if(gp.recoveryTime != 0
-       && gp.failedTries < gp.maxTries
+    if(gp.recoveryTime != 0 && gp.failedTries < gp.maxTries
        && !IS_ORDERLY(g_prevOrderlyState))
-	{
+    {
 #if USE_DA_USED
-	    gp.failedTries += g_daUsed;
-	    g_daUsed = FALSE;
+        gp.failedTries += g_daUsed;
+        g_daUsed = FALSE;
 #else
-	    gp.failedTries++;
+        gp.failedTries++;
 #endif
-	    // Record the change to NV
-	    NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
-	}
+        // Record the change to NV
+        NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
+    }
     // Before Startup, the TPM will not do clock updates. At startup, need to
     // do a time update which will do the DA update.
     TimeUpdate();
+
     return TRUE;
 }
-/* 8.2.3.3 DARegisterFailure() */
-/* This function is called when an authorization failure occurs on an entity that is subject to
-   dictionary-attack protection. When a DA failure is triggered, register the failure by resetting
-   the relevant self-healing timer to the current time. */
-void
-DARegisterFailure(
-		  TPM_HANDLE       handle         // IN: handle for failure
-		  )
+
+//*** DARegisterFailure()
+// This function is called when an authorization failure occurs on an entity
+// that is subject to dictionary-attack protection. When a DA failure is
+// triggered, register the failure by resetting the relevant self-healing
+// timer to the current time.
+void DARegisterFailure(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: handle for failure
+)
 {
     // Reset the timer associated with lockout if the handle is the lockoutAuth.
     if(handle == TPM_RH_LOCKOUT)
-	s_lockoutTimer = g_time;
+        s_lockoutTimer = g_time;
     else
-	s_selfHealTimer = g_time;
+        s_selfHealTimer = g_time;
     return;
 }
-/* 8.2.3.4 DASelfHeal() */
-/* This function is called to check if sufficient time has passed to allow decrement of failedTries
-   or to re-enable use of lockoutAuth. */
-/* This function should be called when the time interval is updated. */
-void
-DASelfHeal(
-	   void
-	   )
+
+//*** DASelfHeal()
+// This function is called to check if sufficient time has passed to allow
+// decrement of failedTries or to re-enable use of lockoutAuth.
+//
+// This function should be called when the time interval is updated.
+void DASelfHeal(void)
 {
     // Regular authorization self healing logic
     // If no failed authorization tries, do nothing.  Otherwise, try to
     // decrease failedTries
     if(gp.failedTries != 0)
-	{
-	    // if recovery time is 0, DA logic has been disabled.  Clear failed tries
-	    // immediately
-	    if(gp.recoveryTime == 0)
-		{
-		    gp.failedTries = 0;
-		    // Update NV record
-		    NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    UINT64          decreaseCount;
-#if 0 // Errata eliminates this code
-		    // In the unlikely event that failedTries should become larger than
-		    // maxTries
-		    if(gp.failedTries > gp.maxTries)
-			gp.failedTries = gp.maxTries;
+    {
+        // if recovery time is 0, DA logic has been disabled.  Clear failed tries
+        // immediately
+        if(gp.recoveryTime == 0)
+        {
+            gp.failedTries = 0;
+            // Update NV record
+            NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            UINT64 decreaseCount;
+#if 0
+            // Errata eliminates this code
+            // In the unlikely event that failedTries should become larger than
+            // maxTries
+            if(gp.failedTries > gp.maxTries)
+                gp.failedTries = gp.maxTries;
 #endif
-		    // How much can failedTries be decreased
-		    // Cast s_selfHealTimer to an int in case it became negative at
-		    // startup
-		    decreaseCount = ((g_time - (INT64)s_selfHealTimer) / 1000)
-				    / gp.recoveryTime;
-		    if(gp.failedTries <= (UINT32)decreaseCount)
-			// should not set failedTries below zero
-			gp.failedTries = 0;
-		    else
-			gp.failedTries -= (UINT32)decreaseCount;
-		    // the cast prevents overflow of the product
-		    s_selfHealTimer += (decreaseCount * (UINT64)gp.recoveryTime) * 1000;
-		    if(decreaseCount != 0)
-			// If there was a change to the failedTries, record the changes
-			// to NV
-			NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
-		}
-	}
+            // How much can failedTries be decreased
+
+            // Cast s_selfHealTimer to an int in case it became negative at
+            // startup
+            decreaseCount =
+                ((g_time - (INT64)s_selfHealTimer) / 1000) / gp.recoveryTime;
+
+            if(gp.failedTries <= (UINT32)decreaseCount)
+                // should not set failedTries below zero
+                gp.failedTries = 0;
+            else
+                gp.failedTries -= (UINT32)decreaseCount;
+
+            // the cast prevents overflow of the product
+            s_selfHealTimer += (decreaseCount * (UINT64)gp.recoveryTime) * 1000;
+            if(decreaseCount != 0)
+                // If there was a change to the failedTries, record the changes
+                // to NV
+                NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(failedTries);
+        }
+    }
+
     // LockoutAuth self healing logic
     // If lockoutAuth is enabled, do nothing.  Otherwise, try to see if we
     // may enable it
     if(!gp.lockOutAuthEnabled)
-	{
-	    // if lockout authorization recovery time is 0, a reboot is required to
-	    // re-enable use of lockout authorization.  Self-healing would not
-	    // apply in this case.
-	    if(gp.lockoutRecovery != 0)
-		{
-		    if(((g_time - (INT64)s_lockoutTimer) / 1000) >= gp.lockoutRecovery)
-			{
-			    gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;
-			    // Record the changes to NV
-			    NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockOutAuthEnabled);
-			}
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        // if lockout authorization recovery time is 0, a reboot is required to
+        // re-enable use of lockout authorization.  Self-healing would not
+        // apply in this case.
+        if(gp.lockoutRecovery != 0)
+        {
+            if(((g_time - (INT64)s_lockoutTimer) / 1000) >= gp.lockoutRecovery)
+            {
+                gp.lockOutAuthEnabled = TRUE;
+                // Record the changes to NV
+                NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(lockOutAuthEnabled);
+            }
+        }
+    }
     return;
 }

src/tpm2/DA_fp.h

@@ -59,29 +59,47 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef DA_FP_H
-#define DA_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Apr  2, 2019  Time: 04:23:27PM
+ */
 
-void
-DAPreInstall_Init(
-		  void
-		  );
-void
-DAInit(
-       void
-       );
-BOOL
-DAStartup(
-	  STARTUP_TYPE     type           // IN: startup type
-	  );
-void
-DARegisterFailure(
-		  TPM_HANDLE       handle         // IN: handle for failure
-		  );
-void
-DASelfHeal(
-	   void
-	   );
+#ifndef _DA_FP_H_
+#define _DA_FP_H_
 
+//*** DAPreInstall_Init()
+// This function initializes the DA parameters to their manufacturer-default
+// values. The default values are determined by a platform-specific specification.
+//
+// This function should not be called outside of a manufacturing or simulation
+// environment.
+//
+// The DA parameters will be restored to these initial values by TPM2_Clear().
+void DAPreInstall_Init(void);
 
-#endif
+//*** DAStartup()
+// This function is called  by TPM2_Startup() to initialize the DA parameters.
+// In the case of Startup(CLEAR), use of lockoutAuth will be enabled if the
+// lockout recovery time is 0. Otherwise, lockoutAuth will not be enabled until
+// the TPM has been continuously powered for the lockoutRecovery time.
+//
+// This function requires that NV be available and not rate limiting.
+BOOL DAStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: startup type
+);
+
+//*** DARegisterFailure()
+// This function is called when a authorization failure occurs on an entity
+// that is subject to dictionary-attack protection. When a DA failure is
+// triggered, register the failure by resetting the relevant self-healing
+// timer to the current time.
+void DARegisterFailure(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: handle for failure
+);
+
+//*** DASelfHeal()
+// This function is called to check if sufficient time has passed to allow
+// decrement of failedTries or to re-enable use of lockoutAuth.
+//
+// This function should be called when the time interval is updated.
+void DASelfHeal(void);
+
+#endif  // _DA_FP_H_

src/tpm2/DebugHelpers.c

@@ -59,102 +59,89 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* C.13	DebugHelpers.c */
-/* C.13.1.	Description */
-/* This file contains the NV read and write access methods. This implementation uses RAM/file and
-   does not manage the RAM/file as NV blocks. The implementation may become more sophisticated over
-   time. */
-/* C.13.2.	Includes and Local */
-#include    <stdio.h>
-#include    <time.h>
+//** Description
+//
+//    This file contains the NV read and write access methods.  This implementation
+//    uses RAM/file and does not manage the RAM/file as NV blocks.
+//    The implementation may become more sophisticated over time.
+//
+
+//** Includes and Local
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <time.h>
 #include "Platform.h"
-#include "DebugHelpers_fp.h"
 
 #if CERTIFYX509_DEBUG
-const char       *debugFileName = "DebugFile.txt";
 
-/* C.13.2.1.	fileOpen() */
+const char* debugFileName = "DebugFile.txt";
 
-/* This exists to allow use of the safe version of fopen() with a MS runtime. */
-
-static FILE *
-fileOpen(
-	 const char       *fn,
-	 const char       *mode
-	 )
+//*** fileOpen()
+// This exists to allow use of the 'safe' version of fopen() with a MS runtime.
+static FILE* fileOpen(const char* fn, const char* mode)
 {
-    FILE        *f;
-#   if defined _MSC_VER
+    FILE*     f;
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
     if(fopen_s(&f, fn, mode) != 0)
-	f = NULL;
-#   else
+        f = NULL;
+#  else
     f = fopen(fn, mode);
-#   endif
+#  endif
     return f;
 }
-/* C.13.2.2.	DebugFileInit() */
-/* This function initializes the file containing the debug data with the time of the file
-   creation. */
-/* This function opens the file used to hold the debug data. */
-/* Return Value	Meaning */
-/* 0	success */
-/* != 0	error */
-int
-DebugFileInit(
-	      void
-	      )
+
+//*** DebugFileInit()
+// This function initializes the file containing the debug data with the time of the
+// file creation.
+//  Return Type: int
+//   0              success
+//  != 0            error
+int DebugFileInit(void)
 {
-    FILE	*f = NULL;
-    time_t	t = time(NULL);
-    //
-    // Get current date and time.
-#   if defined _MSC_VER
-    char                 timeString[100];
+    FILE*  f = NULL;
+    time_t t = time(NULL);
+//
+// Get current date and time.
+#  if defined _MSC_VER
+    char      timeString[100];
     ctime_s(timeString, (size_t)sizeof(timeString), &t);
-#   else
-    char                *timeString;
+#  else
+    char* timeString;
     timeString = ctime(&t);
-#   endif
+#  endif
     // Try to open the debug file
     f = fileOpen(debugFileName, "w");
     if(f)
-	{
-	    /* Initialize the contents with the time. */
-	    fprintf(f, "%s\n", timeString);
-	    fclose(f);
-	    return 0;
-	}
+    {
+        // Initialize the contents with the time.
+        fprintf(f, "%s\n", timeString);
+        fclose(f);
+        return 0;
+    }
     return -1;
 }
 
-/* C.13.2.3.	DebugDumpBuffer() */
-
-void
-DebugDumpBuffer(
-		int             size,
-		unsigned char   *buf,
-		const char      *identifier
-		)
+//*** DebugDumpBuffer()
+void DebugDumpBuffer(int size, unsigned char* buf, const char* identifier)
 {
-    int             i;
+    int i;
     //
-    FILE *f = fileOpen(debugFileName, "a");
+    FILE* f = fileOpen(debugFileName, "a");
     if(!f)
-	return;
+        return;
     if(identifier)
-	fprintf(f, "%s\n", identifier);
+        fprintf(f, "%s\n", identifier);
     if(buf)
-	{
-	    for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
-		{
-		    if(((i % 16) == 0) && (i))
-			fprintf(f, "\n");
-		    fprintf(f, " %02X", buf[i]);
-		}
-	    if((size % 16) != 0)
-		fprintf(f, "\n");
-	}
+    {
+        for(i = 0; i < size; i++)
+        {
+            if(((i % 16) == 0) && (i))
+                fprintf(f, "\n");
+            fprintf(f, " %02X", buf[i]);
+        }
+        if((size % 16) != 0)
+            fprintf(f, "\n");
+    }
     fclose(f);
 }
 
-#endif // CERTIFYX509_DEBUG
+#endif  // CERTIFYX509_DEBUG

src/tpm2/DictionaryAttackLockReset_fp.h

@@ -59,21 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef DICTIONARYATTACKLOCKRESET_FP_H
-#define DICTIONARYATTACKLOCKRESET_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_LOCKOUT	lockHandle;
+#if CC_DictionaryAttackLockReset  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKLOCKRESET_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKLOCKRESET_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_LOCKOUT lockHandle;
 } DictionaryAttackLockReset_In;
 
-#define RC_DictionaryAttackLockReset_lockHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_DictionaryAttackLockReset_lockHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_DictionaryAttackLockReset(
-			       DictionaryAttackLockReset_In    *in             // IN: input parameter list
-			       );
+TPM2_DictionaryAttackLockReset(DictionaryAttackLockReset_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKLOCKRESET_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_DictionaryAttackLockReset

src/tpm2/DictionaryAttackParameters_fp.h

@@ -59,28 +59,32 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef DICTIONARYATTACKPARAMETERS_FP_H
-#define DICTIONARYATTACKPARAMETERS_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
+#if CC_DictionaryAttackParameters  // Command must be enabled
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_LOCKOUT	lockHandle;
-    UINT32		newMaxTries;
-    UINT32		newRecoveryTime;
-    UINT32		lockoutRecovery;
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKPARAMETERS_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKPARAMETERS_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_LOCKOUT lockHandle;
+    UINT32          newMaxTries;
+    UINT32          newRecoveryTime;
+    UINT32          lockoutRecovery;
 } DictionaryAttackParameters_In;
 
-#define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_lockHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_newMaxTries	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_newRecoveryTime	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_lockoutRecovery	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_lockHandle      (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_newMaxTries     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_newRecoveryTime (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_DictionaryAttackParameters_lockoutRecovery (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_DictionaryAttackParameters(
-				DictionaryAttackParameters_In   *in             // IN: input parameter list
-				);
+TPM2_DictionaryAttackParameters(DictionaryAttackParameters_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DICTIONARYATTACKPARAMETERS_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_DictionaryAttackParameters

src/tpm2/Duplicate_fp.h

@@ -59,33 +59,40 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef DUPLICATE_FP_H
-#define DUPLICATE_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		objectHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		newParentHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA			encryptionKeyIn;
-    TPMT_SYM_DEF_OBJECT		symmetricAlg;
+#if CC_Duplicate  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DUPLICATE_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DUPLICATE_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT      objectHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT      newParentHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA          encryptionKeyIn;
+    TPMT_SYM_DEF_OBJECT symmetricAlg;
 } Duplicate_In;
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_DATA			encryptionKeyOut;
-    TPM2B_PRIVATE		duplicate;
-    TPM2B_ENCRYPTED_SECRET	outSymSeed;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_DATA             encryptionKeyOut;
+    TPM2B_PRIVATE          duplicate;
+    TPM2B_ENCRYPTED_SECRET outSymSeed;
 } Duplicate_Out;
 
-#define RC_Duplicate_objectHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Duplicate_newParentHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_Duplicate_encryptionKeyIn 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Duplicate_symmetricAlg 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Duplicate_objectHandle    (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Duplicate_newParentHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_Duplicate_encryptionKeyIn (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Duplicate_symmetricAlg    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Duplicate(
-	       Duplicate_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	       Duplicate_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	       );
+TPM2_Duplicate(Duplicate_In* in, Duplicate_Out* out);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_DUPLICATE_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Duplicate

src/tpm2/EACommands.c

@@ -1643,7 +1643,7 @@ TPM2_PolicyAuthorizeNV(PolicyAuthorizeNV_In* in)
 #include "CommandCodeAttributes_fp.h"
 #include "CryptEccMain_fp.h"
 #include "Handle_fp.h"
-#include "NVDynamic_fp.h"
+#include "NvDynamic_fp.h"
 #include "Object_fp.h"
 #include "PCR_fp.h"
 #include "PP_fp.h"

src/tpm2/ECC_Parameters_fp.h

@@ -59,26 +59,32 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef ECC_PARAMETERS_FP_H
-#define ECC_PARAMETERS_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_ECC_CURVE	curveID;
+#if CC_ECC_Parameters  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECC_PARAMETERS_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECC_PARAMETERS_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_ECC_CURVE curveID;
 } ECC_Parameters_In;
 
-#define RC_ECC_Parameters_curveID 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMS_ALGORITHM_DETAIL_ECC	parameters;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMS_ALGORITHM_DETAIL_ECC parameters;
 } ECC_Parameters_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ECC_Parameters_curveID (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ECC_Parameters(
-		    ECC_Parameters_In   *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		    ECC_Parameters_Out  *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		    );
+TPM2_ECC_Parameters(ECC_Parameters_In* in, ECC_Parameters_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECC_PARAMETERS_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ECC_Parameters

src/tpm2/ECDH_KeyGen_fp.h

@@ -59,27 +59,33 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef ECDH_KEYGEN_FP_H
-#define ECDH_KEYGEN_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	keyHandle;
+#if CC_ECDH_KeyGen  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_KEYGEN_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_KEYGEN_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT keyHandle;
 } ECDH_KeyGen_In;
 
-#define RC_ECDH_KeyGen_keyHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	zPoint;
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	pubPoint;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT zPoint;
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT pubPoint;
 } ECDH_KeyGen_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ECDH_KeyGen_keyHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ECDH_KeyGen(
-		 ECDH_KeyGen_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		 ECDH_KeyGen_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		 );
+TPM2_ECDH_KeyGen(ECDH_KeyGen_In* in, ECDH_KeyGen_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_KEYGEN_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ECDH_KeyGen

src/tpm2/ECDH_ZGen_fp.h

@@ -59,28 +59,34 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef ECDH_ZGEN_FP_H
-#define ECDH_ZGEN_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	keyHandle;
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	inPoint;
+#if CC_ECDH_ZGen  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_ZGEN_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_ZGEN_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT  keyHandle;
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT inPoint;
 } ECDH_ZGen_In;
 
-#define RC_ECDH_ZGen_keyHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_ECDH_ZGen_inPoint 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	outPoint;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT outPoint;
 } ECDH_ZGen_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_ECDH_ZGen_keyHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_ECDH_ZGen_inPoint   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_ECDH_ZGen(
-	       ECDH_ZGen_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	       ECDH_ZGen_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	       );
+TPM2_ECDH_ZGen(ECDH_ZGen_In* in, ECDH_ZGen_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ECDH_ZGEN_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_ECDH_ZGen

src/tpm2/EC_Ephemeral_fp.h

@@ -59,26 +59,33 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef EC_EPHEMERAL_FP_H
-#define EC_EPHEMERAL_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_ECC_CURVE	curveID;
+#if CC_EC_Ephemeral  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EC_EPHEMERAL_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EC_EPHEMERAL_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_ECC_CURVE curveID;
 } EC_Ephemeral_In;
 
-#define RC_EC_Ephemeral_curveID	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ECC_POINT	Q;
-    UINT16		counter;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ECC_POINT Q;
+    UINT16          counter;
 } EC_Ephemeral_Out;
 
-TPM_RC
-TPM2_EC_Ephemeral(
-		  EC_Ephemeral_In     *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		  EC_Ephemeral_Out    *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		  );
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_EC_Ephemeral_curveID (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
-#endif
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_EC_Ephemeral(EC_Ephemeral_In* in, EC_Ephemeral_Out* out);
+
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EC_EPHEMERAL_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_EC_Ephemeral

src/tpm2/EccTestData.h

@@ -59,97 +59,153 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifdef  SELF_TEST_DATA
-TPM2B_TYPE(EC_TEST, 32);
-const  TPM_ECC_CURVE        c_testCurve = 00003;
-// The static key
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_ds = {{32, {
-	    0xdf,0x8d,0xa4,0xa3,0x88,0xf6,0x76,0x96,0x89,0xfc,0x2f,0x2d,0xa1,0xb4,0x39,0x7a,
-	    0x78,0xc4,0x7f,0x71,0x8c,0xa6,0x91,0x85,0xc0,0xbf,0xf3,0x54,0x20,0x91,0x2f,0x73}}};
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_QsX = {{32, {
-	    0x17,0xad,0x2f,0xcb,0x18,0xd4,0xdb,0x3f,0x2c,0x53,0x13,0x82,0x42,0x97,0xff,0x8d,
-	    0x99,0x50,0x16,0x02,0x35,0xa7,0x06,0xae,0x1f,0xda,0xe2,0x9c,0x12,0x77,0xc0,0xf9}}};
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_QsY = {{32, {
-	    0xa6,0xca,0xf2,0x18,0x45,0x96,0x6e,0x58,0xe6,0x72,0x34,0x12,0x89,0xcd,0xaa,0xad,
-	    0xcb,0x68,0xb2,0x51,0xdc,0x5e,0xd1,0x6d,0x38,0x20,0x35,0x57,0xb2,0xfd,0xc7,0x52}}};
-// The ephemeral key
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_de = {{32, {
-	    0xb6,0xb5,0x33,0x5c,0xd1,0xee,0x52,0x07,0x99,0xea,0x2e,0x8f,0x8b,0x19,0x18,0x07,
-	    0xc1,0xf8,0xdf,0xdd,0xb8,0x77,0x00,0xc7,0xd6,0x53,0x21,0xed,0x02,0x53,0xee,0xac}}};
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_QeX = {{32, {
-	    0xa5,0x1e,0x80,0xd1,0x76,0x3e,0x8b,0x96,0xce,0xcc,0x21,0x82,0xc9,0xa2,0xa2,0xed,
-	    0x47,0x21,0x89,0x53,0x44,0xe9,0xc7,0x92,0xe7,0x31,0x48,0x38,0xe6,0xea,0x93,0x47}}};
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestKey_QeY = {{32, {
-	    0x30,0xe6,0x4f,0x97,0x03,0xa1,0xcb,0x3b,0x32,0x2a,0x70,0x39,0x94,0xeb,0x4e,0xea,
-	    0x55,0x88,0x81,0x3f,0xb5,0x00,0xb8,0x54,0x25,0xab,0xd4,0xda,0xfd,0x53,0x7a,0x18}}};
-// ECDH test results
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestEcdh_X = {{32, {
-	    0x64,0x02,0x68,0x92,0x78,0xdb,0x33,0x52,0xed,0x3b,0xfa,0x3b,0x74,0xa3,0x3d,0x2c,
-	    0x2f,0x9c,0x59,0x03,0x07,0xf8,0x22,0x90,0xed,0xe3,0x45,0xf8,0x2a,0x0a,0xd8,0x1d}}};
-const  TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_ecTestEcdh_Y = {{32, {
-	    0x58,0x94,0x05,0x82,0xbe,0x5f,0x33,0x02,0x25,0x90,0x3a,0x33,0x90,0x89,0xe3,0xe5,
-	    0x10,0x4a,0xbc,0x78,0xa5,0xc5,0x07,0x64,0xaf,0x91,0xbc,0xe6,0xff,0x85,0x11,0x40}}};
-TPM2B_TYPE(TEST_VALUE, 64);
-const TPM2B_TEST_VALUE        c_ecTestValue = {{64, {
-	    0x78,0xd5,0xd4,0x56,0x43,0x61,0xdb,0x97,0xa4,0x32,0xc4,0x0b,0x06,0xa9,0xa8,0xa0,
-	    0xf4,0x45,0x7f,0x13,0xd8,0x13,0x81,0x0b,0xe5,0x76,0xbe,0xaa,0xb6,0x3f,0x8d,0x4d,
-	    0x23,0x65,0xcc,0xa7,0xc9,0x19,0x10,0xce,0x69,0xcb,0x0c,0xc7,0x11,0x8d,0xc3,0xff,
-	    0x62,0x69,0xa2,0xbe,0x46,0x90,0xe7,0x7d,0x81,0x77,0x94,0x65,0x1c,0x3e,0xc1,0x3e}}};
-#if ALG_SHA1_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_r = {{32, {
-	    0x57,0xf3,0x36,0xb7,0xec,0xc2,0xdd,0x76,0x0e,0xe2,0x81,0x21,0x49,0xc5,0x66,0x11,
-	    0x4b,0x8a,0x4f,0x17,0x62,0x82,0xcc,0x06,0xf6,0x64,0x78,0xef,0x6b,0x7c,0xf2,0x6c}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_s = {{32, {
-	    0x1b,0xed,0x23,0x72,0x8f,0x17,0x5f,0x47,0x2e,0xa7,0x97,0x2c,0x51,0x57,0x20,0x70,
-	    0x6f,0x89,0x74,0x8a,0xa8,0xf4,0x26,0xf4,0x96,0xa1,0xb8,0x3e,0xe5,0x35,0xc5,0x94}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {{32,{
-	    0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x00,0x1b,0x08,0x9f,0xde,
-	    0xef,0x62,0xe3,0xf1,0x14,0xcb,0x54,0x28,0x13,0x76,0xfc,0x6d,0x69,0x22,0xb5,0x3e}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {{32,{
-	    0xd9,0xd3,0x20,0xfb,0x4d,0x16,0xf2,0xe6,0xe2,0x45,0x07,0x45,0x1c,0x92,0x92,0x92,
-	    0xa9,0x6b,0x48,0xf8,0xd1,0x98,0x29,0x4d,0xd3,0x8f,0x56,0xf2,0xbb,0x2e,0x22,0x3b}}};
-#endif // SHA1
-#if ALG_SHA256_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_r = {{32, {
-	    0x04,0x7d,0x54,0xeb,0x04,0x6f,0x56,0xec,0xa2,0x6c,0x38,0x8c,0xeb,0x43,0x0b,0x71,
-	    0xf8,0xf2,0xf4,0xa5,0xe0,0x1d,0x3c,0xa2,0x39,0x31,0xe4,0xe7,0x36,0x3b,0xb5,0x5f}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_s = {{32, {
-	    0x8f,0xd0,0x12,0xd9,0x24,0x75,0xf6,0xc4,0x3b,0xb5,0x46,0x75,0x3a,0x41,0x8d,0x80,
-	    0x23,0x99,0x38,0xd7,0xe2,0x40,0xca,0x9a,0x19,0x2a,0xfc,0x54,0x75,0xd3,0x4a,0x6e}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {{32, {
-	    0xf7,0xb9,0x15,0x4c,0x34,0xf6,0x41,0x19,0xa3,0xd2,0xf1,0xbd,0xf4,0x13,0x6a,0x4f,
-	    0x63,0xb8,0x4d,0xb5,0xc8,0xcd,0xde,0x85,0x95,0xa5,0x39,0x0a,0x14,0x49,0x3d,0x2f}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {{32,{
-	    0xfe,0xbe,0x17,0xaa,0x31,0x22,0x9f,0xd0,0xd2,0xf5,0x25,0x04,0x92,0xb0,0xaa,0x4e,
-	    0xcc,0x1c,0xb6,0x79,0xd6,0x42,0xb3,0x4e,0x3f,0xbb,0xfe,0x5f,0xd0,0xd0,0x8b,0xc3}}};
-#endif // SHA256
-#if ALG_SHA384_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_r = {{32, {
-	    0xf5,0x74,0x6d,0xd6,0xc6,0x56,0x86,0xbb,0xba,0x1c,0xba,0x75,0x65,0xee,0x64,0x31,
-	    0xce,0x04,0xe3,0x9f,0x24,0x3f,0xbd,0xfe,0x04,0xcd,0xab,0x7e,0xfe,0xad,0xcb,0x82}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_s = {{32, {
-	    0xc2,0x4f,0x32,0xa1,0x06,0xc0,0x85,0x4f,0xc6,0xd8,0x31,0x66,0x91,0x9f,0x79,0xcd,
-	    0x5b,0xe5,0x7b,0x94,0xa1,0x91,0x38,0xac,0xd4,0x20,0xa2,0x10,0xf0,0xd5,0x9d,0xbf}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {{32, {
-	    0x1e,0xb8,0xe1,0xbf,0xa1,0x9e,0x39,0x1e,0x58,0xa2,0xe6,0x59,0xd0,0x1a,0x6a,0x03,
-	    0x6a,0x1f,0x1c,0x4f,0x36,0x19,0xc1,0xec,0x30,0xa4,0x85,0x1b,0xe9,0x74,0x35,0x66}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {{32,{
-	    0xb9,0xe6,0xe3,0x7e,0xcb,0xb9,0xea,0xf1,0xcc,0xf4,0x48,0x44,0x4a,0xda,0xc8,0xd7,
-	    0x87,0xb4,0xba,0x40,0xfe,0x5b,0x68,0x11,0x14,0xcf,0xa0,0x0e,0x85,0x46,0x99,0x01}}};
-#endif // SHA384
-#if ALG_SHA512_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_r = {{32, {
-	    0xc9,0x71,0xa6,0xb4,0xaf,0x46,0x26,0x8c,0x27,0x00,0x06,0x3b,0x00,0x0f,0xa3,0x17,
-	    0x72,0x48,0x40,0x49,0x4d,0x51,0x4f,0xa4,0xcb,0x7e,0x86,0xe9,0xe7,0xb4,0x79,0xb2}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcDsa_s = {{32,{
-	    0x87,0xbc,0xc0,0xed,0x74,0x60,0x9e,0xfa,0x4e,0xe8,0x16,0xf3,0xf9,0x6b,0x26,0x07,
-	    0x3c,0x74,0x31,0x7e,0xf0,0x62,0x46,0xdc,0xd6,0x45,0x22,0x47,0x3e,0x0c,0xa0,0x02}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {{32,{
-	    0xcc,0x07,0xad,0x65,0x91,0xdd,0xa0,0x10,0x23,0xae,0x53,0xec,0xdf,0xf1,0x50,0x90,
-	    0x16,0x96,0xf4,0x45,0x09,0x73,0x9c,0x84,0xb5,0x5c,0x5f,0x08,0x51,0xcb,0x60,0x01}}};
-const TPM2B_EC_TEST    c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {{32,{
-	    0x55,0x20,0x21,0x54,0xe2,0x49,0x07,0x47,0x71,0xf4,0x99,0x15,0x54,0xf3,0xab,0x14,
-	    0xdb,0x8e,0xda,0x79,0xb6,0x02,0x0e,0xe3,0x5e,0x6f,0x2c,0xb6,0x05,0xbd,0x14,0x10}}};
-#endif // SHA512
-#endif // SELF_TEST_DATA
+// This file contains the parameter data for ECC testing.
 
+#ifdef SELF_TEST_DATA
+
+TPM2B_TYPE(EC_TEST, 32);
+const TPM_ECC_CURVE c_testCurve = 00003;
+
+// The "static" key
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_ds = {
+    {32, {0xdf, 0x8d, 0xa4, 0xa3, 0x88, 0xf6, 0x76, 0x96, 0x89, 0xfc, 0x2f,
+          0x2d, 0xa1, 0xb4, 0x39, 0x7a, 0x78, 0xc4, 0x7f, 0x71, 0x8c, 0xa6,
+          0x91, 0x85, 0xc0, 0xbf, 0xf3, 0x54, 0x20, 0x91, 0x2f, 0x73}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_QsX = {
+    {32, {0x17, 0xad, 0x2f, 0xcb, 0x18, 0xd4, 0xdb, 0x3f, 0x2c, 0x53, 0x13,
+          0x82, 0x42, 0x97, 0xff, 0x8d, 0x99, 0x50, 0x16, 0x02, 0x35, 0xa7,
+          0x06, 0xae, 0x1f, 0xda, 0xe2, 0x9c, 0x12, 0x77, 0xc0, 0xf9}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_QsY = {
+    {32, {0xa6, 0xca, 0xf2, 0x18, 0x45, 0x96, 0x6e, 0x58, 0xe6, 0x72, 0x34,
+          0x12, 0x89, 0xcd, 0xaa, 0xad, 0xcb, 0x68, 0xb2, 0x51, 0xdc, 0x5e,
+          0xd1, 0x6d, 0x38, 0x20, 0x35, 0x57, 0xb2, 0xfd, 0xc7, 0x52}}};
+
+// The "ephemeral" key
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_de = {
+    {32, {0xb6, 0xb5, 0x33, 0x5c, 0xd1, 0xee, 0x52, 0x07, 0x99, 0xea, 0x2e,
+          0x8f, 0x8b, 0x19, 0x18, 0x07, 0xc1, 0xf8, 0xdf, 0xdd, 0xb8, 0x77,
+          0x00, 0xc7, 0xd6, 0x53, 0x21, 0xed, 0x02, 0x53, 0xee, 0xac}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_QeX = {
+    {32, {0xa5, 0x1e, 0x80, 0xd1, 0x76, 0x3e, 0x8b, 0x96, 0xce, 0xcc, 0x21,
+          0x82, 0xc9, 0xa2, 0xa2, 0xed, 0x47, 0x21, 0x89, 0x53, 0x44, 0xe9,
+          0xc7, 0x92, 0xe7, 0x31, 0x48, 0x38, 0xe6, 0xea, 0x93, 0x47}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestKey_QeY = {
+    {32, {0x30, 0xe6, 0x4f, 0x97, 0x03, 0xa1, 0xcb, 0x3b, 0x32, 0x2a, 0x70,
+          0x39, 0x94, 0xeb, 0x4e, 0xea, 0x55, 0x88, 0x81, 0x3f, 0xb5, 0x00,
+          0xb8, 0x54, 0x25, 0xab, 0xd4, 0xda, 0xfd, 0x53, 0x7a, 0x18}}};
+
+// ECDH test results
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestEcdh_X = {
+    {32, {0x64, 0x02, 0x68, 0x92, 0x78, 0xdb, 0x33, 0x52, 0xed, 0x3b, 0xfa,
+          0x3b, 0x74, 0xa3, 0x3d, 0x2c, 0x2f, 0x9c, 0x59, 0x03, 0x07, 0xf8,
+          0x22, 0x90, 0xed, 0xe3, 0x45, 0xf8, 0x2a, 0x0a, 0xd8, 0x1d}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_ecTestEcdh_Y = {
+    {32, {0x58, 0x94, 0x05, 0x82, 0xbe, 0x5f, 0x33, 0x02, 0x25, 0x90, 0x3a,
+          0x33, 0x90, 0x89, 0xe3, 0xe5, 0x10, 0x4a, 0xbc, 0x78, 0xa5, 0xc5,
+          0x07, 0x64, 0xaf, 0x91, 0xbc, 0xe6, 0xff, 0x85, 0x11, 0x40}}};
+
+TPM2B_TYPE(TEST_VALUE, 64);
+const TPM2B_TEST_VALUE c_ecTestValue = {
+    {64,
+     {0x78, 0xd5, 0xd4, 0x56, 0x43, 0x61, 0xdb, 0x97, 0xa4, 0x32, 0xc4, 0x0b, 0x06,
+      0xa9, 0xa8, 0xa0, 0xf4, 0x45, 0x7f, 0x13, 0xd8, 0x13, 0x81, 0x0b, 0xe5, 0x76,
+      0xbe, 0xaa, 0xb6, 0x3f, 0x8d, 0x4d, 0x23, 0x65, 0xcc, 0xa7, 0xc9, 0x19, 0x10,
+      0xce, 0x69, 0xcb, 0x0c, 0xc7, 0x11, 0x8d, 0xc3, 0xff, 0x62, 0x69, 0xa2, 0xbe,
+      0x46, 0x90, 0xe7, 0x7d, 0x81, 0x77, 0x94, 0x65, 0x1c, 0x3e, 0xc1, 0x3e}}};
+
+#  if ALG_SHA1_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_r = {
+    {32, {0x57, 0xf3, 0x36, 0xb7, 0xec, 0xc2, 0xdd, 0x76, 0x0e, 0xe2, 0x81,
+          0x21, 0x49, 0xc5, 0x66, 0x11, 0x4b, 0x8a, 0x4f, 0x17, 0x62, 0x82,
+          0xcc, 0x06, 0xf6, 0x64, 0x78, 0xef, 0x6b, 0x7c, 0xf2, 0x6c}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_s = {
+    {32, {0x1b, 0xed, 0x23, 0x72, 0x8f, 0x17, 0x5f, 0x47, 0x2e, 0xa7, 0x97,
+          0x2c, 0x51, 0x57, 0x20, 0x70, 0x6f, 0x89, 0x74, 0x8a, 0xa8, 0xf4,
+          0x26, 0xf4, 0x96, 0xa1, 0xb8, 0x3e, 0xe5, 0x35, 0xc5, 0x94}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {
+    {32, {0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00,
+          0x00, 0x1b, 0x08, 0x9f, 0xde, 0xef, 0x62, 0xe3, 0xf1, 0x14, 0xcb,
+          0x54, 0x28, 0x13, 0x76, 0xfc, 0x6d, 0x69, 0x22, 0xb5, 0x3e}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {
+    {32, {0xd9, 0xd3, 0x20, 0xfb, 0x4d, 0x16, 0xf2, 0xe6, 0xe2, 0x45, 0x07,
+          0x45, 0x1c, 0x92, 0x92, 0x92, 0xa9, 0x6b, 0x48, 0xf8, 0xd1, 0x98,
+          0x29, 0x4d, 0xd3, 0x8f, 0x56, 0xf2, 0xbb, 0x2e, 0x22, 0x3b}}};
+
+#  endif  // SHA1
+
+#  if ALG_SHA256_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_r = {
+    {32, {0x04, 0x7d, 0x54, 0xeb, 0x04, 0x6f, 0x56, 0xec, 0xa2, 0x6c, 0x38,
+          0x8c, 0xeb, 0x43, 0x0b, 0x71, 0xf8, 0xf2, 0xf4, 0xa5, 0xe0, 0x1d,
+          0x3c, 0xa2, 0x39, 0x31, 0xe4, 0xe7, 0x36, 0x3b, 0xb5, 0x5f}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_s = {
+    {32, {0x8f, 0xd0, 0x12, 0xd9, 0x24, 0x75, 0xf6, 0xc4, 0x3b, 0xb5, 0x46,
+          0x75, 0x3a, 0x41, 0x8d, 0x80, 0x23, 0x99, 0x38, 0xd7, 0xe2, 0x40,
+          0xca, 0x9a, 0x19, 0x2a, 0xfc, 0x54, 0x75, 0xd3, 0x4a, 0x6e}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {
+    {32, {0xf7, 0xb9, 0x15, 0x4c, 0x34, 0xf6, 0x41, 0x19, 0xa3, 0xd2, 0xf1,
+          0xbd, 0xf4, 0x13, 0x6a, 0x4f, 0x63, 0xb8, 0x4d, 0xb5, 0xc8, 0xcd,
+          0xde, 0x85, 0x95, 0xa5, 0x39, 0x0a, 0x14, 0x49, 0x3d, 0x2f}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {
+    {32, {0xfe, 0xbe, 0x17, 0xaa, 0x31, 0x22, 0x9f, 0xd0, 0xd2, 0xf5, 0x25,
+          0x04, 0x92, 0xb0, 0xaa, 0x4e, 0xcc, 0x1c, 0xb6, 0x79, 0xd6, 0x42,
+          0xb3, 0x4e, 0x3f, 0xbb, 0xfe, 0x5f, 0xd0, 0xd0, 0x8b, 0xc3}}};
+
+#  endif  // SHA256
+
+#  if ALG_SHA384_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_r = {
+    {32, {0xf5, 0x74, 0x6d, 0xd6, 0xc6, 0x56, 0x86, 0xbb, 0xba, 0x1c, 0xba,
+          0x75, 0x65, 0xee, 0x64, 0x31, 0xce, 0x04, 0xe3, 0x9f, 0x24, 0x3f,
+          0xbd, 0xfe, 0x04, 0xcd, 0xab, 0x7e, 0xfe, 0xad, 0xcb, 0x82}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_s = {
+    {32, {0xc2, 0x4f, 0x32, 0xa1, 0x06, 0xc0, 0x85, 0x4f, 0xc6, 0xd8, 0x31,
+          0x66, 0x91, 0x9f, 0x79, 0xcd, 0x5b, 0xe5, 0x7b, 0x94, 0xa1, 0x91,
+          0x38, 0xac, 0xd4, 0x20, 0xa2, 0x10, 0xf0, 0xd5, 0x9d, 0xbf}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {
+    {32, {0x1e, 0xb8, 0xe1, 0xbf, 0xa1, 0x9e, 0x39, 0x1e, 0x58, 0xa2, 0xe6,
+          0x59, 0xd0, 0x1a, 0x6a, 0x03, 0x6a, 0x1f, 0x1c, 0x4f, 0x36, 0x19,
+          0xc1, 0xec, 0x30, 0xa4, 0x85, 0x1b, 0xe9, 0x74, 0x35, 0x66}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {
+    {32, {0xb9, 0xe6, 0xe3, 0x7e, 0xcb, 0xb9, 0xea, 0xf1, 0xcc, 0xf4, 0x48,
+          0x44, 0x4a, 0xda, 0xc8, 0xd7, 0x87, 0xb4, 0xba, 0x40, 0xfe, 0x5b,
+          0x68, 0x11, 0x14, 0xcf, 0xa0, 0x0e, 0x85, 0x46, 0x99, 0x01}}};
+
+#  endif  // SHA384
+
+#  if ALG_SHA512_VALUE == DEFAULT_TEST_HASH
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_r = {
+    {32, {0xc9, 0x71, 0xa6, 0xb4, 0xaf, 0x46, 0x26, 0x8c, 0x27, 0x00, 0x06,
+          0x3b, 0x00, 0x0f, 0xa3, 0x17, 0x72, 0x48, 0x40, 0x49, 0x4d, 0x51,
+          0x4f, 0xa4, 0xcb, 0x7e, 0x86, 0xe9, 0xe7, 0xb4, 0x79, 0xb2}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcDsa_s = {
+    {32, {0x87, 0xbc, 0xc0, 0xed, 0x74, 0x60, 0x9e, 0xfa, 0x4e, 0xe8, 0x16,
+          0xf3, 0xf9, 0x6b, 0x26, 0x07, 0x3c, 0x74, 0x31, 0x7e, 0xf0, 0x62,
+          0x46, 0xdc, 0xd6, 0x45, 0x22, 0x47, 0x3e, 0x0c, 0xa0, 0x02}}};
+
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_r = {
+    {32, {0xcc, 0x07, 0xad, 0x65, 0x91, 0xdd, 0xa0, 0x10, 0x23, 0xae, 0x53,
+          0xec, 0xdf, 0xf1, 0x50, 0x90, 0x16, 0x96, 0xf4, 0x45, 0x09, 0x73,
+          0x9c, 0x84, 0xb5, 0x5c, 0x5f, 0x08, 0x51, 0xcb, 0x60, 0x01}}};
+const TPM2B_EC_TEST c_TestEcSchnorr_s = {
+    {32, {0x55, 0x20, 0x21, 0x54, 0xe2, 0x49, 0x07, 0x47, 0x71, 0xf4, 0x99,
+          0x15, 0x54, 0xf3, 0xab, 0x14, 0xdb, 0x8e, 0xda, 0x79, 0xb6, 0x02,
+          0x0e, 0xe3, 0x5e, 0x6f, 0x2c, 0xb6, 0x05, 0xbd, 0x14, 0x10}}};
+
+#  endif  // SHA512
+
+#endif  // SELF_TEST_DATA

src/tpm2/EncryptDecrypt2_fp.h

@@ -59,35 +59,41 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 146 */
 
-#ifndef ENCRYPTDECRYPT2_FP_H
-#define ENCRYPTDECRYPT2_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		keyHandle;
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER		inData;
-    TPMI_YES_NO			decrypt;
-    TPMI_ALG_CIPHER_MODE	mode;
-    TPM2B_IV			ivIn;
+#if CC_EncryptDecrypt2  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT2_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT2_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT       keyHandle;
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER     inData;
+    TPMI_YES_NO          decrypt;
+    TPMI_ALG_CIPHER_MODE mode;
+    TPM2B_IV             ivIn;
 } EncryptDecrypt2_In;
 
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_keyHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_inData 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_decrypt	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_mode		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_ivIn		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	outData;
-    TPM2B_IV		ivOut;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER outData;
+    TPM2B_IV         ivOut;
 } EncryptDecrypt2_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_keyHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_inData    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_decrypt   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_mode      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt2_ivIn      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_EncryptDecrypt2(
-		     EncryptDecrypt2_In   *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		     EncryptDecrypt2_Out  *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		     );
+TPM2_EncryptDecrypt2(EncryptDecrypt2_In* in, EncryptDecrypt2_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT2_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_EncryptDecrypt2

src/tpm2/EncryptDecrypt_fp.h

@@ -59,35 +59,41 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef ENCRYPTDECRYPT_FP_H
-#define ENCRYPTDECRYPT_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		keyHandle;
-    TPMI_YES_NO			decrypt;
-    TPMI_ALG_CIPHER_MODE	mode;
-    TPM2B_IV			ivIn;
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER		inData;
+#if CC_EncryptDecrypt  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT       keyHandle;
+    TPMI_YES_NO          decrypt;
+    TPMI_ALG_CIPHER_MODE mode;
+    TPM2B_IV             ivIn;
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER     inData;
 } EncryptDecrypt_In;
 
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt_decrypt	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt_ivIn 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_EncryptDecrypt_inData 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	outData;
-    TPM2B_IV		ivOut;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER outData;
+    TPM2B_IV         ivOut;
 } EncryptDecrypt_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt_decrypt   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt_ivIn      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_EncryptDecrypt_inData    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_4)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_EncryptDecrypt(
-		    EncryptDecrypt_In   *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		    EncryptDecrypt_Out  *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		    );
+TPM2_EncryptDecrypt(EncryptDecrypt_In* in, EncryptDecrypt_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_ENCRYPTDECRYPT_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_EncryptDecrypt

src/tpm2/EncryptDecrypt_spt.c

@@ -59,108 +59,132 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 7.7 Encrypt Decrypt Support (EncryptDecrypt_spt.c) */
 #include "Tpm.h"
 #include "EncryptDecrypt_fp.h"
 #include "EncryptDecrypt_spt_fp.h"
+
 #if CC_EncryptDecrypt2
-/* Error Returns Meaning */
-/* TPM_RC_KEY is not a symmetric decryption key with both public and private portions loaded */
-/* TPM_RC_SIZE IvIn size is incompatible with the block cipher mode; or inData size is not an even
-   multiple of the block size for CBC or ECB mode */
-/* TPM_RC_VALUE keyHandle is restricted and the argument mode does not match the key's mode */
+
+/*(See part 3 specification)
+// symmetric encryption or decryption
+*/
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_KEY          is not a symmetric decryption key with both
+//                          public and private portions loaded
+//      TPM_RC_SIZE         'IvIn' size is incompatible with the block cipher mode;
+//                          or 'inData' size is not an even multiple of the block
+//                          size for CBC or ECB mode
+//      TPM_RC_VALUE        'keyHandle' is restricted and the argument 'mode' does
+//                          not match the key's mode
 TPM_RC
-EncryptDecryptShared(
-		     TPMI_DH_OBJECT        keyHandleIn,
-		     TPMI_YES_NO           decryptIn,
-		     TPMI_ALG_SYM_MODE     modeIn,
-		     TPM2B_IV              *ivIn,
-		     TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER      *inData,
-		     EncryptDecrypt_Out    *out
-		     )
+EncryptDecryptShared(TPMI_DH_OBJECT      keyHandleIn,
+                     TPMI_YES_NO         decryptIn,
+                     TPMI_ALG_SYM_MODE   modeIn,
+                     TPM2B_IV*           ivIn,
+                     TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER*   inData,
+                     EncryptDecrypt_Out* out)
 {
-    OBJECT              *symKey;
-    UINT16               keySize;
-    UINT16               blockSize;
-    BYTE                *key;
-    TPM_ALG_ID           alg;
-    TPM_ALG_ID           mode;
-    TPM_RC               result;
-    BOOL                 OK;
+    OBJECT*    symKey;
+    UINT16     keySize;
+    UINT16     blockSize;
+    BYTE*      key;
+    TPM_ALG_ID alg;
+    TPM_ALG_ID mode;
+    TPM_RC     result;
+    BOOL       OK;
     // Input Validation
     symKey = HandleToObject(keyHandleIn);
-    mode = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.mode.sym;
+    mode   = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.mode.sym;
+
     // The input key should be a symmetric key
     if(symKey->publicArea.type != TPM_ALG_SYMCIPHER)
-	return TPM_RCS_KEY + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+        return TPM_RCS_KEY + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
     // The key must be unrestricted and allow the selected operation
-    OK = !IS_ATTRIBUTE(symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes,
-		       TPMA_OBJECT, restricted);
+    OK = !IS_ATTRIBUTE(symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes, TPMA_OBJECT, restricted);
     if(YES == decryptIn)
-	OK = OK && IS_ATTRIBUTE(symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes,
-				TPMA_OBJECT, decrypt);
+        OK = OK
+             && IS_ATTRIBUTE(
+                 symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes, TPMA_OBJECT, decrypt);
     else
-	OK = OK && IS_ATTRIBUTE(symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes,
-				TPMA_OBJECT, sign);
+        OK = OK
+             && IS_ATTRIBUTE(symKey->publicArea.objectAttributes, TPMA_OBJECT, sign);
     if(!OK)
-	return TPM_RCS_ATTRIBUTES + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+        return TPM_RCS_ATTRIBUTES + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+
     // Make sure that key is an encrypt/decrypt key and not SMAC
     if(!CryptSymModeIsValid(mode, TRUE))
-	return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+        return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+
     // If the key mode is not TPM_ALG_NULL...
     // or TPM_ALG_NULL
     if(mode != TPM_ALG_NULL)
-	{
-	    // then the input mode has to be TPM_ALG_NULL or the same as the key
-	    if((modeIn != TPM_ALG_NULL) && (modeIn != mode))
-		return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode;
-	}
+    {
+        // then the input mode has to be TPM_ALG_NULL or the same as the key
+        if((modeIn != TPM_ALG_NULL) && (modeIn != mode))
+            return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode;
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    // if the key mode is null, then the input can't be null
-	    if(modeIn == TPM_ALG_NULL)
-		return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode;
-	    mode = modeIn;
-	}
+    {
+        // if the key mode is null, then the input can't be null
+        if(modeIn == TPM_ALG_NULL)
+            return TPM_RCS_MODE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_mode;
+        mode = modeIn;
+    }
     // The input iv for ECB mode should be an Empty Buffer.  All the other modes
     // should have an iv size same as encryption block size
-    keySize = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.keyBits.sym;
-    alg = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.algorithm;
+    keySize   = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.keyBits.sym;
+    alg       = symKey->publicArea.parameters.symDetail.sym.algorithm;
     blockSize = CryptGetSymmetricBlockSize(alg, keySize);
+
     // reverify the algorithm. This is mainly to keep static analysis tools happy
     if(blockSize == 0)
-	return TPM_RCS_KEY + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+        return TPM_RCS_KEY + RC_EncryptDecrypt_keyHandle;
+
     if(((mode == TPM_ALG_ECB) && (ivIn->t.size != 0))
        || ((mode != TPM_ALG_ECB) && (ivIn->t.size != blockSize)))
-	return TPM_RCS_SIZE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_ivIn;
+        return TPM_RCS_SIZE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_ivIn;
+
     // The input data size of CBC mode or ECB mode must be an even multiple of
     // the symmetric algorithm's block size
     if(((mode == TPM_ALG_CBC) || (mode == TPM_ALG_ECB))
        && ((inData->t.size % blockSize) != 0))
-	return TPM_RCS_SIZE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_inData;
+        return TPM_RCS_SIZE + RC_EncryptDecrypt_inData;
+
     // Copy IV
     // Note: This is copied here so that the calls to the encrypt/decrypt functions
     // will modify the output buffer, not the input buffer
     out->ivOut = *ivIn;
+
     // Command Output
     key = symKey->sensitive.sensitive.sym.t.buffer;
     // For symmetric encryption, the cipher data size is the same as plain data
     // size.
     out->outData.t.size = inData->t.size;
     if(decryptIn == YES)
-	{
-	    // Decrypt data to output
-	    result = CryptSymmetricDecrypt(out->outData.t.buffer, alg, keySize, key,
-					   &(out->ivOut), mode, inData->t.size,
-					   inData->t.buffer);
-	}
+    {
+        // Decrypt data to output
+        result = CryptSymmetricDecrypt(out->outData.t.buffer,
+                                       alg,
+                                       keySize,
+                                       key,
+                                       &(out->ivOut),
+                                       mode,
+                                       inData->t.size,
+                                       inData->t.buffer);
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    // Encrypt data to output
-	    result = CryptSymmetricEncrypt(out->outData.t.buffer, alg, keySize, key,
-					   &(out->ivOut), mode, inData->t.size,
-					   inData->t.buffer);
-	}
+    {
+        // Encrypt data to output
+        result = CryptSymmetricEncrypt(out->outData.t.buffer,
+                                       alg,
+                                       keySize,
+                                       key,
+                                       &(out->ivOut),
+                                       mode,
+                                       inData->t.size,
+                                       inData->t.buffer);
+    }
     return result;
 }
-#endif // CC_EncryptDecrypt
+
+#endif  // CC_EncryptDecrypt

src/tpm2/EncryptDecrypt_spt_fp.h

@@ -59,17 +59,31 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef ENCRYPTDECRYPT_SPT_FP_H
-#define ENCRYPTDECRYPT_SPT_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:18PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _ENCRYPT_DECRYPT_SPT_FP_H_
+#define _ENCRYPT_DECRYPT_SPT_FP_H_
+
+#if CC_EncryptDecrypt2
+
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_KEY          is not a symmetric decryption key with both
+//                          public and private portions loaded
+//      TPM_RC_SIZE         'IvIn' size is incompatible with the block cipher mode;
+//                          or 'inData' size is not an even multiple of the block
+//                          size for CBC or ECB mode
+//      TPM_RC_VALUE        'keyHandle' is restricted and the argument 'mode' does
+//                          not match the key's mode
 TPM_RC
-EncryptDecryptShared(
-		     TPMI_DH_OBJECT        keyHandleIn,
-		     TPMI_YES_NO           decryptIn,
-		     TPMI_ALG_SYM_MODE     modeIn,
-		     TPM2B_IV              *ivIn,
-		     TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER      *inData,
-		     EncryptDecrypt_Out    *out
-		     );
+EncryptDecryptShared(TPMI_DH_OBJECT      keyHandleIn,
+                     TPMI_YES_NO         decryptIn,
+                     TPMI_ALG_SYM_MODE   modeIn,
+                     TPM2B_IV*           ivIn,
+                     TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER*   inData,
+                     EncryptDecrypt_Out* out);
+#endif  // CC_EncryptDecrypt
 
-#endif
+#endif  // _ENCRYPT_DECRYPT_SPT_FP_H_

src/tpm2/Entity.c

@@ -78,133 +78,133 @@
 //                               space to load it to RAM
 TPM_RC
 EntityGetLoadStatus(COMMAND* command  // IN/OUT: command parsing structure
-		    )
+)
 {
     UINT32 i;
     TPM_RC result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
     //
     for(i = 0; i < command->handleNum; i++)
-	{
-	    TPM_HANDLE handle = command->handles[i];
-	    switch(HandleGetType(handle))
-		{
-		    // For handles associated with hierarchies, the entity is present
-		    // only if the associated enable is SET.
-		  case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
-		    switch(handle)
-			{
-			    // First handle non-hierarchy cases
+    {
+        TPM_HANDLE handle = command->handles[i];
+        switch(HandleGetType(handle))
+        {
+            // For handles associated with hierarchies, the entity is present
+            // only if the associated enable is SET.
+            case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
+                switch(handle)
+                {
+                    // First handle non-hierarchy cases
 #if VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_ENABLED == YES
-			  case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
-			    if(!gc.ehEnable)
-				result = TPM_RC_HIERARCHY;
-			    break;
+                    case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
+                        if(!gc.ehEnable)
+                            result = TPM_RC_HIERARCHY;
+                        break;
 #endif
-			    // PW session handle and lockout handle are always available
-			  case TPM_RS_PW:
-			    // Need to be careful for lockout. Lockout is always available
-			    // for policy checks but not always available when authValue
-			    // is being checked.
-			  case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
-			    // Rather than have #ifdefs all over the code,
-			    // CASE_ACT_HANDLE is defined in ACT.h. It is 'case TPM_RH_ACT_x:'
-			    // FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE) creates a simple
-			    // case TPM_RH_ACT_x: // for each of the implemented ACT.
-			    FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE)
-				break;
-			  default:
-			    // If the implementation has a manufacturer-specific value
-			    // then test for it here. Since this implementation does
-			    // not have any, this implementation returns the same failure
-			    // that unmarshaling of a bad handle would produce.
-			    if(((TPM_RH)handle >= TPM_RH_AUTH_00)
-			       && ((TPM_RH)handle <= TPM_RH_AUTH_FF))
-				// if the implementation has a manufacturer-specific value
-				result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
-			    else
-				// The handle either refers to a hierarchy or is invalid.
-				result = ValidateHierarchy(handle);
-			    break;
-			}
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
-		    // For a transient object, check if the handle is associated
-		    // with a loaded object.
-		    if(!IsObjectPresent(handle))
-			result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_PERSISTENT:
-		    // Persistent object
-		    // Copy the persistent object to RAM and replace the handle with the
-		    // handle of the assigned slot.  A TPM_RC_OBJECT_MEMORY,
-		    // TPM_RC_HIERARCHY or TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0 error may be returned by
-		    // ObjectLoadEvict()
-		    result = ObjectLoadEvict(&command->handles[i], command->index);
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_HMAC_SESSION:
-		    // For an HMAC session, see if the session is loaded
-		    // and if the session in the session slot is actually
-		    // an HMAC session.
-		    if(SessionIsLoaded(handle))
-			{
-			    SESSION* session;
-			    session = SessionGet(handle);
-			    // Check if the session is a HMAC session
-			    if(session->attributes.isPolicy == SET)
-				result = TPM_RC_HANDLE;
-			}
-		    else
-			result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_POLICY_SESSION:
-		    // For a policy session, see if the session is loaded
-		    // and if the session in the session slot is actually
-		    // a policy session.
-		    if(SessionIsLoaded(handle))
-			{
-			    SESSION* session;
-			    session = SessionGet(handle);
-			    // Check if the session is a policy session
-			    if(session->attributes.isPolicy == CLEAR)
-				result = TPM_RC_HANDLE;
-			}
-		    else
-			result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
-		    // For an NV Index, use the TPM-specific routine
-		    // to search the IN Index space.
-		    result = NvIndexIsAccessible(handle);
-		    break;
-		  case TPM_HT_PCR:
-		    // Any PCR handle that is unmarshaled successfully referenced
-		    // a PCR that is defined.
-		    break;
+                        // PW session handle and lockout handle are always available
+                    case TPM_RS_PW:
+                        // Need to be careful for lockout. Lockout is always available
+                        // for policy checks but not always available when authValue
+                        // is being checked.
+                    case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
+                        // Rather than have #ifdefs all over the code,
+                        // CASE_ACT_HANDLE is defined in ACT.h. It is 'case TPM_RH_ACT_x:'
+                        // FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE) creates a simple
+                        // case TPM_RH_ACT_x: // for each of the implemented ACT.
+                        FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE)
+                        break;
+                    default:
+                        // If the implementation has a manufacturer-specific value
+                        // then test for it here. Since this implementation does
+                        // not have any, this implementation returns the same failure
+                        // that unmarshaling of a bad handle would produce.
+                        if(((TPM_RH)handle >= TPM_RH_AUTH_00)
+                           && ((TPM_RH)handle <= TPM_RH_AUTH_FF))
+                            // if the implementation has a manufacturer-specific value
+                            result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
+                        else
+                            // The handle either refers to a hierarchy or is invalid.
+                            result = ValidateHierarchy(handle);
+                        break;
+                }
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
+                // For a transient object, check if the handle is associated
+                // with a loaded object.
+                if(!IsObjectPresent(handle))
+                    result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_PERSISTENT:
+                // Persistent object
+                // Copy the persistent object to RAM and replace the handle with the
+                // handle of the assigned slot.  A TPM_RC_OBJECT_MEMORY,
+                // TPM_RC_HIERARCHY or TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0 error may be returned by
+                // ObjectLoadEvict()
+                result = ObjectLoadEvict(&command->handles[i], command->index);
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_HMAC_SESSION:
+                // For an HMAC session, see if the session is loaded
+                // and if the session in the session slot is actually
+                // an HMAC session.
+                if(SessionIsLoaded(handle))
+                {
+                    SESSION* session;
+                    session = SessionGet(handle);
+                    // Check if the session is a HMAC session
+                    if(session->attributes.isPolicy == SET)
+                        result = TPM_RC_HANDLE;
+                }
+                else
+                    result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_POLICY_SESSION:
+                // For a policy session, see if the session is loaded
+                // and if the session in the session slot is actually
+                // a policy session.
+                if(SessionIsLoaded(handle))
+                {
+                    SESSION* session;
+                    session = SessionGet(handle);
+                    // Check if the session is a policy session
+                    if(session->attributes.isPolicy == CLEAR)
+                        result = TPM_RC_HANDLE;
+                }
+                else
+                    result = TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0;
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
+                // For an NV Index, use the TPM-specific routine
+                // to search the IN Index space.
+                result = NvIndexIsAccessible(handle);
+                break;
+            case TPM_HT_PCR:
+                // Any PCR handle that is unmarshaled successfully referenced
+                // a PCR that is defined.
+                break;
 #if CC_AC_Send
-		  case TPM_HT_AC:
-		    // Use the TPM-specific routine to search for the AC
-		    result = AcIsAccessible(handle);
-		    break;
+            case TPM_HT_AC:
+                // Use the TPM-specific routine to search for the AC
+                result = AcIsAccessible(handle);
+                break;
 #endif
-		  case TPM_HT_EXTERNAL_NV:
-		  case TPM_HT_PERMANENT_NV:
-		    // Not yet supported.
-		    result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
-		    break;
-		  default:
-		    // Any other handle type is a defect in the unmarshaling code.
-		    FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
-		    break;
-		}
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		{
-		    if(result == TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0)
-			result = result + i;
-		    else
-			result = RcSafeAddToResult(result, TPM_RC_H + g_rcIndex[i]);
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+            case TPM_HT_EXTERNAL_NV:
+            case TPM_HT_PERMANENT_NV:
+                // Not yet supported.
+                result = TPM_RC_VALUE;
+                break;
+            default:
+                // Any other handle type is a defect in the unmarshaling code.
+                FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+                break;
+        }
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            if(result == TPM_RC_REFERENCE_H0)
+                result = result + i;
+            else
+                result = RcSafeAddToResult(result, TPM_RC_H + g_rcIndex[i]);
+            break;
+        }
+    }
     return result;
 }
 
@@ -221,96 +221,96 @@ EntityGetLoadStatus(COMMAND* command  // IN/OUT: command parsing structure
 UINT16
 EntityGetAuthValue(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
                    TPM2B_AUTH*    auth     // OUT: authValue of the entity
-		   )
+)
 {
     TPM2B_AUTH* pAuth = NULL;
 
     auth->t.size      = 0;
 
     switch(HandleGetType(handle))
-	{
-	  case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
-	      {
-		  switch(HierarchyNormalizeHandle(handle))
-		      {
-			case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-			  // ownerAuth for TPM_RH_OWNER
-			  pAuth = &gp.ownerAuth;
-			  break;
-			case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-			  // endorsementAuth for TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT
-			  pAuth = &gp.endorsementAuth;
-			  break;
+    {
+        case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
+        {
+            switch(HierarchyNormalizeHandle(handle))
+            {
+                case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+                    // ownerAuth for TPM_RH_OWNER
+                    pAuth = &gp.ownerAuth;
+                    break;
+                case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+                    // endorsementAuth for TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT
+                    pAuth = &gp.endorsementAuth;
+                    break;
 
-			  // The ACT use platformAuth for auth
-			  FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE)
+                    // The ACT use platformAuth for auth
+                    FOR_EACH_ACT(CASE_ACT_HANDLE)
 
-			case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-			  // platformAuth for TPM_RH_PLATFORM
-			  pAuth = &gc.platformAuth;
-			  break;
-			case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
-			  // lockoutAuth for TPM_RH_LOCKOUT
-			  pAuth = &gp.lockoutAuth;
-			  break;
-			case TPM_RH_NULL:
-			  // nullAuth for TPM_RH_NULL. Return 0 directly here
-			  return 0;
-			  break;
+                case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+                    // platformAuth for TPM_RH_PLATFORM
+                    pAuth = &gc.platformAuth;
+                    break;
+                case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
+                    // lockoutAuth for TPM_RH_LOCKOUT
+                    pAuth = &gp.lockoutAuth;
+                    break;
+                case TPM_RH_NULL:
+                    // nullAuth for TPM_RH_NULL. Return 0 directly here
+                    return 0;
+                    break;
 #if VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_ENABLED == YES
-			case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
-			  // vendor authorization value
-			  pAuth = &g_platformUniqueAuth;
+                case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
+                    // vendor authorization value
+                    pAuth = &g_platformUniqueAuth;
 #endif
-			default:
-			  // If any other permanent handle is present it is
-			  // a code defect.
-			  FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
-			  break;
-		      }
-		  break;
-	      }
-	  case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
+                default:
+                    // If any other permanent handle is present it is
+                    // a code defect.
+                    FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+                    break;
+            }
+            break;
+        }
+        case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
             // authValue for an object
             // A persistent object would have been copied into RAM
             // and would have an transient object handle here.
-	      {
-		  OBJECT* object;
+            {
+                OBJECT* object;
 
-		  object = HandleToObject(handle);
-		  // special handling if this is a sequence object
-		  if(ObjectIsSequence(object))
-		      {
-			  pAuth = &((HASH_OBJECT*)object)->auth;
-		      }
-		  else
-		      {
-			  // Authorization is available only when the private portion of
-			  // the object is loaded.  The check should be made before
-			  // this function is called
-			  pAssert(object->attributes.publicOnly == CLEAR);
-			  pAuth = &object->sensitive.authValue;
-		      }
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
+                object = HandleToObject(handle);
+                // special handling if this is a sequence object
+                if(ObjectIsSequence(object))
+                {
+                    pAuth = &((HASH_OBJECT*)object)->auth;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // Authorization is available only when the private portion of
+                    // the object is loaded.  The check should be made before
+                    // this function is called
+                    pAssert(object->attributes.publicOnly == CLEAR);
+                    pAuth = &object->sensitive.authValue;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
             // authValue for an NV index
-	      {
-		  NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
-		  pAssert(nvIndex != NULL);
-		  pAuth = &nvIndex->authValue;
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_PCR:
+            {
+                NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
+                pAssert(nvIndex != NULL);
+                pAuth = &nvIndex->authValue;
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_PCR:
             // authValue for PCR
             pAuth = PCRGetAuthValue(handle);
             break;
-	  default:
+        default:
             // If any other handle type is present here, then there is a defect
             // in the unmarshaling code.
             FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
             break;
-	}
+    }
     // Copy the authValue
     MemoryCopy2B((TPM2B*)auth, (TPM2B*)pAuth, sizeof(auth->t.buffer));
     MemoryRemoveTrailingZeros(auth);
@@ -330,74 +330,74 @@ EntityGetAuthValue(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
 TPMI_ALG_HASH
 EntityGetAuthPolicy(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,     // IN: handle of entity
                     TPM2B_DIGEST*  authPolicy  // OUT: authPolicy of the entity
-		    )
+)
 {
     TPMI_ALG_HASH hashAlg = TPM_ALG_NULL;
     authPolicy->t.size    = 0;
 
     switch(HandleGetType(handle))
-	{
-	  case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
+    {
+        case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
             switch(HierarchyNormalizeHandle(handle))
-		{
-		  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+            {
+                case TPM_RH_OWNER:
                     // ownerPolicy for TPM_RH_OWNER
                     *authPolicy = gp.ownerPolicy;
                     hashAlg     = gp.ownerAlg;
                     break;
-		  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+                case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
                     // endorsementPolicy for TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT
                     *authPolicy = gp.endorsementPolicy;
                     hashAlg     = gp.endorsementAlg;
                     break;
-		  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+                case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
                     // platformPolicy for TPM_RH_PLATFORM
                     *authPolicy = gc.platformPolicy;
                     hashAlg     = gc.platformAlg;
                     break;
-		  case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
+                case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
                     // lockoutPolicy for TPM_RH_LOCKOUT
                     *authPolicy = gp.lockoutPolicy;
                     hashAlg     = gp.lockoutAlg;
                     break;
-#define ACT_GET_POLICY(N)					\
-		    case TPM_RH_ACT_##N:			\
-		      *authPolicy = go.ACT_##N.authPolicy;	\
-		      hashAlg     = go.ACT_##N.hashAlg;		\
-		      break;
+#define ACT_GET_POLICY(N)                    \
+    case TPM_RH_ACT_##N:                     \
+        *authPolicy = go.ACT_##N.authPolicy; \
+        hashAlg     = go.ACT_##N.hashAlg;    \
+        break;
                     // Get the policy for each implemented ACT
                     FOR_EACH_ACT(ACT_GET_POLICY)
-		  default:
+                default:
                     hashAlg = TPM_ALG_ERROR;
                     break;
-		}
+            }
             break;
-	  case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
+        case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
             // authPolicy for an object
-	      {
-		  OBJECT* object = HandleToObject(handle);
-		  *authPolicy    = object->publicArea.authPolicy;
-		  hashAlg        = object->publicArea.nameAlg;
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
+            {
+                OBJECT* object = HandleToObject(handle);
+                *authPolicy    = object->publicArea.authPolicy;
+                hashAlg        = object->publicArea.nameAlg;
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
             // authPolicy for a NV index
-	      {
-		  NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
-		  pAssert(nvIndex != 0);
-		  *authPolicy = nvIndex->publicArea.authPolicy;
-		  hashAlg     = nvIndex->publicArea.nameAlg;
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_PCR:
+            {
+                NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
+                pAssert(nvIndex != 0);
+                *authPolicy = nvIndex->publicArea.authPolicy;
+                hashAlg     = nvIndex->publicArea.nameAlg;
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_PCR:
             // authPolicy for a PCR
             hashAlg = PCRGetAuthPolicy(handle, authPolicy);
             break;
-	  default:
+        default:
             // If any other handle type is present it is a code defect.
             FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
             break;
-	}
+    }
     return hashAlg;
 }
 
@@ -405,31 +405,31 @@ EntityGetAuthPolicy(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,     // IN: handle of entity
 // This function returns the Name associated with a handle.
 TPM2B_NAME* EntityGetName(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
                           TPM2B_NAME*    name     // OUT: name of entity
-			  )
+)
 {
     switch(HandleGetType(handle))
-	{
-	  case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
-	      {
-		  // Name for an object
-		  OBJECT* object = HandleToObject(handle);
-		  // an object with no nameAlg has no name
-		  if(object->publicArea.nameAlg == TPM_ALG_NULL)
-		      name->b.size = 0;
-		  else
-		      *name = object->name;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	  case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
+    {
+        case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
+        {
+            // Name for an object
+            OBJECT* object = HandleToObject(handle);
+            // an object with no nameAlg has no name
+            if(object->publicArea.nameAlg == TPM_ALG_NULL)
+                name->b.size = 0;
+            else
+                *name = object->name;
+            break;
+        }
+        case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
             // Name for a NV index
             NvGetNameByIndexHandle(handle, name);
             break;
-	  default:
+        default:
             // For all other types, the handle is the Name
             name->t.size = sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
             UINT32_TO_BYTE_ARRAY(handle, name->t.name);
             break;
-	}
+    }
     return name;
 }
 
@@ -441,77 +441,77 @@ TPM2B_NAME* EntityGetName(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
 // c) An object handle belongs to its hierarchy.
 TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY
 EntityGetHierarchy(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle  // IN :handle of entity
-		   )
+)
 {
     TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy = TPM_RH_NULL;
 
     switch(HandleGetType(handle))
-	{
-	  case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
+    {
+        case TPM_HT_PERMANENT:
             // hierarchy for a permanent handle
 
             if(HierarchyIsFirmwareLimited(handle) || HierarchyIsSvnLimited(handle))
-		{
-		    hierarchy = handle;
-		    break;
-		}
+            {
+                hierarchy = handle;
+                break;
+            }
 
             switch(handle)
-		{
-		  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-		  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-		  case TPM_RH_NULL:
+            {
+                case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+                case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+                case TPM_RH_NULL:
                     hierarchy = handle;
                     break;
-		    // all other permanent handles are associated with the owner
-		    // hierarchy. (should only be TPM_RH_OWNER and TPM_RH_LOCKOUT)
-		  default:
+                // all other permanent handles are associated with the owner
+                // hierarchy. (should only be TPM_RH_OWNER and TPM_RH_LOCKOUT)
+                default:
                     hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
                     break;
-		}
+            }
             break;
-	  case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
+        case TPM_HT_NV_INDEX:
             // hierarchy for NV index
-	      {
-		  NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
-		  pAssert(nvIndex != NULL);
+            {
+                NV_INDEX* nvIndex = NvGetIndexInfo(handle, NULL);
+                pAssert(nvIndex != NULL);
 
-		  // If only the platform can delete the index, then it is
-		  // considered to be in the platform hierarchy, otherwise it
-		  // is in the owner hierarchy.
-		  if(IS_ATTRIBUTE(
-				  nvIndex->publicArea.attributes, TPMA_NV, PLATFORMCREATE))
-		      hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
-		  else
-		      hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
+                // If only the platform can delete the index, then it is
+                // considered to be in the platform hierarchy, otherwise it
+                // is in the owner hierarchy.
+                if(IS_ATTRIBUTE(
+                       nvIndex->publicArea.attributes, TPMA_NV, PLATFORMCREATE))
+                    hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
+                else
+                    hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_TRANSIENT:
             // hierarchy for an object
-	      {
-		  OBJECT* object;
-		  object = HandleToObject(handle);
-		  if(object->attributes.ppsHierarchy)
-		      {
-			  hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
-		      }
-		  else if(object->attributes.epsHierarchy)
-		      {
-			  hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
-		      }
-		  else if(object->attributes.spsHierarchy)
-		      {
-			  hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
-		      }
-	      }
-	      break;
-	  case TPM_HT_PCR:
+            {
+                OBJECT* object;
+                object = HandleToObject(handle);
+                if(object->attributes.ppsHierarchy)
+                {
+                    hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
+                }
+                else if(object->attributes.epsHierarchy)
+                {
+                    hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
+                }
+                else if(object->attributes.spsHierarchy)
+                {
+                    hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
+                }
+            }
+            break;
+        case TPM_HT_PCR:
             hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
             break;
-	  default:
+        default:
             FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
             break;
-	}
+    }
     // this is unreachable but it provides a return value for the default
     // case which makes the complier happy
     return hierarchy;

src/tpm2/Entity_fp.h

@@ -59,32 +59,71 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef ENTITY_FP_H
-#define ENTITY_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar  7, 2020  Time: 07:19:36PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _ENTITY_FP_H_
+#define _ENTITY_FP_H_
+
+//** Functions
+//*** EntityGetLoadStatus()
+// This function will check that all the handles access loaded entities.
+//  Return Type: TPM_RC
+//      TPM_RC_HANDLE           handle type does not match
+//      TPM_RC_REFERENCE_Hx     entity is not present
+//      TPM_RC_HIERARCHY        entity belongs to a disabled hierarchy
+//      TPM_RC_OBJECT_MEMORY    handle is an evict object but there is no
+//                               space to load it to RAM
 TPM_RC
-EntityGetLoadStatus(
-		    COMMAND         *command        // IN/OUT: command parsing structure
-		    );
+EntityGetLoadStatus(COMMAND* command  // IN/OUT: command parsing structure
+);
+
+//*** EntityGetAuthValue()
+// This function is used to access the 'authValue' associated with a handle.
+// This function assumes that the handle references an entity that is accessible
+// and the handle is not for a persistent objects. That is EntityGetLoadStatus()
+// should have been called. Also, the accessibility of the authValue should have
+// been verified by IsAuthValueAvailable().
+//
+// This function copies the authorization value of the entity to 'auth'.
+// Return Type: UINT16
+//      count           number of bytes in the authValue with 0's stripped
 UINT16
-EntityGetAuthValue(
-		   TPMI_DH_ENTITY   handle,        // IN: handle of entity
-		   TPM2B_AUTH      *auth           // OUT: authValue of the entity
-		   );
+EntityGetAuthValue(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
+                   TPM2B_AUTH*    auth     // OUT: authValue of the entity
+);
+
+//*** EntityGetAuthPolicy()
+// This function is used to access the 'authPolicy' associated with a handle.
+// This function assumes that the handle references an entity that is accessible
+// and the handle is not for a persistent objects. That is EntityGetLoadStatus()
+// should have been called. Also, the accessibility of the authPolicy should have
+// been verified by IsAuthPolicyAvailable().
+//
+// This function copies the authorization policy of the entity to 'authPolicy'.
+//
+//  The return value is the hash algorithm for the policy.
 TPMI_ALG_HASH
-EntityGetAuthPolicy(
-		    TPMI_DH_ENTITY   handle,        // IN: handle of entity
-		    TPM2B_DIGEST    *authPolicy     // OUT: authPolicy of the entity
-		    );
-TPM2B_NAME *
-EntityGetName(
-	      TPMI_DH_ENTITY   handle,        // IN: handle of entity
-	      TPM2B_NAME      *name           // OUT: name of entity
-	      );
+EntityGetAuthPolicy(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,     // IN: handle of entity
+                    TPM2B_DIGEST*  authPolicy  // OUT: authPolicy of the entity
+);
+
+//*** EntityGetName()
+// This function returns the Name associated with a handle.
+TPM2B_NAME* EntityGetName(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle,  // IN: handle of entity
+                          TPM2B_NAME*    name     // OUT: name of entity
+);
+
+//*** EntityGetHierarchy()
+// This function returns the hierarchy handle associated with an entity.
+// a) A handle that is a hierarchy handle is associated with itself.
+// b) An NV index belongs to TPM_RH_PLATFORM if TPMA_NV_PLATFORMCREATE,
+//    is SET, otherwise it belongs to TPM_RH_OWNER
+// c) An object handle belongs to its hierarchy.
 TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY
-EntityGetHierarchy(
-		   TPMI_DH_ENTITY   handle         // IN :handle of entity
-		   );
+EntityGetHierarchy(TPMI_DH_ENTITY handle  // IN :handle of entity
+);
 
-
-#endif
+#endif  // _ENTITY_FP_H_

src/tpm2/Entropy.c

@@ -59,8 +59,8 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* C.4 Entropy.c */
-/* C.4.1. Includes and Local values*/
+//** Includes and Local Values
+
 #define _CRT_RAND_S
 #include <stdlib.h>
 #include <memory.h>
@@ -70,31 +70,31 @@
 #include <time.h>
 #include "Platform.h"
 
-#if defined _MSC_VER || defined _MINGW
-#include <process.h>
+#if defined _MSC_VER || defined _MINGW		// libtpms changed
+#  include <process.h>
 #else
-#include <unistd.h>
+#  include <unistd.h>
 #endif
 
-/* This is the last 32-bits of hardware entropy produced. We have to check to see that two
-   consecutive 32-bit values are not the same because (according to FIPS 140-2, annex C */
-/* "If each call to a RNG produces blocks of n bits (where n > 15), the first n-bit block generated
-   after power-up, initialization, or reset shall not be used, but shall be saved for comparison
-   with the next n-bit block to be generated. Each subsequent generation of an n-bit block shall be
-   compared with the previously generated block. The test shall fail if any two compared n-bit
-   blocks are equal." */
-extern uint32_t        lastEntropy;
+// This is the last 32-bits of hardware entropy produced. We have to check to
+// see that two consecutive 32-bit values are not the same because
+// according to FIPS 140-2, annex C:
+//
+// "If each call to an RNG produces blocks of n bits (where n > 15), the first
+// n-bit block generated after power-up, initialization, or reset shall not be
+// used, but shall be saved for comparison with the next n-bit block to be
+// generated. Each subsequent generation of an n-bit block shall be compared with
+// the previously generated block. The test shall fail if any two compared n-bit
+// blocks are equal."
+extern uint32_t lastEntropy;
 
-/* C.4.2.	Functions */
-/* C.4.2.1.	rand32() */
-/* Local function to get a 32-bit random number */
+//** Functions
 
-static uint32_t
-rand32(
-       void
-       )
+//*** rand32()
+// Local function to get a 32-bit random number
+static uint32_t rand32(void)
 {
-    uint32_t    rndNum = rand();
+    uint32_t rndNum = rand();
 #if RAND_MAX < UINT16_MAX
     // If the maximum value of the random number is a 15-bit number, then shift it up
     // 15 bits, get 15 more bits, shift that up 2 and then XOR in another value to get
@@ -111,20 +111,20 @@ rand32(
     return rndNum;
 }
 
-/* C.4.2.2 _plat__GetEntropy() */
-/* This function is used to get available hardware entropy. In a hardware implementation of this
-   function, there would be no call to the system to get entropy. */
-/* Return Values Meaning */
-/* < 0 hardware failure of the entropy generator, this is sticky */
-/* >= 0 the returned amount of entropy (bytes) */
-LIB_EXPORT int32_t
-_plat__GetEntropy(
-		  unsigned char       *entropy,           // output buffer
-		  uint32_t             amount             // amount requested
-		  )
+//*** _plat__GetEntropy()
+// This function is used to get available hardware entropy. In a hardware
+// implementation of this function, there would be no call to the system
+// to get entropy.
+//  Return Type: int32_t
+//  < 0        hardware failure of the entropy generator, this is sticky
+// >= 0        the returned amount of entropy (bytes)
+//
+LIB_EXPORT int32_t _plat__GetEntropy(unsigned char* entropy,  // output buffer
+                                     uint32_t       amount    // amount requested
+)
 {
-    uint32_t            rndNum;
-    int32_t             ret;
+    uint32_t rndNum;
+    int32_t  ret;
     //
     // libtpms added begin
     if (amount > 0 && RAND_bytes(entropy, amount) == 1)
@@ -133,53 +133,53 @@ _plat__GetEntropy(
     // libtpms added end
 
     if(amount == 0)
-	{
-	    // Seed the platform entropy source if the entropy source is software. There is
-	    // no reason to put a guard macro (#if or #ifdef) around this code because this
-	    // code would not be here if someone was changing it for a system with actual
-	    // hardware.
-	    //
-	    // NOTE 1: The following command does not provide proper cryptographic entropy.
-	    // Its primary purpose to make sure that different instances of the simulator,
-	    // possibly started by a script on the same machine, are seeded differently.
-	    // Vendors of the actual TPMs need to ensure availability of proper entropy
-	    // using their platform specific means.
-	    //
-	    // NOTE 2: In debug builds by default the reference implementation will seed
-	    // its RNG deterministically (without using any platform provided randomness).
-	    // See the USE_DEBUG_RNG macro and DRBG_GetEntropy() function.
-#if defined _MSC_VER || defined _MINGW
-	    srand((unsigned)_plat__RealTime() ^ _getpid());
+    {
+        // Seed the platform entropy source if the entropy source is software. There
+        // is no reason to put a guard macro (#if or #ifdef) around this code because
+        // this code would not be here if someone was changing it for a system with
+        // actual hardware.
+        //
+        // NOTE 1: The following command does not provide proper cryptographic
+        // entropy. Its primary purpose to make sure that different instances of the
+        // simulator, possibly started by a script on the same machine, are seeded
+        // differently. Vendors of the actual TPMs need to ensure availability of
+        // proper entropy using their platform-specific means.
+        //
+        // NOTE 2: In debug builds by default the reference implementation will seed
+        // its RNG deterministically (without using any platform provided randomness).
+        // See the USE_DEBUG_RNG macro and DRBG_GetEntropy() function.
+#if defined _MSC_VER || defined _MINGW		// libtpms changed
+        srand((unsigned)_plat__RealTime() ^ _getpid());
 #else
-	    srand((unsigned)_plat__RealTime() ^ getpid());
+        srand((unsigned)_plat__RealTime() ^ getpid());
 #endif
-	    lastEntropy = rand32();
-	    ret = 0;
-	}
+        lastEntropy = rand32();
+        ret         = 0;
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    rndNum = rand32();
-	    if(rndNum == lastEntropy)
-		{
-		    ret = -1;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    lastEntropy = rndNum;
-		    // Each process will have its random number generator initialized according
-		    // to the process id and the initialization time. This is not a lot of
-		    // entropy so, to add a bit more, XOR the current time value into the
-		    // returned entropy value.
-		    // NOTE: the reason for including the time here rather than have it in
-		    // in the value assigned to lastEntropy is that rand() could be broken and
-		    // using the time would in the lastEntropy value would hide this.
-		    rndNum ^= (uint32_t)_plat__RealTime();
-		    // Only provide entropy 32 bits at a time to test the ability
-		    // of the caller to deal with partial results.
-		    ret = MIN(amount, sizeof(rndNum));
-		    memcpy(entropy, &rndNum, ret);
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        rndNum = rand32();
+        if(rndNum == lastEntropy)
+        {
+            ret = -1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            lastEntropy = rndNum;
+            // Each process will have its random number generator initialized
+            // according to the process id and the initialization time. This is not a
+            // lot of entropy so, to add a bit more, XOR the current time value into
+            // the returned entropy value.
+            // NOTE: the reason for including the time here rather than have it in
+            // in the value assigned to lastEntropy is that rand() could be broken and
+            // using the time would in the lastEntropy value would hide this.
+            rndNum ^= (uint32_t)_plat__RealTime();
+
+            // Only provide entropy 32 bits at a time to test the ability
+            // of the caller to deal with partial results.
+            ret = MIN(amount, sizeof(rndNum));
+            memcpy(entropy, &rndNum, ret);
+        }
+    }
     return ret;
 }
-

src/tpm2/EventSequenceComplete_fp.h

@@ -59,30 +59,37 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef EVENTSEQUENCECOMPLETE_FP_H
-#define EVENTSEQUENCECOMPLETE_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_PCR		pcrHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	sequenceHandle;
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	buffer;
+#if CC_EventSequenceComplete  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVENTSEQUENCECOMPLETE_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVENTSEQUENCECOMPLETE_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_PCR      pcrHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   sequenceHandle;
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER buffer;
 } EventSequenceComplete_In;
 
-#define RC_EventSequenceComplete_pcrHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EventSequenceComplete_sequenceHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_EventSequenceComplete_buffer			(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPML_DIGEST_VALUES	results;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPML_DIGEST_VALUES results;
 } EventSequenceComplete_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_EventSequenceComplete_pcrHandle      (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EventSequenceComplete_sequenceHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_EventSequenceComplete_buffer         (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_EventSequenceComplete(
-			   EventSequenceComplete_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-			   EventSequenceComplete_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-			   );
+TPM2_EventSequenceComplete(EventSequenceComplete_In*  in,
+                           EventSequenceComplete_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVENTSEQUENCECOMPLETE_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_EventSequenceComplete

src/tpm2/EvictControl_fp.h

@@ -59,24 +59,30 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef EVICTCONTROL_FP_H
-#define EVICTCONTROL_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_PROVISION	auth;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	objectHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_PERSISTENT	persistentHandle;
+#if CC_EvictControl  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVICTCONTROL_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVICTCONTROL_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_PROVISION  auth;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT     objectHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_PERSISTENT persistentHandle;
 } EvictControl_In;
 
-#define RC_EvictControl_auth			(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_EvictControl_objectHandle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_EvictControl_persistentHandle 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_EvictControl_auth             (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_EvictControl_objectHandle     (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_EvictControl_persistentHandle (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_EvictControl(
-		  EvictControl_In     *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		  );
+TPM2_EvictControl(EvictControl_In* in);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_EVICTCONTROL_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_EvictControl

src/tpm2/ExecCommand.c

@@ -58,59 +58,75 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* 6.2 ExecCommand.c */
-/* This file contains the entry function ExecuteCommand() which provides the main control flow for
-   TPM command execution. */
+//** Introduction
+//
+// This file contains the entry function ExecuteCommand() which provides the main
+// control flow for TPM command execution.
+
+//** Includes
+
 #include "Tpm.h"
-#include "ExecCommand_fp.h"
+#include "Marshal.h"
+// TODO_RENAME_INC_FOLDER:platform_interface refers to the TPM_CoreLib platform interface
+#include "ExecCommand_fp.h"	// libtpms changed
+
+// Uncomment this next #include if doing static command/response buffer sizing
+// #include "CommandResponseSizes_fp.h"
 
 #define TPM_HAVE_TPM2_DECLARATIONS
 #include "tpm_library_intern.h"  // libtpms added
 
-/* Uncomment this next #include if doing static command/response buffer sizing */
-// #include "CommandResponseSizes_fp.h"
+//** ExecuteCommand()
+//
 // The function performs the following steps.
-// a)	Parses the command header from input buffer.
-// b)	Calls ParseHandleBuffer() to parse the handle area of the command.
-//     c)	Validates that each of the handles references a loaded entity.
-//     d)	Calls ParseSessionBuffer() () to:
-// 1)	unmarshal and parse the session area;
-// 2)	check the authorizations; and
-// 3)	when necessary, decrypt a parameter.
-//       e)	Calls CommandDispatcher() to:
-// 1)	unmarshal the command parameters from the command buffer;
-// 2)	call the routine that performs the command actions; and
-// 3)	marshal the responses into the response buffer.
-// f)	If any error occurs in any of the steps above create the error response and return.
-// g)	Calls BuildResponseSession() to:
-// 1)	when necessary, encrypt a parameter
-//       2)	build the response authorization sessions
-//       3)	update the audit sessions and nonces
-//       h)	Calls BuildResponseHeader() to complete the construction of the response.
-
-// 	  responseSize is set by the caller to the maximum number of bytes available in the output
-// 	  buffer. ExecuteCommand() will adjust the value and return the number of bytes placed in
-// 	  the buffer.
-// 	  response is also set by the caller to indicate the buffer into which ExecuteCommand() is
-// 	  to place the response.
-// 	  request and response may point to the same buffer
-// 	  NOTE: As of February, 2016, the failure processing has been moved to the platform-specific
-// 	  code. When the TPM code encounters an unrecoverable failure, it will SET g_inFailureMode
-// 	  and call _plat__Fail(). That function should not return but may call ExecuteCommand().
-LIB_EXPORT void
-ExecuteCommand(
-	       uint32_t         requestSize,   // IN: command buffer size
-	       unsigned char   *request,       // IN: command buffer
-	       uint32_t        *responseSize,  // IN/OUT: response buffer size
-	       unsigned char   **response      // IN/OUT: response buffer
-	       )
+//
+//  a)  Parses the command header from input buffer.
+//  b)  Calls ParseHandleBuffer() to parse the handle area of the command.
+//  c)  Validates that each of the handles references a loaded entity.
+//  d)  Calls ParseSessionBuffer () to:
+//      1)  unmarshal and parse the session area;
+//      2)  check the authorizations; and
+//      3)  when necessary, decrypt a parameter.
+//  e)  Calls CommandDispatcher() to:
+//      1)  unmarshal the command parameters from the command buffer;
+//      2)  call the routine that performs the command actions; and
+//      3)  marshal the responses into the response buffer.
+//  f)  If any error occurs in any of the steps above create the error response
+//      and return.
+//  g)  Calls BuildResponseSession() to:
+//      1)  when necessary, encrypt a parameter
+//      2)  build the response authorization sessions
+//      3)  update the audit sessions and nonces
+//  h)  Calls BuildResponseHeader() to complete the construction of the response.
+//
+// 'responseSize' is set by the caller to the maximum number of bytes available in
+// the output buffer. ExecuteCommand will adjust the value and return the number
+// of bytes placed in the buffer.
+//
+// 'response' is also set by the caller to indicate the buffer into which
+//  ExecuteCommand is to place the response.
+//
+//  'request' and 'response' may point to the same buffer
+//
+// Note: As of February, 2016, the failure processing has been moved to the
+// platform-specific code. When the TPM code encounters an unrecoverable failure, it
+// will SET g_inFailureMode and call _plat__Fail(). That function should not return
+// but may call ExecuteCommand().
+//
+LIB_EXPORT void ExecuteCommand(
+    uint32_t        requestSize,   // IN: command buffer size
+    unsigned char*  request,       // IN: command buffer
+    uint32_t*       responseSize,  // IN/OUT: response buffer size
+    unsigned char** response       // IN/OUT: response buffer
+)
 {
     // Command local variables
-    UINT32               commandSize;
-    COMMAND              command;
+    UINT32  commandSize;
+    COMMAND command;
+
     // Response local variables
-    UINT32               maxResponse = *responseSize;
-    TPM_RC               result;            // return code for the command
+    UINT32 maxResponse = *responseSize;
+    TPM_RC result;  // return code for the command
 
     /* check for an unreasonably large command size, since it's cast to a signed integer later */
     if (requestSize > INT32_MAX) {
@@ -119,7 +135,7 @@ ExecuteCommand(
     }
     // This next function call is used in development to size the command and response
     // buffers. The values printed are the sizes of the internal structures and
-    // not the sizes of the canonical forms of he command response structures. Also,
+    // not the sizes of the canonical forms of the command response structures. Also,
     // the sizes do not include the tag, command.code, requestSize, or the authorization
     // fields.
     //CommandResponseSizes();
@@ -127,14 +143,14 @@ ExecuteCommand(
     // operation that may require a NV write. Note, that this needs to be done
     // even when in failure mode. Otherwise, g_updateNV would stay SET while in
     // Failure mode and the NV would be written on each call.
-    g_updateNV = UT_NONE;
+    g_updateNV     = UT_NONE;
     g_clearOrderly = FALSE;
     if(g_inFailureMode)
-	{
-	    // Do failure mode processing
-	    TpmFailureMode(requestSize, request, responseSize, response);
-	    return;
-	}
+    {
+        // Do failure mode processing
+        TpmFailureMode(requestSize, request, responseSize, response);
+        return;
+    }
     // Query platform to get the NV state.  The result state is saved internally
     // and will be reported by NvIsAvailable(). The reference code requires that
     // accessibility of NV does not change during the execution of a command.
@@ -142,34 +158,36 @@ ExecuteCommand(
     // is not available later when it is necessary to write to NV, then the TPM
     // will go into failure mode.
     NvCheckState();
+
     // Due to the limitations of the simulation, TPM clock must be explicitly
     // synchronized with the system clock whenever a command is received.
     // This function call is not necessary in a hardware TPM. However, taking
     // a snapshot of the hardware timer at the beginning of the command allows
     // the time value to be consistent for the duration of the command execution.
     TimeUpdateToCurrent();
+
     // Any command through this function will unceremoniously end the
     // _TPM_Hash_Data/_TPM_Hash_End sequence.
     if(g_DRTMHandle != TPM_RH_UNASSIGNED)
-	ObjectTerminateEvent();
+        ObjectTerminateEvent();
+
     // Get command buffer size and command buffer.
     command.tag = 0;				// libtpms added: Coverity
     command.parameterBuffer = request;
-    command.parameterSize = requestSize;
+    command.parameterSize   = requestSize;
+
     // Parse command header: tag, commandSize and command.code.
     // First parse the tag. The unmarshaling routine will validate
     // that it is either TPM_ST_SESSIONS or TPM_ST_NO_SESSIONS.
-    result = TPMI_ST_COMMAND_TAG_Unmarshal(&command.tag,
-					   &command.parameterBuffer,
-					   &command.parameterSize);
+    result = TPMI_ST_COMMAND_TAG_Unmarshal(
+        &command.tag, &command.parameterBuffer, &command.parameterSize);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
     // Unmarshal the commandSize indicator.
-    result = UINT32_Unmarshal(&commandSize,
-			      &command.parameterBuffer,
-			      &command.parameterSize);
+    result = UINT32_Unmarshal(
+        &commandSize, &command.parameterBuffer, &command.parameterSize);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
     // On a TPM that receives bytes on a port, the number of bytes that were
     // received on that port is requestSize it must be identical to commandSize.
     // In addition, commandSize must not be larger than MAX_COMMAND_SIZE allowed
@@ -178,150 +196,158 @@ ExecuteCommand(
     // places them in the input buffer) would likely have the input truncated when
     // it reaches MAX_COMMAND_SIZE, and requestSize would not equal commandSize.
     if(commandSize != requestSize || commandSize > MAX_COMMAND_SIZE)
-	{
-	    result = TPM_RC_COMMAND_SIZE;
-	    goto Cleanup;
-	}
+    {
+        result = TPM_RC_COMMAND_SIZE;
+        goto Cleanup;
+    }
     // Unmarshal the command code.
-    result = TPM_CC_Unmarshal(&command.code, &command.parameterBuffer,
-			      &command.parameterSize);
+    result = TPM_CC_Unmarshal(
+        &command.code, &command.parameterBuffer, &command.parameterSize);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
     // Check to see if the command is implemented.
     command.index = CommandCodeToCommandIndex(command.code);
     if(UNIMPLEMENTED_COMMAND_INDEX == command.index)
-	{
-	    result = TPM_RC_COMMAND_CODE;
-	    goto Cleanup;
-	}
-#if  FIELD_UPGRADE_IMPLEMENTED  == YES
+    {
+        result = TPM_RC_COMMAND_CODE;
+        goto Cleanup;
+    }
+#if FIELD_UPGRADE_IMPLEMENTED == YES
     // If the TPM is in FUM, then the only allowed command is
     // TPM_CC_FieldUpgradeData.
     if(IsFieldUgradeMode() && (command.code != TPM_CC_FieldUpgradeData))
-	{
-	    result = TPM_RC_UPGRADE;
-	    goto Cleanup;
-	}
+    {
+        result = TPM_RC_UPGRADE;
+        goto Cleanup;
+    }
     else
 #endif
-	// Excepting FUM, the TPM only accepts TPM2_Startup() after
-	// _TPM_Init. After getting a TPM2_Startup(), TPM2_Startup()
-	// is no longer allowed.
-	if((!TPMIsStarted() && command.code != TPM_CC_Startup)
-	   || (TPMIsStarted() && command.code == TPM_CC_Startup))
-	    {
-		result = TPM_RC_INITIALIZE;
-		goto Cleanup;
-	    }
+        // Excepting FUM, the TPM only accepts TPM2_Startup() after
+        // _TPM_Init. After getting a TPM2_Startup(), TPM2_Startup()
+        // is no longer allowed.
+        if((!TPMIsStarted() && command.code != TPM_CC_Startup)
+           || (TPMIsStarted() && command.code == TPM_CC_Startup))
+        {
+            result = TPM_RC_INITIALIZE;
+            goto Cleanup;
+        }
     // Start regular command process.
     NvIndexCacheInit();
     // Parse Handle buffer.
     result = ParseHandleBuffer(&command);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
     // All handles in the handle area are required to reference TPM-resident
     // entities.
     result = EntityGetLoadStatus(&command);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
     // Authorization session handling for the command.
     ClearCpRpHashes(&command);
     if(command.tag == TPM_ST_SESSIONS)
-	{
-	    // Find out session buffer size.
-	    result = UINT32_Unmarshal((UINT32 *)&command.authSize,
-				      &command.parameterBuffer,
-				      &command.parameterSize);
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		goto Cleanup;
-	    // Perform sanity check on the unmarshaled value. If it is smaller than
-	    // the smallest possible session or larger than the remaining size of
-	    // the command, then it is an error. NOTE: This check could pass but the
-	    // session size could still be wrong. That will be determined after the
-	    // sessions are unmarshaled.
-	    if(command.authSize < 9
-	       || command.authSize > command.parameterSize)
-		{
-		    result = TPM_RC_SIZE;
-		    goto Cleanup;
-		}
-	    command.parameterSize -= command.authSize;
-	    // The actions of ParseSessionBuffer() are described in the introduction.
-	    // As the sessions are parsed command.parameterBuffer is advanced so, on a
-	    // successful return, command.parameterBuffer should be pointing at the
-	    // first byte of the parameters.
-	    result = ParseSessionBuffer(&command);
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		goto Cleanup;
-	}
+    {
+        // Find out session buffer size.
+        result = UINT32_Unmarshal((UINT32*)&command.authSize,
+                                  &command.parameterBuffer,
+                                  &command.parameterSize);
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+            goto Cleanup;
+        // Perform sanity check on the unmarshaled value. If it is smaller than
+        // the smallest possible session or larger than the remaining size of
+        // the command, then it is an error. NOTE: This check could pass but the
+        // session size could still be wrong. That will be determined after the
+        // sessions are unmarshaled.
+        if(command.authSize < 9 || command.authSize > command.parameterSize)
+        {
+            result = TPM_RC_SIZE;
+            goto Cleanup;
+        }
+        command.parameterSize -= command.authSize;
+
+        // The actions of ParseSessionBuffer() are described in the introduction.
+        // As the sessions are parsed command.parameterBuffer is advanced so, on a
+        // successful return, command.parameterBuffer should be pointing at the
+        // first byte of the parameters.
+        result = ParseSessionBuffer(&command);
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+            goto Cleanup;
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    command.authSize = 0;
-	    // The command has no authorization sessions.
-	    // If the command requires authorizations, then CheckAuthNoSession() will
-	    // return an error.
-	    result = CheckAuthNoSession(&command);
-	    if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-		goto Cleanup;
-	}
+    {
+        command.authSize = 0;
+        // The command has no authorization sessions.
+        // If the command requires authorizations, then CheckAuthNoSession() will
+        // return an error.
+        result = CheckAuthNoSession(&command);
+        if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
+            goto Cleanup;
+    }
     // Set up the response buffer pointers. CommandDispatch will marshal the
     // response parameters starting at the address in command.responseBuffer.
-    //    *response = MemoryGetResponseBuffer(command.index);
+    //*response = MemoryGetResponseBuffer(command.index);
     // leave space for the command header
     command.responseBuffer = *response + STD_RESPONSE_HEADER;
+
     // leave space for the parameter size field if needed
     if(command.tag == TPM_ST_SESSIONS)
-	command.responseBuffer += sizeof(UINT32);
+        command.responseBuffer += sizeof(UINT32);
     if(IsHandleInResponse(command.index))
-	command.responseBuffer += sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
+        command.responseBuffer += sizeof(TPM_HANDLE);
+
     // CommandDispatcher returns a response handle buffer and a response parameter
     // buffer if it succeeds. It will also set the parameterSize field in the
     // buffer if the tag is TPM_RC_SESSIONS.
     result = CommandDispatcher(&command);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	goto Cleanup;
+        goto Cleanup;
+
     // Build the session area at the end of the parameter area.
     result = BuildResponseSession(&command);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	{
-	    goto Cleanup;
-	}
- Cleanup:
-    if(g_clearOrderly == TRUE
-       && NV_IS_ORDERLY)
-	{
+    {
+        goto Cleanup;
+    }
+
+Cleanup:
+    if(g_clearOrderly == TRUE && NV_IS_ORDERLY)
+    {
 #if USE_DA_USED
-	    gp.orderlyState = g_daUsed ? SU_DA_USED_VALUE : SU_NONE_VALUE;
+        gp.orderlyState = g_daUsed ? SU_DA_USED_VALUE : SU_NONE_VALUE;
 #else
-	    gp.orderlyState = SU_NONE_VALUE;
+        gp.orderlyState = SU_NONE_VALUE;
 #endif
-	    NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(orderlyState);
-	}
+        NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(orderlyState);
+    }
     // This implementation loads an "evict" object to a transient object slot in
     // RAM whenever an "evict" object handle is used in a command so that the
     // access to any object is the same. These temporary objects need to be
     // cleared from RAM whether the command succeeds or fails.
     ObjectCleanupEvict();
+
     // The parameters and sessions have been marshaled. Now tack on the header and
     // set the sizes
     BuildResponseHeader(&command, *response, result);
+
     // Try to commit all the writes to NV if any NV write happened during this
     // command execution. This check should be made for both succeeded and failed
     // commands, because a failed one may trigger a NV write in DA logic as well.
     // This is the only place in the command execution path that may call the NV
     // commit. If the NV commit fails, the TPM should be put in failure mode.
     if((g_updateNV != UT_NONE) && !g_inFailureMode)
-	{
-	    if(g_updateNV == UT_ORDERLY)
-		NvUpdateIndexOrderlyData();
-	    if(!NvCommit())
-		FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
-	    g_updateNV = UT_NONE;
-	}
+    {
+        if(g_updateNV == UT_ORDERLY)
+            NvUpdateIndexOrderlyData();
+        if(!NvCommit())
+            FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_INTERNAL);
+        g_updateNV = UT_NONE;
+    }
     pAssert((UINT32)command.parameterSize <= maxResponse);
+
     // Clear unused bits in response buffer.
     MemorySet(*response + *responseSize, 0, maxResponse - *responseSize);
+
     // as a final act, and not before, update the response size.
     *responseSize = (UINT32)command.parameterSize;
+
     return;
 }

src/tpm2/ExecCommand_fp.h

@@ -59,15 +59,56 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef EXECCOMMAND_FP_H
-#define EXECCOMMAND_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:19PM
+ */
 
-LIB_EXPORT void
-ExecuteCommand(
-	       uint32_t         requestSize,   // IN: command buffer size
-	       unsigned char   *request,       // IN: command buffer
-	       uint32_t        *responseSize,  // IN/OUT: response buffer size
-	       unsigned char   **response      // IN/OUT: response buffer
-	       );
+#ifndef _EXEC_COMMAND_FP_H_
+#define _EXEC_COMMAND_FP_H_
 
-#endif
+//** ExecuteCommand()
+//
+// The function performs the following steps.
+//
+//  a)  Parses the command header from input buffer.
+//  b)  Calls ParseHandleBuffer() to parse the handle area of the command.
+//  c)  Validates that each of the handles references a loaded entity.
+//  d)  Calls ParseSessionBuffer () to:
+//      1)  unmarshal and parse the session area;
+//      2)  check the authorizations; and
+//      3)  when necessary, decrypt a parameter.
+//  e)  Calls CommandDispatcher() to:
+//      1)  unmarshal the command parameters from the command buffer;
+//      2)  call the routine that performs the command actions; and
+//      3)  marshal the responses into the response buffer.
+//  f)  If any error occurs in any of the steps above create the error response
+//      and return.
+//  g)  Calls BuildResponseSession() to:
+//      1)  when necessary, encrypt a parameter
+//      2)  build the response authorization sessions
+//      3)  update the audit sessions and nonces
+//  h)  Calls BuildResponseHeader() to complete the construction of the response.
+//
+// 'responseSize' is set by the caller to the maximum number of bytes available in
+// the output buffer. ExecuteCommand will adjust the value and return the number
+// of bytes placed in the buffer.
+//
+// 'response' is also set by the caller to indicate the buffer into which
+//  ExecuteCommand is to place the response.
+//
+//  'request' and 'response' may point to the same buffer
+//
+// Note: As of February, 2016, the failure processing has been moved to the
+// platform-specific code. When the TPM code encounters an unrecoverable failure, it
+// will SET g_inFailureMode and call _plat__Fail(). That function should not return
+// but may call ExecuteCommand().
+//
+LIB_EXPORT void ExecuteCommand(
+    uint32_t        requestSize,   // IN: command buffer size
+    unsigned char*  request,       // IN: command buffer
+    uint32_t*       responseSize,  // IN/OUT: response buffer size
+    unsigned char** response       // IN/OUT: response buffer
+);
+
+#endif  // _EXEC_COMMAND_FP_H_

src/tpm2/ExtraData.c

@@ -81,10 +81,10 @@
 // manufacture and CLEAR.  The buffer will contain the last value provided
 // to the Core library.
 LIB_EXPORT void _plat__GetPlatformManufactureData(uint8_t* pPlatformPersistentData,
-						  uint32_t bufferSize)
+                                                  uint32_t bufferSize)
 {
     if(bufferSize != 0)
-	{
-	    memset((void*)pPlatformPersistentData, 0xFF, bufferSize);
-	}
+    {
+        memset((void*)pPlatformPersistentData, 0xFF, bufferSize);
+    }
 }

src/tpm2/FlushContext_fp.h

@@ -59,20 +59,26 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef FLUSHCONTEXT_FP_H
-#define FLUSHCONTEXT_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT	flushHandle;
+#if CC_FlushContext  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_FLUSHCONTEXT_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_FLUSHCONTEXT_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_CONTEXT flushHandle;
 } FlushContext_In;
 
-#define RC_FlushContext_flushHandle	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_FlushContext_flushHandle (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_FlushContext(
-		  FlushContext_In     *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		  );
+TPM2_FlushContext(FlushContext_In* in);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_FLUSHCONTEXT_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_FlushContext

src/tpm2/GetCapability_fp.h

@@ -59,32 +59,37 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETCAPABILITY_FP_H
-#define GETCAPABILITY_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPM_CAP	capability;
-    UINT32	property;
-    UINT32	propertyCount;
+#if CC_GetCapability  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCAPABILITY_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCAPABILITY_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM_CAP capability;
+    UINT32  property;
+    UINT32  propertyCount;
 } GetCapability_In;
 
-#define RC_GetCapability_capability	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetCapability_property 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_GetCapability_propertyCount	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_YES_NO			moreData;
-    TPMS_CAPABILITY_DATA	capabilityData;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_YES_NO          moreData;
+    TPMS_CAPABILITY_DATA capabilityData;
 } GetCapability_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_GetCapability_capability    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetCapability_property      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_GetCapability_propertyCount (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetCapability(
-		   GetCapability_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		   GetCapability_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		   );
+TPM2_GetCapability(GetCapability_In* in, GetCapability_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCAPABILITY_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetCapability

src/tpm2/GetCommandAuditDigest_fp.h

@@ -59,33 +59,40 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETCOMMANDAUDITDIGEST_FP_H
-#define GETCOMMANDAUDITDIGEST_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT	privacyHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	signHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA		qualifyingData;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME	inScheme;
+#if CC_GetCommandAuditDigest  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCOMMANDAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCOMMANDAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT privacyHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT      signHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA          qualifyingData;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     inScheme;
 } GetCommandAuditDigest_In;
 
-#define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_privacyHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_signHandle 	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_qualifyingData	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_inScheme 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ATTEST	auditInfo;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ATTEST   auditInfo;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE signature;
 } GetCommandAuditDigest_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_privacyHandle  (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_signHandle     (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_qualifyingData (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetCommandAuditDigest_inScheme       (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetCommandAuditDigest(
-			   GetCommandAuditDigest_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-			   GetCommandAuditDigest_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-			   );
+TPM2_GetCommandAuditDigest(GetCommandAuditDigest_In*  in,
+                           GetCommandAuditDigest_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETCOMMANDAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetCommandAuditDigest

src/tpm2/GetRandom_fp.h

@@ -59,26 +59,32 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETRANDOM_FP_H
-#define GETRANDOM_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    UINT16	bytesRequested;
+#if CC_GetRandom  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETRANDOM_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETRANDOM_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    UINT16 bytesRequested;
 } GetRandom_In;
 
-#define RC_GetRandom_bytesRequested	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	randomBytes;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_DIGEST randomBytes;
 } GetRandom_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_GetRandom_bytesRequested (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetRandom(
-	       GetRandom_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	       GetRandom_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	       );
+TPM2_GetRandom(GetRandom_In* in, GetRandom_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETRANDOM_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetRandom

src/tpm2/GetSessionAuditDigest_fp.h

@@ -59,35 +59,42 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETSESSIONAUDITDIGEST_FP_H
-#define GETSESSIONAUDITDIGEST_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT		privacyAdminHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT		signHandle;
-    TPMI_SH_HMAC		sessionHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA			qualifyingData;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME		inScheme;
+#if CC_GetSessionAuditDigest  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETSESSIONAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETSESSIONAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT privacyAdminHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT      signHandle;
+    TPMI_SH_HMAC        sessionHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA          qualifyingData;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     inScheme;
 } GetSessionAuditDigest_In;
 
-#define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_privacyAdminHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_signHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_sessionHandle		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_3)
-#define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_qualifyingData		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_inScheme		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ATTEST	auditInfo;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ATTEST   auditInfo;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE signature;
 } GetSessionAuditDigest_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_privacyAdminHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_signHandle         (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_sessionHandle      (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_3)
+#    define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_qualifyingData     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetSessionAuditDigest_inScheme           (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetSessionAuditDigest(
-			   GetSessionAuditDigest_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-			   GetSessionAuditDigest_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-			   );
+TPM2_GetSessionAuditDigest(GetSessionAuditDigest_In*  in,
+                           GetSessionAuditDigest_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETSESSIONAUDITDIGEST_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetSessionAuditDigest

src/tpm2/GetTestResult_fp.h

@@ -59,21 +59,24 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETTESTRESULT_FP_H
-#define GETTESTRESULT_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct{
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	outData;
-    TPM_RC		testResult;
+#if CC_GetTestResult  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTESTRESULT_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTESTRESULT_FP_H_
+
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER outData;
+    TPM_RC           testResult;
 } GetTestResult_Out;
 
+// Function prototype
+TPM_RC
+TPM2_GetTestResult(GetTestResult_Out* out);
 
-    TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetTestResult(
-		   GetTestResult_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		   );
-
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTESTRESULT_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetTestResult

src/tpm2/GetTime_fp.h

@@ -59,33 +59,39 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef GETTIME_FP_H
-#define GETTIME_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT	privacyAdminHandle;
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	signHandle;
-    TPM2B_DATA		qualifyingData;
-    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME	inScheme;
+#if CC_GetTime  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTIME_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTIME_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_ENDORSEMENT privacyAdminHandle;
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT      signHandle;
+    TPM2B_DATA          qualifyingData;
+    TPMT_SIG_SCHEME     inScheme;
 } GetTime_In;
 
-#define RC_GetTime_privacyAdminHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetTime_signHandle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_GetTime_qualifyingData	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_GetTime_inScheme 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_ATTEST	timeInfo;
-    TPMT_SIGNATURE	signature;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_ATTEST   timeInfo;
+    TPMT_SIGNATURE signature;
 } GetTime_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_GetTime_privacyAdminHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetTime_signHandle         (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_GetTime_qualifyingData     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_GetTime_inScheme           (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_GetTime(
-	     GetTime_In      *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	     GetTime_Out     *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	     );
+TPM2_GetTime(GetTime_In* in, GetTime_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_GETTIME_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_GetTime

src/tpm2/Global.c

@@ -92,17 +92,17 @@
 // are all using consistent string values.
 
 // each instance must define a different struct since the buffer sizes vary.
-#define TPM2B_STRING(name, value)				     \
-    typedef union name##_					     \
-    {									\
-	struct								\
-	{								\
-	    UINT16 size;						\
-	    BYTE   buffer[sizeof(value)];				\
-	} t;								\
-	TPM2B b;							\
-    } TPM2B_##name##_;							\
-    const TPM2B_##name##_ name##_data = {{sizeof(value), {value}}};	\
+#define TPM2B_STRING(name, value)                                   \
+    typedef union name##_                                           \
+    {                                                               \
+        struct                                                      \
+        {                                                           \
+            UINT16 size;                                            \
+            BYTE   buffer[sizeof(value)];                           \
+        } t;                                                        \
+        TPM2B b;                                                    \
+    } TPM2B_##name##_;                                              \
+    const TPM2B_##name##_ name##_data = {{sizeof(value), {value}}}; \
     const TPM2B*          name        = &name##_data.b
 
 TPM2B_STRING(PRIMARY_OBJECT_CREATION, "Primary Object Creation");
@@ -127,19 +127,19 @@ TPM2B_STRING(OAEP_TEST_STRING, "OAEP Test Value");
 
 //*** g_rcIndex[]
 const UINT16 g_rcIndex[15]  = {TPM_RC_1,
-			       TPM_RC_2,
-			       TPM_RC_3,
-			       TPM_RC_4,
-			       TPM_RC_5,
-			       TPM_RC_6,
-			       TPM_RC_7,
-			       TPM_RC_8,
-			       TPM_RC_9,
-			       TPM_RC_A,
-			       TPM_RC_B,
-			       TPM_RC_C,
-			       TPM_RC_D,
-			       TPM_RC_E,
-			       TPM_RC_F};
+                               TPM_RC_2,
+                               TPM_RC_3,
+                               TPM_RC_4,
+                               TPM_RC_5,
+                               TPM_RC_6,
+                               TPM_RC_7,
+                               TPM_RC_8,
+                               TPM_RC_9,
+                               TPM_RC_A,
+                               TPM_RC_B,
+                               TPM_RC_C,
+                               TPM_RC_D,
+                               TPM_RC_E,
+                               TPM_RC_F};
 
 BOOL         g_manufactured = FALSE;

src/tpm2/Global.h

@@ -157,36 +157,36 @@ typedef struct
 {
 #if LITTLE_ENDIAN_TPM == YES                          /* libtpms added */
     unsigned publicOnly : 1;    //0) SET if only the public portion of
-    //   an object is loaded
+                                //   an object is loaded
     unsigned epsHierarchy : 1;  //1) SET if the object belongs to EPS
-    //   Hierarchy
+                                //   Hierarchy
     unsigned ppsHierarchy : 1;  //2) SET if the object belongs to PPS
-    //   Hierarchy
+                                //   Hierarchy
     unsigned spsHierarchy : 1;  //3) SET f the object belongs to SPS
-    //   Hierarchy
+                                //   Hierarchy
     unsigned evict : 1;         //4) SET if the object is a platform or
-    //   owner evict object.  Platform-
-    //   evict object belongs to PPS
-    //   hierarchy, owner-evict object
-    //   belongs to SPS or EPS hierarchy.
-    //   This bit is also used to mark a
-    //   completed sequence object so it
-    //   will be flush when the
-    //   SequenceComplete command succeeds.
+                                //   owner evict object.  Platform-
+                                //   evict object belongs to PPS
+                                //   hierarchy, owner-evict object
+                                //   belongs to SPS or EPS hierarchy.
+                                //   This bit is also used to mark a
+                                //   completed sequence object so it
+                                //   will be flush when the
+                                //   SequenceComplete command succeeds.
     unsigned primary   : 1;     //5) SET for a primary object
     unsigned temporary : 1;     //6) SET for a temporary object
     unsigned stClear   : 1;     //7) SET for an stClear object
     unsigned hmacSeq   : 1;     //8) SET for an HMAC or MAC sequence
-    //   object
+                                //   object
     unsigned hashSeq    : 1;    //9) SET for a hash sequence object
     unsigned eventSeq   : 1;    //10) SET for an event sequence object
     unsigned ticketSafe : 1;    //11) SET if a ticket is safe to create
-    //    for hash sequence object
+                                //    for hash sequence object
     unsigned firstBlock : 1;    //12) SET if the first block of hash
-    //    data has been received.  It
-    //    works with ticketSafe bit
+                                //    data has been received.  It
+                                //    works with ticketSafe bit
     unsigned isParent : 1;      //13) SET if the key has the proper
-    //    attributes to be a parent key
+                                //    attributes to be a parent key
     unsigned privateExp : 1;    //14) SET when the private exponent  	// libtpms: keep
     //                                          //    of an RSA key has been validated.
 #if 0									// lbtpms added
@@ -253,18 +253,18 @@ typedef struct OBJECT
 #endif					// libtpms added end
     TPM2B_NAME        qualifiedName;  // object qualified name
     TPMI_DH_OBJECT    evictHandle;    // if the object is an evict object,
-    // the original handle is kept here.
-    // The 'working' handle will be the
-    // handle of an object slot.
+                                      // the original handle is kept here.
+                                      // The 'working' handle will be the
+                                      // handle of an object slot.
     TPM2B_NAME name;                  // Name of the object name. Kept here
-    // to avoid repeatedly computing it.
+                                      // to avoid repeatedly computing it.
     TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy;      // Hierarchy for the object. While the
-    // base hierarchy can be deduced from
-    // 'attributes', if the hierarchy is
-    // firmware-bound or SVN-bound then
-    // this field carries additional metadata
-    // needed to derive the proof value for
-    // the object.
+                                      // base hierarchy can be deduced from
+                                      // 'attributes', if the hierarchy is
+                                      // firmware-bound or SVN-bound then
+                                      // this field carries additional metadata
+                                      // needed to derive the proof value for
+                                      // the object.
 #if __LONG_WIDTH__ == 32
     UINT8               _pad1[4]; /* 32 bit targets need padding */
 #endif
@@ -292,13 +292,13 @@ typedef struct HASH_OBJECT
     TPMI_ALG_PUBLIC   type;              // algorithm
     TPMI_ALG_HASH     nameAlg;           // name algorithm
     TPMA_OBJECT       objectAttributes;  // object attributes
-    
+
     // The data below is unique to a sequence object
     TPM2B_AUTH auth;  // authorization for use of sequence
     union
     {
-	HASH_STATE hashState[HASH_COUNT];
-	HMAC_STATE hmacState;
+        HASH_STATE hashState[HASH_COUNT];
+        HMAC_STATE hmacState;
     } state;
 } HASH_OBJECT;
 
@@ -436,46 +436,46 @@ typedef struct SESSION
 {
     SESSION_ATTRIBUTES attributes;  // session attributes
     UINT32             pcrCounter;  // PCR counter value when PCR is
-    // included (policy session)
-    // If no PCR is included, this
-    // value is 0.
+                                    // included (policy session)
+                                    // If no PCR is included, this
+                                    // value is 0.
     UINT64 startTime;               // The value in g_time when the session
-    // was started (policy session)
+                                    // was started (policy session)
     UINT64 timeout;                 // The timeout relative to g_time
-    // There is no timeout if this value
-    // is 0.
+                                    // There is no timeout if this value
+                                    // is 0.
     CLOCK_NONCE epoch;              // The g_clockEpoch value when the
-    // session was started. If g_clockEpoch
-    // does not match this value when the
-    // timeout is used, then
-    // then the command will fail.
+                                    // session was started. If g_clockEpoch
+                                    // does not match this value when the
+                                    // timeout is used, then
+                                    // then the command will fail.
     TPM_CC        commandCode;      // command code (policy session)
     TPM_ALG_ID    authHashAlg;      // session hash algorithm
     TPMA_LOCALITY commandLocality;  // command locality (policy session)
     TPMT_SYM_DEF  symmetric;        // session symmetric algorithm (if any)
     TPM2B_AUTH    sessionKey;       // session secret value used for
-    // this session
+                                    // this session
     TPM2B_NONCE nonceTPM;           // last TPM-generated nonce for
-    // generating HMAC and encryption keys
+                                    // generating HMAC and encryption keys
     union
     {
-	TPM2B_NAME boundEntity;  // value used to track the entity to
-	// which the session is bound
-	
-	TPM2B_DIGEST cpHash;        // the required cpHash value for the
-	// command being authorized
-	TPM2B_DIGEST nameHash;      // the required nameHash
-	TPM2B_DIGEST templateHash;  // the required template for creation
-	TPM2B_DIGEST pHash;         // the required parameter hash value for the
-	// command being authorized
+        TPM2B_NAME boundEntity;  // value used to track the entity to
+                                 // which the session is bound
+
+        TPM2B_DIGEST cpHash;        // the required cpHash value for the
+                                    // command being authorized
+        TPM2B_DIGEST nameHash;      // the required nameHash
+        TPM2B_DIGEST templateHash;  // the required template for creation
+        TPM2B_DIGEST pHash;         // the required parameter hash value for the
+                                    // command being authorized
     } u1;
-    
+
     union
     {
-	TPM2B_DIGEST auditDigest;   // audit session digest
-	TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;  // policyHash
+        TPM2B_DIGEST auditDigest;   // audit session digest
+        TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;  // policyHash
     } u2;                           // audit log and policyHash may
-    // share space to save memory
+                                    // share space to save memory
 } SESSION;
 
 #  define EXPIRES_ON_RESET   INT32_MIN
@@ -499,7 +499,7 @@ typedef BYTE SESSION_BUF[sizeof(SESSION)];
 typedef struct PCR_SAVE
 {
     FOR_EACH_HASH(PCR_SAVE_SPACE)
-    
+
     // This counter increments whenever the PCR are updated.
     // NOTE: A platform-specific specification may designate
     //       certain PCR changes as not causing this counter
@@ -531,11 +531,11 @@ typedef struct PCR_AUTH_VALUE
 // This enumeration is the possible startup types. The type is determined
 // by the combination of TPM2_ShutDown and TPM2_Startup.
 typedef enum
-    {
-	SU_RESET,
-	SU_RESTART,
-	SU_RESUME
-    } STARTUP_TYPE;
+{
+    SU_RESET,
+    SU_RESTART,
+    SU_RESUME
+} STARTUP_TYPE;
 
 //**NV
 
@@ -797,15 +797,15 @@ typedef struct
     // data provided by the platform library during manufacturing.
     // Opaque to the TPM Core library, but may be used by the platform library.
     BYTE platformReserved[PERSISTENT_DATA_PLATFORM_SPACE];
-    
+
     //*********************************************************************************
     //          Hierarchy
     //*********************************************************************************
     // The values in this section are related to the hierarchies.
-    
+
     BOOL disableClear;  // TRUE if TPM2_Clear() using
-    // lockoutAuth is disabled
-    
+                        // lockoutAuth is disabled
+
     // Hierarchy authPolicies
     TPMI_ALG_HASH ownerAlg;
     TPMI_ALG_HASH endorsementAlg;
@@ -813,12 +813,12 @@ typedef struct
     TPM2B_DIGEST  ownerPolicy;
     TPM2B_DIGEST  endorsementPolicy;
     TPM2B_DIGEST  lockoutPolicy;
-    
+
     // Hierarchy authValues
     TPM2B_AUTH ownerAuth;
     TPM2B_AUTH endorsementAuth;
     TPM2B_AUTH lockoutAuth;
-    
+
     // Primary Seeds
     TPM2B_SEED EPSeed;
     TPM2B_SEED SPSeed;
@@ -828,13 +828,13 @@ typedef struct
     SEED_COMPAT_LEVEL   SPSeedCompatLevel;
     SEED_COMPAT_LEVEL   PPSeedCompatLevel; // libtpms added end
     // Note there is a nullSeed in the state_reset memory.
-    
+
     // Hierarchy proofs
     TPM2B_PROOF phProof;
     TPM2B_PROOF shProof;
     TPM2B_PROOF ehProof;
     // Note there is a nullProof in the state_reset memory.
-    
+
     //*********************************************************************************
     //          Reset Events
     //*********************************************************************************
@@ -843,28 +843,28 @@ typedef struct
     // manufacture process. It is used to invalidate all saved contexts after a TPM
     // Reset.
     UINT64 totalResetCount;
-    
+
     // This counter increments on each TPM Reset. The counter is reset by
     // TPM2_Clear().
     UINT32 resetCount;
-    
-    //*********************************************************************************
-    //          PCR
-    //*********************************************************************************
-    // This structure hold the policies for those PCR that have an update policy.
-    // This implementation only supports a single group of PCR controlled by
-    // policy. If more are required, then this structure would be changed to
-    // an array.
+
+//*********************************************************************************
+//          PCR
+//*********************************************************************************
+// This structure hold the policies for those PCR that have an update policy.
+// This implementation only supports a single group of PCR controlled by
+// policy. If more are required, then this structure would be changed to
+// an array.
 #  if defined  NUM_POLICY_PCR_GROUP && NUM_POLICY_PCR_GROUP > 0
     PCR_POLICY pcrPolicies;
 #  endif
-    
+
     // This structure indicates the allocation of PCR. The structure contains a
     // list of PCR allocations for each implemented algorithm. If no PCR are
     // allocated for an algorithm, a list entry still exists but the bit map
     // will contain no SET bits.
     TPML_PCR_SELECTION pcrAllocated;
-    
+
     //*********************************************************************************
     //          Physical Presence
     //*********************************************************************************
@@ -875,41 +875,41 @@ typedef struct
     //
     // These bits may be changed with TPM2_PP_Commands().
     BYTE ppList[(COMMAND_COUNT + 7) / 8];
-    
+
     //*********************************************************************************
     //          Dictionary attack values
     //*********************************************************************************
     // These values are used for dictionary attack tracking and control.
     UINT32 failedTries;  // the current count of unexpired
-    // authorization failures
-    
+                         // authorization failures
+
     UINT32 maxTries;  // number of unexpired authorization
-    // failures before the TPM is in
-    // lockout
-    
+                      // failures before the TPM is in
+                      // lockout
+
     UINT32 recoveryTime;  // time between authorization failures
-    // before failedTries is decremented
-    
+                          // before failedTries is decremented
+
     UINT32 lockoutRecovery;  // time that must expire between
-    // authorization failures associated
-    // with lockoutAuth
-    
+                             // authorization failures associated
+                             // with lockoutAuth
+
     BOOL lockOutAuthEnabled;  // TRUE if use of lockoutAuth is
-    // allowed
-    
+                              // allowed
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //            Orderly State
     //*****************************************************************************
     // The orderly state for current cycle
     TPM_SU orderlyState;
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Command audit values.
     //*****************************************************************************
     BYTE          auditCommands[((COMMAND_COUNT + 1) + 7) / 8];
     TPMI_ALG_HASH auditHashAlg;
     UINT64        auditCounter;
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Algorithm selection
     //*****************************************************************************
@@ -917,7 +917,7 @@ typedef struct
     // The 'algorithmSet' value indicates the collection of algorithms that are
     // currently in used on the TPM.  The interpretation of value is vendor dependent.
     UINT32 algorithmSet;
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Firmware version
     //*****************************************************************************
@@ -927,26 +927,26 @@ typedef struct
     // is consistent with vendor needs. The values are maintained in RAM for simplified
     // access with a master version in NV.  These values are modified in a
     // vendor-specific way.
-    
+
     // g_firmwareV1 contains the more significant 32-bits of the vendor version number.
     // In the reference implementation, if this value is printed as a hex
     // value, it will have the format of YYYYMMDD
     UINT32 firmwareV1;
-    
+
     // g_firmwareV1 contains the less significant 32-bits of the vendor version number.
     // In the reference implementation, if this value is printed as a hex
     // value, it will have the format of 00 HH MM SS
     UINT32 firmwareV2;
-    //*****************************************************************************
-    //           Timer Epoch
-    //*****************************************************************************
-    // timeEpoch contains a nonce that has a vendor=specific size (should not be
-    // less than 8 bytes. This nonce changes when the clock epoch changes. The clock
-    // epoch changes when there is a discontinuity in the timing of the TPM.
+//*****************************************************************************
+//           Timer Epoch
+//*****************************************************************************
+// timeEpoch contains a nonce that has a vendor=specific size (should not be
+// less than 8 bytes. This nonce changes when the clock epoch changes. The clock
+// epoch changes when there is a discontinuity in the timing of the TPM.
 #  if !CLOCK_STOPS
     CLOCK_NONCE timeEpoch;
 #  endif
-    
+
 } PERSISTENT_DATA;
 
 EXTERN PERSISTENT_DATA gp;
@@ -962,18 +962,18 @@ typedef struct orderly_data
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           TIME
     //*****************************************************************************
-    
+
     // Clock has two parts. One is the state save part and one is the NV part. The
     // state save version is updated on each command. When the clock rolls over, the
     // NV version is updated. When the TPM starts up, if the TPM was shutdown in and
     // orderly way, then the sClock value is used to initialize the clock. If the
     // TPM shutdown was not orderly, then the persistent value is used and the safe
     // attribute is clear.
-    
+
     UINT64      clock;      // The orderly version of clock
     TPMI_YES_NO clockSafe;  // Indicates if the clock value is
-    // safe.
-    
+                            // safe.
+
     // In many implementations, the quality of the entropy available is not that
     // high. To compensate, the current value of the drbgState can be saved and
     // restored on each power cycle. This prevents the internal state from reverting
@@ -981,31 +981,31 @@ typedef struct orderly_data
     // of entropy. By keeping the old state and adding entropy, the entropy will
     // accumulate.
     DRBG_STATE drbgState;
-    
-    // These values allow the accumulation of self-healing time across orderly shutdown
-    // of the TPM.
+
+// These values allow the accumulation of self-healing time across orderly shutdown
+// of the TPM.
 #  if ACCUMULATE_SELF_HEAL_TIMER
     UINT64 selfHealTimer;  // current value of s_selfHealTimer
     UINT64 lockoutTimer;   // current value of s_lockoutTimer
     UINT64 time;           // current value of g_time at shutdown
 #  endif                   // ACCUMULATE_SELF_HEAL_TIMER
-    
+
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
 #error ACT not supported in ORDERLY_DATA!
-    // These are the ACT Timeout values. They are saved with the other timers
+// These are the ACT Timeout values. They are saved with the other timers
 #  define DefineActData(N) ACT_STATE ACT_##N;
     FOR_EACH_ACT(DefineActData)
-    
+
     // this is the 'signaled' attribute data for all the ACT. It is done this way so
     // that they can be manipulated by ACT number rather than having to access a
     // structure.
     UINT16 signaledACT;
     UINT16 preservedSignaled;
-    
+
 #  if ORDERLY_DATA_PADDING != 0
     BYTE reserved[ORDERLY_DATA_PADDING];
 #  endif
-    
+
 #endif			// libtpms added
 } ORDERLY_DATA;
 
@@ -1042,27 +1042,27 @@ typedef struct state_clear_data
     TPMI_ALG_HASH platformAlg;     // default reset is TPM_ALG_NULL
     TPM2B_DIGEST  platformPolicy;  // default reset is an Empty Buffer
     TPM2B_AUTH    platformAuth;    // default reset is an Empty Buffer
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           PCR
     //*****************************************************************************
     // The set of PCR to be saved on Shutdown(STATE)
     PCR_SAVE pcrSave;  // default reset is 0...0
-    
+
     // This structure hold the authorization values for those PCR that have an
     // update authorization.
     // This implementation only supports a single group of PCR controlled by
     // authorization. If more are required, then this structure would be changed to
     // an array.
     PCR_AUTHVALUE pcrAuthValues;
-    
+
 #ifndef __ACT_DISABLED	// libtpms added
-    //*****************************************************************************
-    //           ACT
-    //*****************************************************************************
+//*****************************************************************************
+//           ACT
+//*****************************************************************************
 #  define DefineActPolicySpace(N) TPMT_HA act_##N;
     FOR_EACH_ACT(DefineActPolicySpace)
-    
+
 #  if STATE_CLEAR_DATA_PADDING != 0
     BYTE reserved[STATE_CLEAR_DATA_PADDING];
 #  endif
@@ -1089,14 +1089,14 @@ typedef struct state_reset_data
     //          Hierarchy Control
     //*****************************************************************************
     TPM2B_PROOF nullProof;  // The proof value associated with
-    // the TPM_RH_NULL hierarchy. The
-    // default reset value is from the RNG.
-    
+                            // the TPM_RH_NULL hierarchy. The
+                            // default reset value is from the RNG.
+
     TPM2B_SEED nullSeed;  // The seed value for the TPM_RN_NULL
+                          // hierarchy. The default reset value
+                          // is from the RNG.
     SEED_COMPAT_LEVEL   nullSeedCompatLevel; // libtpms added
-    // hierarchy. The default reset value
-    // is from the RNG.
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Context
     //*****************************************************************************
@@ -1107,21 +1107,21 @@ typedef struct state_reset_data
     // If 'clearCount' is at its maximum value when the TPM receives a Shutdown(STATE),
     // the TPM will return TPM_RC_RANGE and the TPM will only accept Shutdown(CLEAR).
     UINT32 clearCount;  // The default reset value is 0.
-    
+
     UINT64 objectContextID;  // This is the context ID for a saved
-    //  object context. The default reset
-    //  value is 0.
+                             //  object context. The default reset
+                             //  value is 0.
     CONTEXT_SLOT contextArray[MAX_ACTIVE_SESSIONS];  // This array contains
-    // contains the values used to track
-    // the version numbers of saved
-    // contexts (see
-    // Session.c in for details). The
-    // default reset value is {0}.
-    
+        // contains the values used to track
+        // the version numbers of saved
+        // contexts (see
+        // Session.c in for details). The
+        // default reset value is {0}.
+
     CONTEXT_COUNTER contextCounter;  // This is the value from which the
-    // 'contextID' is derived. The
-    // default reset value is {0}.
-    
+                                     // 'contextID' is derived. The
+                                     // default reset value is {0}.
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Command Audit
     //*****************************************************************************
@@ -1130,18 +1130,18 @@ typedef struct state_reset_data
     // TPM will extend the cpHash and rpHash for the command to this value. If this
     // digest was the Zero Digest before the cpHash was extended, the audit counter
     // is incremented.
-    
+
     TPM2B_DIGEST commandAuditDigest;  // This value is set to an Empty Digest
-    // by TPM2_GetCommandAuditDigest() or a
-    // TPM Reset.
-    
+                                      // by TPM2_GetCommandAuditDigest() or a
+                                      // TPM Reset.
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //           Boot counter
     //*****************************************************************************
-    
+
     UINT32 restartCount;  // This counter counts TPM Restarts.
-    // The default reset value is 0.
-    
+                          // The default reset value is 0.
+
     //*********************************************************************************
     //            PCR
     //*********************************************************************************
@@ -1153,25 +1153,25 @@ typedef struct state_reset_data
     // NOTE: A platform-specific specification may designate that certain PCR changes
     //       do not increment this counter to increment.
     UINT32 pcrCounter;  // The default reset value is 0.
-    
+
 #  if ALG_ECC
-    
+
     //*****************************************************************************
     //         ECDAA
     //*****************************************************************************
     UINT64 commitCounter;  // This counter increments each time
-    // TPM2_Commit() returns
-    // TPM_RC_SUCCESS. The default reset
-    // value is 0.
-    
+                           // TPM2_Commit() returns
+                           // TPM_RC_SUCCESS. The default reset
+                           // value is 0.
+
     TPM2B_NONCE commitNonce;  // This random value is used to compute
-    // the commit values. The default reset
-    // value is from the RNG.
-    
+                              // the commit values. The default reset
+                              // value is from the RNG.
+
     // This implementation relies on the number of bits in g_commitArray being a
     // power of 2 (8, 16, 32, 64, etc.) and no greater than 64K.
     BYTE commitArray[16];  // The default reset value is {0}.
-    
+
 #  endif  // ALG_ECC
 #  if STATE_RESET_DATA_PADDING != 0
     BYTE reserved[STATE_RESET_DATA_PADDING];
@@ -1225,14 +1225,14 @@ EXTERN CONTEXT_SLOT s_ContextSlotMask;
 //** Global Macro Definitions
 // The NV_READ_PERSISTENT and NV_WRITE_PERSISTENT macros are used to access members
 // of the PERSISTENT_DATA structure in NV.
-#  define NV_READ_PERSISTENT(to, from)					\
-    NvRead(&to, offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, from), sizeof(to))
+#  define NV_READ_PERSISTENT(to, from) \
+      NvRead(&to, offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, from), sizeof(to))
 
-#  define NV_WRITE_PERSISTENT(to, from)					\
-    NvWrite(offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, to), sizeof(gp.to), &from)
+#  define NV_WRITE_PERSISTENT(to, from) \
+      NvWrite(offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, to), sizeof(gp.to), &from)
 
-#  define CLEAR_PERSISTENT(item)					\
-    NvClearPersistent(offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, item), sizeof(gp.item))
+#  define CLEAR_PERSISTENT(item) \
+      NvClearPersistent(offsetof(PERSISTENT_DATA, item), sizeof(gp.item))
 
 #  define NV_SYNC_PERSISTENT(item) NV_WRITE_PERSISTENT(item, gp.item)
 
@@ -1248,9 +1248,9 @@ typedef struct _COMMAND_FLAGS_
 {
 #if LITTLE_ENDIAN_TPM == YES               /* libtpms added */
     unsigned trialPolicy : 1;  //1) If SET, one of the handles references a
-    //   trial policy and authorization may be
-    //   skipped. This is only allowed for a policy
-    //   command.
+                               //   trial policy and authorization may be
+                               //   skipped. This is only allowed for a policy
+                               //   command.
     unsigned    reserved : 31;     //2-31) /* libtpms added begin */
 #endif
 #if BIG_ENDIAN_TPM == YES
@@ -1276,20 +1276,20 @@ typedef struct COMMAND
     TPM_CC        code;                  // the parsed command code
     COMMAND_INDEX index;                 // the computed command index
     UINT32        handleNum;             // the number of entity handles in the
-    //   handle area of the command
+                                         //   handle area of the command
     TPM_HANDLE handles[MAX_HANDLE_NUM];  // the parsed handle values
     UINT32     sessionNum;               // the number of sessions found
     INT32      parameterSize;            // starts out with the parsed command size
-    // and is reduced and values are
-    // unmarshaled. Just before calling the
-    // command actions, this should be zero.
-    // After the command actions, this number
-    // should grow as values are marshaled
-    // in to the response buffer.
+                                         // and is reduced and values are
+                                         // unmarshaled. Just before calling the
+                                         // command actions, this should be zero.
+                                         // After the command actions, this number
+                                         // should grow as values are marshaled
+                                         // in to the response buffer.
     INT32 authSize;                      // this is initialized with the parsed size
-    // of authorizationSize field and should
-    // be zero when the authorizations are
-    // parsed.
+                                         // of authorizationSize field and should
+                                         // be zero when the authorizations are
+                                         // parsed.
     BYTE* parameterBuffer;               // input to ExecuteCommand
     BYTE* responseBuffer;                // input to ExecuteCommand
     FOR_EACH_HASH(CP_HASH)               // space for the CP hashes
@@ -1501,7 +1501,7 @@ EXTERN int s_freeSessionSlots;
 // dispatch code will marshal the response values into the final output buffer.
 EXTERN UINT64 s_actionIoBuffer[768];  // action I/O buffer
 EXTERN UINT32 s_actionIoAllocation;   // number of UIN64 allocated for the
-// action input structure
+                                      // action input structure
 #  endif                              // IO_BUFFER_C
 
 //*****************************************************************************

src/tpm2/GpMacros.h

@@ -101,9 +101,9 @@
 #  endif
 #endif  // FAIL_TRACE
 
-	// SETFAILED calls TpmFail.  It may or may not return based on the NO_LONGJMP flag.
-	// CODELOCATOR is a macro that expands to either one 64-bit value that encodes the
-	// location, or two parameters: Function Name and Line Number.
+// SETFAILED calls TpmFail.  It may or may not return based on the NO_LONGJMP flag.
+// CODELOCATOR is a macro that expands to either one 64-bit value that encodes the
+// location, or two parameters: Function Name and Line Number.
 #define SETFAILED(errorCode) (TpmFail(CODELOCATOR(), errorCode))
 
 // If implementation is using longjmp, then calls to TpmFail() will never
@@ -156,12 +156,12 @@
 #  define FAIL_RC(failCode)                SETFAILED(failCode)
 #  define FAIL_VOID(failCode)              SETFAILED(failCode)
 #  define FAIL_NULL(failCode)              SETFAILED(failCode)
-#  define FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode)	     \
-    do								     \
-	{							     \
-	    SETFAILED(failCode);				     \
-	    goto Exit;						     \
-	} while(0)
+#  define FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode) \
+      do                                             \
+      {                                              \
+          SETFAILED(failCode);                       \
+          goto Exit;                                 \
+      } while(0)
 
 #else  // NO_LONGJMP
 // no longjmp service is available
@@ -175,20 +175,20 @@
 #  define FAIL_NORET(failCode) SETFAILED(failCode)
 
 // fail and immediately return void
-#  define FAIL_VOID(failCode)		       \
-    do						       \
-	{					       \
-	    SETFAILED(failCode);		       \
-	    return;				       \
-	} while(0)
+#  define FAIL_VOID(failCode)  \
+      do                       \
+      {                        \
+          SETFAILED(failCode); \
+          return;              \
+      } while(0)
 
 // fail and immediately return a value
-#  define FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, retval)			   \
-    do								   \
-	{								\
-	    SETFAILED(failCode);					\
-	    return retval;						\
-	} while(0)
+#  define FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, retval) \
+      do                                   \
+      {                                    \
+          SETFAILED(failCode);             \
+          return retval;                   \
+      } while(0)
 
 // fail and return FALSE
 #  define FAIL_BOOL(failCode) FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, FALSE)
@@ -200,13 +200,13 @@
 #  define FAIL_NULL(failCode) FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, NULL)
 
 // fail and return using the goto exit pattern
-#  define FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode)			\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    SETFAILED(failCode);					\
-	    returnVar = returnCode;					\
-	    goto Exit;							\
-	} while(0)
+#  define FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode) \
+      do                                             \
+      {                                              \
+          SETFAILED(failCode);                       \
+          returnVar = returnCode;                    \
+          goto Exit;                                 \
+      } while(0)
 
 #endif
 
@@ -214,66 +214,66 @@
 // if it is not. If longjmp is being used, then the macro makes a call from
 // which there is no return. Otherwise, the function will return the given
 // return code.
-#define VERIFY(condition, failCode, returnCode)				\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(!(condition))						\
-		{							\
-		    FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, returnCode);		\
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY(condition, failCode, returnCode)   \
+    do                                            \
+    {                                             \
+        if(!(condition))                          \
+        {                                         \
+            FAIL_IMMEDIATE(failCode, returnCode); \
+        }                                         \
+    } while(0)
 
 // this function also verifies a condition and enters failure mode, but sets a
 // return value and jumps to Exit on failure - allowing for cleanup.
-#define VERIFY_OR_EXIT(condition, failCode, returnVar, returnCode)	\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(!(condition))						\
-		{							\
-		    FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode);		\
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY_OR_EXIT(condition, failCode, returnVar, returnCode) \
+    do                                                             \
+    {                                                              \
+        if(!(condition))                                           \
+        {                                                          \
+            FAIL_EXIT(failCode, returnVar, returnCode);            \
+        }                                                          \
+    } while(0)
 
 // verify the given TPM_RC is success and we are not in
 // failure mode.  Otherwise, return immediately with TPM_RC_FAILURE.
 // note that failure mode is checked first so that an existing FATAL_* error code
 // is not overwritten with the default from this macro.
-#define VERIFY_RC(rc)							\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(g_inFailureMode)						\
-		{							\
-		    return TPM_RC_FAILURE;				\
-		}							\
-	    if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)					\
-		{							\
-		    FAIL_IMMEDIATE(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT, TPM_RC_FAILURE); \
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY_RC(rc)                                           \
+    do                                                          \
+    {                                                           \
+        if(g_inFailureMode)                                     \
+        {                                                       \
+            return TPM_RC_FAILURE;                              \
+        }                                                       \
+        if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)                                \
+        {                                                       \
+            FAIL_IMMEDIATE(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT, TPM_RC_FAILURE); \
+        }                                                       \
+    } while(0)
 
 // verify the TPM is not in failure mode or return failure
-#define VERIFY_NOT_FAILED()						\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(g_inFailureMode)						\
-		{							\
-		    return TPM_RC_FAILURE;				\
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY_NOT_FAILED()        \
+    do                             \
+    {                              \
+        if(g_inFailureMode)        \
+        {                          \
+            return TPM_RC_FAILURE; \
+        }                          \
+    } while(0)
 
 // Enter failure mode if the given TPM_RC is not success, return void.
-#define VERIFY_RC_VOID(rc)						\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(g_inFailureMode)						\
-		{							\
-		    return;						\
-		}							\
-	    if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)					\
-		{							\
-		    FAIL_VOID(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);			\
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY_RC_VOID(rc)                 \
+    do                                     \
+    {                                      \
+        if(g_inFailureMode)                \
+        {                                  \
+            return;                        \
+        }                                  \
+        if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)           \
+        {                                  \
+            FAIL_VOID(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+        }                                  \
+    } while(0)
 
 // These VERIFY_CRYPTO macros all set failure mode to FATAL_ERROR_CRYPTO
 // and immediately return.  The general way to parse the names is:
@@ -300,95 +300,95 @@
 #define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_NULL(fn) VERIFY((fn), FATAL_ERROR_CRYPTO, NULL)
 
 // these VERIFY_CRYPTO macros all set a result value and goto Exit
-#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT(fn, returnVar, returnCode)		\
+#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT(fn, returnVar, returnCode) \
     VERIFY_OR_EXIT(fn, FATAL_ERROR_CRYPTO, returnVar, returnCode);
 
 // these VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT functions assume the return value variable is
 // named retVal
-#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_RC(fn)					\
+#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_RC(fn) \
     VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_GENERIC(fn, retVal, TPM_RC_FAILURE)
 
-#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_FALSE(fn)				\
+#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_FALSE(fn) \
     VERIFY_CRYPTO_OR_EXIT_GENERIC(fn, retVal, FALSE)
 
-#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_RC_OR_EXIT(fn)			       \
-    do							       \
-	{							       \
-	    TPM_RC rc = fn;					       \
-	    if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)				       \
-		{							\
-		    FAIL_EXIT(FATAL_ERROR_CRYPTO, retVal, rc);		\
-		}							\
-	} while(0)
+#define VERIFY_CRYPTO_RC_OR_EXIT(fn)                   \
+    do                                                 \
+    {                                                  \
+        TPM_RC rc = fn;                                \
+        if(rc != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)                       \
+        {                                              \
+            FAIL_EXIT(FATAL_ERROR_CRYPTO, retVal, rc); \
+        }                                              \
+    } while(0)
 
 #if(defined EMPTY_ASSERT) && (EMPTY_ASSERT != NO)
 #  define pAssert(a) ((void)0)
 #else
-#  define pAssert(a)					   \
-    do							   \
-	{							   \
-	    if(!(a))						   \
-		FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_PARAMETER);			   \
-	} while(0)
+#  define pAssert(a)                       \
+      do                                   \
+      {                                    \
+          if(!(a))                         \
+              FAIL(FATAL_ERROR_PARAMETER); \
+      } while(0)
 
-#  define pAssert_ZERO(a)						\
-    do									\
-	{								\
-	    if(!(a))							\
-		FAIL_IMMEDIATE(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT, 0);			\
-	} while(0);
+#  define pAssert_ZERO(a)                            \
+      do                                             \
+      {                                              \
+          if(!(a))                                   \
+              FAIL_IMMEDIATE(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT, 0); \
+      } while(0);
 
-#  define pAssert_RC(a)				   \
-    do						   \
-	{						   \
-	    if(!(a))					   \
-		FAIL_RC(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);		   \
-	} while(0);
+#  define pAssert_RC(a)                    \
+      do                                   \
+      {                                    \
+          if(!(a))                         \
+              FAIL_RC(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+      } while(0);
 
-#  define pAssert_BOOL(a)			     \
-    do						     \
-	{						     \
-	    if(!(a))					     \
-		FAIL_BOOL(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);		     \
-	} while(0);
+#  define pAssert_BOOL(a)                    \
+      do                                     \
+      {                                      \
+          if(!(a))                           \
+              FAIL_BOOL(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+      } while(0);
 
-#  define pAssert_NULL(a)			     \
-    do						     \
-	{						     \
-	    if(!(a))					     \
-		FAIL_NULL(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);		     \
-	} while(0);
+#  define pAssert_NULL(a)                    \
+      do                                     \
+      {                                      \
+          if(!(a))                           \
+              FAIL_NULL(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+      } while(0);
 
 // using FAIL_NORET isn't optimium but is available in limited cases that
 // result in wrong calculated values, and can be checked later
 // but should have no vulnerability implications.
-#  define pAssert_NORET(a)			      \
-    {						      \
-	if(!(a))					      \
-	    FAIL_NORET(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);		      \
-    }
+#  define pAssert_NORET(a)                    \
+      {                                       \
+          if(!(a))                            \
+              FAIL_NORET(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+      }
 
 // this macro is used where a calling code has been verified to function correctly
 // when the failing assert immediately returns without an error code.
 // this can be because either the caller checks the fatal error flag, or
 // the state is safe and a higher-level check will catch it.
-#  define pAssert_VOID_OK(a)			     \
-    {						     \
-	if(!(a))					     \
-	    FAIL_VOID(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT);		     \
-    }
+#  define pAssert_VOID_OK(a)                 \
+      {                                      \
+          if(!(a))                           \
+              FAIL_VOID(FATAL_ERROR_ASSERT); \
+      }
 
 #endif
 
 // These macros are commonly used in the "Crypt" code as a way to keep listings from
 // getting too long. This is not to save paper but to allow one to see more
 // useful stuff on the screen at any given time.  Neither macro sets failure mode.
-#define ERROR_EXIT(returnCode)	       \
-    do				       \
-	{				       \
-	    retVal = returnCode;	       \
-	    goto Exit;			       \
-	} while(0)
+#define ERROR_EXIT(returnCode) \
+    do                         \
+    {                          \
+        retVal = returnCode;   \
+        goto Exit;             \
+    } while(0)
 
 // braces are necessary for this usage:
 // if (y)
@@ -397,17 +397,17 @@
 // without braces the else would attach to the GOTO macro instead of the
 // outer if statement; given the amount of TPM code that doesn't use braces on
 // if statements, this is a live risk.
-#define GOTO_ERROR_UNLESS(_X)		      \
-    do					      \
-	{				      \
-	    if(!(_X))				      \
-		goto Error;			      \
-	} while(0)
+#define GOTO_ERROR_UNLESS(_X) \
+    do                        \
+    {                         \
+        if(!(_X))             \
+            goto Error;       \
+    } while(0)
 
 #include "MinMax.h"
 
 #ifndef IsOdd
-#  define IsOdd(a) (((a)&1) != 0)
+#  define IsOdd(a) (((a) & 1) != 0)
 #endif
 
 #ifndef BITS_TO_BYTES
@@ -455,10 +455,10 @@
 #  define SET_ATTRIBUTE(a, type, b)   (a.b = SET)
 #  define CLEAR_ATTRIBUTE(a, type, b) (a.b = CLEAR)
 #  define GET_ATTRIBUTE(a, type, b)   (a.b)
-#  define TPMA_ZERO_INITIALIZER()		  \
-    {							  \
-	0						  \
-    }
+#  define TPMA_ZERO_INITIALIZER() \
+      {                           \
+          0                       \
+      }
 #else
 #  define IS_ATTRIBUTE(a, type, b)    ((a & type##_##b) != 0)
 #  define SET_ATTRIBUTE(a, type, b)   (a |= type##_##b)

src/tpm2/HMAC_Start_fp.h

@@ -59,30 +59,36 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HMAC_START_FP_H
-#define HMAC_START_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	handle;
-    TPM2B_AUTH		auth;
-    TPMI_ALG_HASH	hashAlg;
+#if CC_HMAC_Start  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_START_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_START_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT handle;
+    TPM2B_AUTH     auth;
+    TPMI_ALG_HASH  hashAlg;
 } HMAC_Start_In;
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	sequenceHandle;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT sequenceHandle;
 } HMAC_Start_Out;
 
-#define RC_HMAC_Start_handle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HMAC_Start_auth	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HMAC_Start_hashAlg	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_HMAC_Start_handle  (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HMAC_Start_auth    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HMAC_Start_hashAlg (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_HMAC_Start(
-		HMAC_Start_In   *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		HMAC_Start_Out  *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		);
+TPM2_HMAC_Start(HMAC_Start_In* in, HMAC_Start_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_START_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_HMAC_Start

src/tpm2/HMAC_fp.h

@@ -59,30 +59,36 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HMAC_FP_H
-#define HMAC_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	handle;
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	buffer;
-    TPMI_ALG_HASH	hashAlg;
+#if CC_HMAC  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT   handle;
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER buffer;
+    TPMI_ALG_HASH    hashAlg;
 } HMAC_In;
 
-#define RC_HMAC_handle 		(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HMAC_buffer		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HMAC_hashAlg 	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	outHMAC;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_DIGEST outHMAC;
 } HMAC_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_HMAC_handle  (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HMAC_buffer  (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HMAC_hashAlg (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_HMAC(
-	  HMAC_In         *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	  HMAC_Out        *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	  );
+TPM2_HMAC(HMAC_In* in, HMAC_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HMAC_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_HMAC

src/tpm2/Handle.c

@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
 // This function returns the type of a handle which is the MSO of the handle.
 TPM_HT
 HandleGetType(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: a handle to be checked
-	      )
+)
 {
     // return the upper bytes of input data
     return (TPM_HT)((handle & HR_RANGE_MASK) >> HR_SHIFT);
@@ -82,63 +82,63 @@ HandleGetType(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: a handle to be checked
 // is no next higher value, it returns 0:
 TPM_HANDLE
 NextPermanentHandle(TPM_HANDLE inHandle  // IN: the handle to check
-		    )
+)
 {
     // If inHandle is below the start of the range of permanent handles
     // set it to the start and scan from there
     if(inHandle < TPM_RH_FIRST)
-	inHandle = TPM_RH_FIRST;
+        inHandle = TPM_RH_FIRST;
     // scan from input value until we find an implemented permanent handle
     // or go out of range
     for(; inHandle <= TPM_RH_LAST; inHandle++)
-	{
-	    // Skip over gaps in the reserved handle space.
-	    if(inHandle > TPM_RH_FW_NULL && inHandle < SVN_OWNER_FIRST)
-		inHandle = SVN_OWNER_FIRST;
-	    if(inHandle > SVN_OWNER_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_OWNER_LAST)
-		inHandle = SVN_ENDORSEMENT_FIRST;
-	    if(inHandle > SVN_ENDORSEMENT_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_ENDORSEMENT_LAST)
-		inHandle = SVN_PLATFORM_FIRST;
-	    if(inHandle > SVN_PLATFORM_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_PLATFORM_LAST)
-		inHandle = SVN_NULL_FIRST;
-	    if(inHandle > SVN_NULL_FIRST)
-		inHandle = TPM_RH_LAST;
-	    
-	    switch(inHandle)
-		{
-		  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-		  case TPM_RH_NULL:
-		  case TPM_RS_PW:
-		  case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
-		  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-		  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-		  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM_NV:
+    {
+        // Skip over gaps in the reserved handle space.
+        if(inHandle > TPM_RH_FW_NULL && inHandle < SVN_OWNER_FIRST)
+            inHandle = SVN_OWNER_FIRST;
+        if(inHandle > SVN_OWNER_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_OWNER_LAST)
+            inHandle = SVN_ENDORSEMENT_FIRST;
+        if(inHandle > SVN_ENDORSEMENT_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_ENDORSEMENT_LAST)
+            inHandle = SVN_PLATFORM_FIRST;
+        if(inHandle > SVN_PLATFORM_FIRST && inHandle <= SVN_PLATFORM_LAST)
+            inHandle = SVN_NULL_FIRST;
+        if(inHandle > SVN_NULL_FIRST)
+            inHandle = TPM_RH_LAST;
+
+        switch(inHandle)
+        {
+            case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+            case TPM_RH_NULL:
+            case TPM_RS_PW:
+            case TPM_RH_LOCKOUT:
+            case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+            case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+            case TPM_RH_PLATFORM_NV:
 #if FW_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  case TPM_RH_FW_OWNER:
-		  case TPM_RH_FW_ENDORSEMENT:
-		  case TPM_RH_FW_PLATFORM:
-		  case TPM_RH_FW_NULL:
+            case TPM_RH_FW_OWNER:
+            case TPM_RH_FW_ENDORSEMENT:
+            case TPM_RH_FW_PLATFORM:
+            case TPM_RH_FW_NULL:
 #endif
 #if SVN_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  case TPM_RH_SVN_OWNER_BASE:
-		  case TPM_RH_SVN_ENDORSEMENT_BASE:
-		  case TPM_RH_SVN_PLATFORM_BASE:
-		  case TPM_RH_SVN_NULL_BASE:
+            case TPM_RH_SVN_OWNER_BASE:
+            case TPM_RH_SVN_ENDORSEMENT_BASE:
+            case TPM_RH_SVN_PLATFORM_BASE:
+            case TPM_RH_SVN_NULL_BASE:
 #endif
 #if VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_ENABLED == YES
-		  case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
+            case VENDOR_PERMANENT_AUTH_HANDLE:
 #endif
-		    // Each of the implemented ACT
+// Each of the implemented ACT
 #define ACT_IMPLEMENTED_CASE(N) case TPM_RH_ACT_##N:
-		    
-		    FOR_EACH_ACT(ACT_IMPLEMENTED_CASE)
-			
-			return inHandle;
-		    break;
-		  default:
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+
+                FOR_EACH_ACT(ACT_IMPLEMENTED_CASE)
+
+                return inHandle;
+                break;
+            default:
+                break;
+        }
+    }
     // Out of range on the top
     return 0;
 }
@@ -152,40 +152,40 @@ NextPermanentHandle(TPM_HANDLE inHandle  // IN: the handle to check
 //      NO          all the available handles has been returned
 TPMI_YES_NO
 PermanentCapGetHandles(TPM_HANDLE   handle,     // IN: start handle
-		       UINT32       count,      // IN: count of returned handles
-		       TPML_HANDLE* handleList  // OUT: list of handle
-		       )
+                       UINT32       count,      // IN: count of returned handles
+                       TPML_HANDLE* handleList  // OUT: list of handle
+)
 {
     TPMI_YES_NO more = NO;
     UINT32      i;
-    
+
     pAssert(HandleGetType(handle) == TPM_HT_PERMANENT);
-    
+
     // Initialize output handle list
     handleList->count = 0;
-    
+
     // The maximum count of handles we may return is MAX_CAP_HANDLES
     if(count > MAX_CAP_HANDLES)
-	count = MAX_CAP_HANDLES;
-    
+        count = MAX_CAP_HANDLES;
+
     // Iterate permanent handle range
     for(i = NextPermanentHandle(handle); i != 0; i = NextPermanentHandle(i + 1))
-	{
-	    if(handleList->count < count)
-		{
-		    // If we have not filled up the return list, add this permanent
-		    // handle to it
-		    handleList->handle[handleList->count] = i;
-		    handleList->count++;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    // If the return list is full but we still have permanent handle
-		    // available, report this and stop iterating
-		    more = YES;
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        if(handleList->count < count)
+        {
+            // If we have not filled up the return list, add this permanent
+            // handle to it
+            handleList->handle[handleList->count] = i;
+            handleList->count++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If the return list is full but we still have permanent handle
+            // available, report this and stop iterating
+            more = YES;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
     return more;
 }
 
@@ -194,17 +194,17 @@ PermanentCapGetHandles(TPM_HANDLE   handle,     // IN: start handle
 BOOL PermanentCapGetOneHandle(TPM_HANDLE handle)  // IN: handle
 {
     UINT32 i;
-    
+
     pAssert(HandleGetType(handle) == TPM_HT_PERMANENT);
-    
+
     // Iterate permanent handle range
     for(i = NextPermanentHandle(handle); i != 0; i = NextPermanentHandle(i + 1))
-	{
-	    if(i == handle)
-		{
-		    return TRUE;
-		}
-	}
+    {
+        if(i == handle)
+        {
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }
 
@@ -217,76 +217,76 @@ BOOL PermanentCapGetOneHandle(TPM_HANDLE handle)  // IN: handle
 //      NO          all the available handles has been returned
 TPMI_YES_NO
 PermanentHandleGetPolicy(TPM_HANDLE handle,  // IN: start handle
-			 UINT32     count,   // IN: max count of returned handles
-			 TPML_TAGGED_POLICY* policyList  // OUT: list of handle
-			 )
+                         UINT32     count,   // IN: max count of returned handles
+                         TPML_TAGGED_POLICY* policyList  // OUT: list of handle
+)
 {
     TPMI_YES_NO more = NO;
-    
+
     pAssert(HandleGetType(handle) == TPM_HT_PERMANENT);
-    
+
     // Initialize output handle list
     policyList->count = 0;
-    
+
     // The maximum count of policies we may return is MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES
     if(count > MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES)
-	count = MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES;
-    
+        count = MAX_TAGGED_POLICIES;
+
     // Iterate permanent handle range
     for(handle = NextPermanentHandle(handle); handle != 0;
-	handle = NextPermanentHandle(handle + 1))
-	{
-	    TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;
-	    TPM_ALG_ID   policyAlg;
-	    // Check to see if this permanent handle has a policy
-	    policyAlg = EntityGetAuthPolicy(handle, &policyDigest);
-	    if(policyAlg == TPM_ALG_ERROR)
-		continue;
-	    if(policyList->count < count)
-		{
-		    // If we have not filled up the return list, add this
-		    // policy to the list;
-		    policyList->policies[policyList->count].handle             = handle;
-		    policyList->policies[policyList->count].policyHash.hashAlg = policyAlg;
-		    MemoryCopy(&policyList->policies[policyList->count].policyHash.digest,
-			       policyDigest.t.buffer,
-			       policyDigest.t.size);
-		    policyList->count++;
-		}
-	    else
-		{
-		    // If the return list is full but we still have permanent handle
-		    // available, report this and stop iterating
-		    more = YES;
-		    break;
-		}
-	}
+        handle = NextPermanentHandle(handle + 1))
+    {
+        TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;
+        TPM_ALG_ID   policyAlg;
+        // Check to see if this permanent handle has a policy
+        policyAlg = EntityGetAuthPolicy(handle, &policyDigest);
+        if(policyAlg == TPM_ALG_ERROR)
+            continue;
+        if(policyList->count < count)
+        {
+            // If we have not filled up the return list, add this
+            // policy to the list;
+            policyList->policies[policyList->count].handle             = handle;
+            policyList->policies[policyList->count].policyHash.hashAlg = policyAlg;
+            MemoryCopy(&policyList->policies[policyList->count].policyHash.digest,
+                       policyDigest.t.buffer,
+                       policyDigest.t.size);
+            policyList->count++;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // If the return list is full but we still have permanent handle
+            // available, report this and stop iterating
+            more = YES;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
     return more;
 }
 
 //*** PermanentHandleGetOnePolicy()
 // This function returns a permanent handle's policy, if present.
 BOOL PermanentHandleGetOnePolicy(TPM_HANDLE          handle,  // IN: handle
-				 TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY* policy   // OUT: tagged policy
-				 )
+                                 TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY* policy   // OUT: tagged policy
+)
 {
     pAssert(HandleGetType(handle) == TPM_HT_PERMANENT);
-    
+
     if(NextPermanentHandle(handle) == handle)
-	{
-	    TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;
-	    TPM_ALG_ID   policyAlg;
-	    // Check to see if this permanent handle has a policy
-	    policyAlg = EntityGetAuthPolicy(handle, &policyDigest);
-	    if(policyAlg == TPM_ALG_ERROR)
-		{
-		    return FALSE;
-		}
-	    policy->handle             = handle;
-	    policy->policyHash.hashAlg = policyAlg;
-	    MemoryCopy(
-		       &policy->policyHash.digest, policyDigest.t.buffer, policyDigest.t.size);
-	    return TRUE;
-	}
+    {
+        TPM2B_DIGEST policyDigest;
+        TPM_ALG_ID   policyAlg;
+        // Check to see if this permanent handle has a policy
+        policyAlg = EntityGetAuthPolicy(handle, &policyDigest);
+        if(policyAlg == TPM_ALG_ERROR)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        policy->handle             = handle;
+        policy->policyHash.hashAlg = policyAlg;
+        MemoryCopy(
+            &policy->policyHash.digest, policyDigest.t.buffer, policyDigest.t.size);
+        return TRUE;
+    }
     return FALSE;
 }

src/tpm2/Handle_fp.h

@@ -58,33 +58,63 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef HANDLE_FP_H
-#define HANDLE_FP_H
+/*(Auto-generated)
+ *  Created by TpmPrototypes; Version 3.0 July 18, 2017
+ *  Date: Mar 28, 2019  Time: 08:25:19PM
+ */
 
+#ifndef _HANDLE_FP_H_
+#define _HANDLE_FP_H_
+
+//*** HandleGetType()
+// This function returns the type of a handle which is the MSO of the handle.
 TPM_HT
-HandleGetType(
-	      TPM_HANDLE       handle         // IN: a handle to be checked
-	      );
-TPM_HANDLE
-NextPermanentHandle(
-		    TPM_HANDLE       inHandle       // IN: the handle to check
-		    );
-TPMI_YES_NO
-PermanentCapGetHandles(
-		       TPM_HANDLE       handle,        // IN: start handle
-		       UINT32           count,         // IN: count of returned handles
-		       TPML_HANDLE     *handleList     // OUT: list of handle
-		       );
-BOOL PermanentCapGetOneHandle(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: handle
-			      );
-TPMI_YES_NO
-PermanentHandleGetPolicy(
-			 TPM_HANDLE           handle,        // IN: start handle
-			 UINT32               count,         // IN: count of returned handles
-			 TPML_TAGGED_POLICY  *policyList     // OUT: list of handle
-			 );
-BOOL PermanentHandleGetOnePolicy(TPM_HANDLE          handle,  // IN: handle
-				 TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY* policy   // OUT: tagged policy
-				 );
+HandleGetType(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: a handle to be checked
+);
 
-#endif
+//*** NextPermanentHandle()
+// This function returns the permanent handle that is equal to the input value or
+// is the next higher value. If there is no handle with the input value and there
+// is no next higher value, it returns 0:
+TPM_HANDLE
+NextPermanentHandle(TPM_HANDLE inHandle  // IN: the handle to check
+);
+
+//*** PermanentCapGetHandles()
+// This function returns a list of the permanent handles of PCR, started from
+// 'handle'. If 'handle' is larger than the largest permanent handle, an empty list
+// will be returned with 'more' set to NO.
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//      YES         if there are more handles available
+//      NO          all the available handles has been returned
+TPMI_YES_NO
+PermanentCapGetHandles(TPM_HANDLE   handle,     // IN: start handle
+                       UINT32       count,      // IN: count of returned handles
+                       TPML_HANDLE* handleList  // OUT: list of handle
+);
+
+//*** PermanentCapGetOneHandle()
+// This function returns whether a permanent handle exists.
+BOOL PermanentCapGetOneHandle(TPM_HANDLE handle  // IN: handle
+);
+
+//*** PermanentHandleGetPolicy()
+// This function returns a list of the permanent handles of PCR, started from
+// 'handle'. If 'handle' is larger than the largest permanent handle, an empty list
+// will be returned with 'more' set to NO.
+//  Return Type: TPMI_YES_NO
+//      YES         if there are more handles available
+//      NO          all the available handles has been returned
+TPMI_YES_NO
+PermanentHandleGetPolicy(TPM_HANDLE handle,  // IN: start handle
+                         UINT32     count,   // IN: max count of returned handles
+                         TPML_TAGGED_POLICY* policyList  // OUT: list of handle
+);
+
+//*** PermanentHandleGetOnePolicy()
+// This function returns a permanent handle's policy, if present.
+BOOL PermanentHandleGetOnePolicy(TPM_HANDLE          handle,  // IN: handle
+                                 TPMS_TAGGED_POLICY* policy   // OUT: tagged policy
+);
+
+#endif  // _HANDLE_FP_H_

src/tpm2/HashSequenceStart_fp.h

@@ -59,30 +59,34 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HASHSEQUENCESTART_FP_H
-#define HASHSEQUENCESTART_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_AUTH		auth;
-    TPMI_ALG_HASH	hashAlg;
+#if CC_HashSequenceStart  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASHSEQUENCESTART_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASHSEQUENCESTART_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_AUTH    auth;
+    TPMI_ALG_HASH hashAlg;
 } HashSequenceStart_In;
 
-#define RC_HashSequenceStart_auth	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HashSequenceStart_hashAlg	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_DH_OBJECT	sequenceHandle;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_DH_OBJECT sequenceHandle;
 } HashSequenceStart_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_HashSequenceStart_auth    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HashSequenceStart_hashAlg (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
-
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_HashSequenceStart(
-		       HashSequenceStart_In    *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-		       HashSequenceStart_Out   *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-		       );
+TPM2_HashSequenceStart(HashSequenceStart_In* in, HashSequenceStart_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASHSEQUENCESTART_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_HashSequenceStart

src/tpm2/HashTestData.h

@@ -59,72 +59,81 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-#ifndef HASHTESTDATA_H
-#define HASHTESTDATA_H
+//
+// Hash Test Vectors
+//
 
-/* 10.1.8 HashTestData.h */
-/* Hash Test Vectors */
-TPM2B_TYPE(HASH_TEST_KEY, 128); // Twice the largest digest size
-TPM2B_HASH_TEST_KEY        c_hashTestKey = {{128, {
-	    0xa0,0xed,0x5c,0x9a,0xd2,0x4a,0x21,0x40,0x1a,0xd0,0x81,0x47,0x39,0x63,0xf9,0x50,
-	    0xdc,0x59,0x47,0x11,0x40,0x13,0x99,0x92,0xc0,0x72,0xa4,0x0f,0xe2,0x33,0xe4,0x63,
-	    0x9b,0xb6,0x76,0xc3,0x1e,0x6f,0x13,0xee,0xcc,0x99,0x71,0xa5,0xc0,0xcf,0x9a,0x40,
-	    0xcf,0xdb,0x66,0x70,0x05,0x63,0x54,0x12,0x25,0xf4,0xe0,0x1b,0x23,0x35,0xe3,0x70,
-	    0x7d,0x19,0x5f,0x00,0xe4,0xf1,0x61,0x73,0x05,0xd8,0x58,0x7f,0x60,0x61,0x84,0x36,
-	    0xec,0xbe,0x96,0x1b,0x69,0x00,0xf0,0x9a,0x6e,0xe3,0x26,0x73,0x0d,0x17,0x5b,0x33,
-	    0x41,0x44,0x9d,0x90,0xab,0xd9,0x6b,0x7d,0x48,0x99,0x25,0x93,0x29,0x14,0x2b,0xce,
-	    0x93,0x8d,0x8c,0xaf,0x31,0x0e,0x9c,0x57,0xd8,0x5b,0x57,0x20,0x1b,0x9f,0x2d,0xa5
-	}}};
+TPM2B_TYPE(HASH_TEST_KEY, 128);  // Twice the largest digest size
+TPM2B_HASH_TEST_KEY c_hashTestKey = {
+    {128,
+     {0xa0, 0xed, 0x5c, 0x9a, 0xd2, 0x4a, 0x21, 0x40, 0x1a, 0xd0, 0x81, 0x47, 0x39,
+      0x63, 0xf9, 0x50, 0xdc, 0x59, 0x47, 0x11, 0x40, 0x13, 0x99, 0x92, 0xc0, 0x72,
+      0xa4, 0x0f, 0xe2, 0x33, 0xe4, 0x63, 0x9b, 0xb6, 0x76, 0xc3, 0x1e, 0x6f, 0x13,
+      0xee, 0xcc, 0x99, 0x71, 0xa5, 0xc0, 0xcf, 0x9a, 0x40, 0xcf, 0xdb, 0x66, 0x70,
+      0x05, 0x63, 0x54, 0x12, 0x25, 0xf4, 0xe0, 0x1b, 0x23, 0x35, 0xe3, 0x70, 0x7d,
+      0x19, 0x5f, 0x00, 0xe4, 0xf1, 0x61, 0x73, 0x05, 0xd8, 0x58, 0x7f, 0x60, 0x61,
+      0x84, 0x36, 0xec, 0xbe, 0x96, 0x1b, 0x69, 0x00, 0xf0, 0x9a, 0x6e, 0xe3, 0x26,
+      0x73, 0x0d, 0x17, 0x5b, 0x33, 0x41, 0x44, 0x9d, 0x90, 0xab, 0xd9, 0x6b, 0x7d,
+      0x48, 0x99, 0x25, 0x93, 0x29, 0x14, 0x2b, 0xce, 0x93, 0x8d, 0x8c, 0xaf, 0x31,
+      0x0e, 0x9c, 0x57, 0xd8, 0x5b, 0x57, 0x20, 0x1b, 0x9f, 0x2d, 0xa5}}};
+
+TPM2B_TYPE(HASH_TEST_DATA, 256);  // Twice the largest block size
+TPM2B_HASH_TEST_DATA c_hashTestData = {
+    {256,
+     {0x88, 0xac, 0xc3, 0xe5, 0x5f, 0x66, 0x9d, 0x18, 0x80, 0xc9, 0x7a, 0x9c, 0xa4,
+      0x08, 0x90, 0x98, 0x0f, 0x3a, 0x53, 0x92, 0x4c, 0x67, 0x4e, 0xb7, 0x37, 0xec,
+      0x67, 0x87, 0xb6, 0xbe, 0x10, 0xca, 0x11, 0x5b, 0x4a, 0x0b, 0x45, 0xc3, 0x32,
+      0x68, 0x48, 0x69, 0xce, 0x25, 0x1b, 0xc8, 0xaf, 0x44, 0x79, 0x22, 0x83, 0xc8,
+      0xfb, 0xe2, 0x63, 0x94, 0xa2, 0x3c, 0x59, 0x3e, 0x3e, 0xc6, 0x64, 0x2c, 0x1f,
+      0x8c, 0x11, 0x93, 0x24, 0xa3, 0x17, 0xc5, 0x2f, 0x37, 0xcf, 0x95, 0x97, 0x8e,
+      0x63, 0x39, 0x68, 0xd5, 0xca, 0xba, 0x18, 0x37, 0x69, 0x6e, 0x4f, 0x19, 0xfd,
+      0x8a, 0xc0, 0x8d, 0x87, 0x3a, 0xbc, 0x31, 0x42, 0x04, 0x05, 0xef, 0xb5, 0x02,
+      0xef, 0x1e, 0x92, 0x4b, 0xb7, 0x73, 0x2c, 0x8c, 0xeb, 0x23, 0x13, 0x81, 0x34,
+      0xb9, 0xb5, 0xc1, 0x17, 0x37, 0x39, 0xf8, 0x3e, 0xe4, 0x4c, 0x06, 0xa8, 0x81,
+      0x52, 0x2f, 0xef, 0xc9, 0x9c, 0x69, 0x89, 0xbc, 0x85, 0x9c, 0x30, 0x16, 0x02,
+      0xca, 0xe3, 0x61, 0xd4, 0x0f, 0xed, 0x34, 0x1b, 0xca, 0xc1, 0x1b, 0xd1, 0xfa,
+      0xc1, 0xa2, 0xe0, 0xdf, 0x52, 0x2f, 0x0b, 0x4b, 0x9f, 0x0e, 0x45, 0x54, 0xb9,
+      0x17, 0xb6, 0xaf, 0xd6, 0xd5, 0xca, 0x90, 0x29, 0x57, 0x7b, 0x70, 0x50, 0x94,
+      0x5c, 0x8e, 0xf6, 0x4e, 0x21, 0x8b, 0xc6, 0x8b, 0xa6, 0xbc, 0xb9, 0x64, 0xd4,
+      0x4d, 0xf3, 0x68, 0xd8, 0xac, 0xde, 0xd8, 0xd8, 0xb5, 0x6d, 0xcd, 0x93, 0xeb,
+      0x28, 0xa4, 0xe2, 0x5c, 0x44, 0xef, 0xf0, 0xe1, 0x6f, 0x38, 0x1a, 0x3c, 0xe6,
+      0xef, 0xa2, 0x9d, 0xb9, 0xa8, 0x05, 0x2a, 0x95, 0xec, 0x5f, 0xdb, 0xb0, 0x25,
+      0x67, 0x9c, 0x86, 0x7a, 0x8e, 0xea, 0x51, 0xcc, 0xc3, 0xd3, 0xff, 0x6e, 0xf0,
+      0xed, 0xa3, 0xae, 0xf9, 0x5d, 0x33, 0x70, 0xf2, 0x11}}};
 
-TPM2B_TYPE(HASH_TEST_DATA, 256); // Twice the largest block size
-TPM2B_HASH_TEST_DATA       c_hashTestData = {{256, {
-	    0x88,0xac,0xc3,0xe5,0x5f,0x66,0x9d,0x18,0x80,0xc9,0x7a,0x9c,0xa4,0x08,0x90,0x98,
-	    0x0f,0x3a,0x53,0x92,0x4c,0x67,0x4e,0xb7,0x37,0xec,0x67,0x87,0xb6,0xbe,0x10,0xca,
-	    0x11,0x5b,0x4a,0x0b,0x45,0xc3,0x32,0x68,0x48,0x69,0xce,0x25,0x1b,0xc8,0xaf,0x44,
-	    0x79,0x22,0x83,0xc8,0xfb,0xe2,0x63,0x94,0xa2,0x3c,0x59,0x3e,0x3e,0xc6,0x64,0x2c,
-	    0x1f,0x8c,0x11,0x93,0x24,0xa3,0x17,0xc5,0x2f,0x37,0xcf,0x95,0x97,0x8e,0x63,0x39,
-	    0x68,0xd5,0xca,0xba,0x18,0x37,0x69,0x6e,0x4f,0x19,0xfd,0x8a,0xc0,0x8d,0x87,0x3a,
-	    0xbc,0x31,0x42,0x04,0x05,0xef,0xb5,0x02,0xef,0x1e,0x92,0x4b,0xb7,0x73,0x2c,0x8c,
-	    0xeb,0x23,0x13,0x81,0x34,0xb9,0xb5,0xc1,0x17,0x37,0x39,0xf8,0x3e,0xe4,0x4c,0x06,
-	    0xa8,0x81,0x52,0x2f,0xef,0xc9,0x9c,0x69,0x89,0xbc,0x85,0x9c,0x30,0x16,0x02,0xca,
-	    0xe3,0x61,0xd4,0x0f,0xed,0x34,0x1b,0xca,0xc1,0x1b,0xd1,0xfa,0xc1,0xa2,0xe0,0xdf,
-	    0x52,0x2f,0x0b,0x4b,0x9f,0x0e,0x45,0x54,0xb9,0x17,0xb6,0xaf,0xd6,0xd5,0xca,0x90,
-	    0x29,0x57,0x7b,0x70,0x50,0x94,0x5c,0x8e,0xf6,0x4e,0x21,0x8b,0xc6,0x8b,0xa6,0xbc,
-	    0xb9,0x64,0xd4,0x4d,0xf3,0x68,0xd8,0xac,0xde,0xd8,0xd8,0xb5,0x6d,0xcd,0x93,0xeb,
-	    0x28,0xa4,0xe2,0x5c,0x44,0xef,0xf0,0xe1,0x6f,0x38,0x1a,0x3c,0xe6,0xef,0xa2,0x9d,
-	    0xb9,0xa8,0x05,0x2a,0x95,0xec,0x5f,0xdb,0xb0,0x25,0x67,0x9c,0x86,0x7a,0x8e,0xea,
-	    0x51,0xcc,0xc3,0xd3,0xff,0x6e,0xf0,0xed,0xa3,0xae,0xf9,0x5d,0x33,0x70,0xf2,0x11
-	}}};
 #if ALG_SHA1 == YES
 TPM2B_TYPE(SHA1, 20);
-TPM2B_SHA1    c_SHA1_digest = {{20, {
-	    0xee,0x2c,0xef,0x93,0x76,0xbd,0xf8,0x91,0xbc,0xe6,0xe5,0x57,0x53,0x77,0x01,0xb5,
-	    0x70,0x95,0xe5,0x40
-	}}};
+TPM2B_SHA1 c_SHA1_digest = {
+    {20, {0xee, 0x2c, 0xef, 0x93, 0x76, 0xbd, 0xf8, 0x91, 0xbc, 0xe6,
+          0xe5, 0x57, 0x53, 0x77, 0x01, 0xb5, 0x70, 0x95, 0xe5, 0x40}}};
 #endif
+
 #if ALG_SHA256 == YES
 TPM2B_TYPE(SHA256, 32);
-TPM2B_SHA256    c_SHA256_digest = {{32, {
-	    0x64,0xe8,0xe0,0xc3,0xa9,0xa4,0x51,0x49,0x10,0x55,0x8d,0x31,0x71,0xe5,0x2f,0x69,
-	    0x3a,0xdc,0xc7,0x11,0x32,0x44,0x61,0xbd,0x34,0x39,0x57,0xb0,0xa8,0x75,0x86,0x1b
-	}}};
+TPM2B_SHA256 c_SHA256_digest = {
+    {32, {0x64, 0xe8, 0xe0, 0xc3, 0xa9, 0xa4, 0x51, 0x49, 0x10, 0x55, 0x8d,
+          0x31, 0x71, 0xe5, 0x2f, 0x69, 0x3a, 0xdc, 0xc7, 0x11, 0x32, 0x44,
+          0x61, 0xbd, 0x34, 0x39, 0x57, 0xb0, 0xa8, 0x75, 0x86, 0x1b}}};
 #endif
+
 #if ALG_SHA384 == YES
 TPM2B_TYPE(SHA384, 48);
-TPM2B_SHA384    c_SHA384_digest = {{48, {
-	    0x37,0x75,0x29,0xb5,0x20,0x15,0x6e,0xa3,0x7e,0xa3,0x0d,0xcd,0x80,0xa8,0xa3,0x3d,
-	    0xeb,0xe8,0xad,0x4e,0x1c,0x77,0x94,0x5a,0xaf,0x6c,0xd0,0xc1,0xfa,0x43,0x3f,0xc7,
-	    0xb8,0xf1,0x01,0xc0,0x60,0xbf,0xf2,0x87,0xe8,0x71,0x9e,0x51,0x97,0xa0,0x09,0x8d
-	}}};
+TPM2B_SHA384 c_SHA384_digest = {
+    {48, {0x37, 0x75, 0x29, 0xb5, 0x20, 0x15, 0x6e, 0xa3, 0x7e, 0xa3, 0x0d, 0xcd,
+          0x80, 0xa8, 0xa3, 0x3d, 0xeb, 0xe8, 0xad, 0x4e, 0x1c, 0x77, 0x94, 0x5a,
+          0xaf, 0x6c, 0xd0, 0xc1, 0xfa, 0x43, 0x3f, 0xc7, 0xb8, 0xf1, 0x01, 0xc0,
+          0x60, 0xbf, 0xf2, 0x87, 0xe8, 0x71, 0x9e, 0x51, 0x97, 0xa0, 0x09, 0x8d}}};
 #endif
+
 #if ALG_SHA512 == YES
 TPM2B_TYPE(SHA512, 64);
-TPM2B_SHA512    c_SHA512_digest = {{64, {
-	    0xe2,0x7b,0x10,0x3d,0x5e,0x48,0x58,0x44,0x67,0xac,0xa3,0x81,0x8c,0x1d,0xc5,0x71,
-	    0x66,0x92,0x8a,0x89,0xaa,0xd4,0x35,0x51,0x60,0x37,0x31,0xd7,0xba,0xe7,0x93,0x0b,
-	    0x16,0x4d,0xb3,0xc8,0x34,0x98,0x3c,0xd3,0x53,0xde,0x5e,0xe8,0x0c,0xbc,0xaf,0xc9,
-	    0x24,0x2c,0xcc,0xed,0xdb,0xde,0xba,0x1f,0x14,0x14,0x5a,0x95,0x80,0xde,0x66,0xbd
-	}}};
+TPM2B_SHA512 c_SHA512_digest = {
+    {64,
+     {0xe2, 0x7b, 0x10, 0x3d, 0x5e, 0x48, 0x58, 0x44, 0x67, 0xac, 0xa3, 0x81, 0x8c,
+      0x1d, 0xc5, 0x71, 0x66, 0x92, 0x8a, 0x89, 0xaa, 0xd4, 0x35, 0x51, 0x60, 0x37,
+      0x31, 0xd7, 0xba, 0xe7, 0x93, 0x0b, 0x16, 0x4d, 0xb3, 0xc8, 0x34, 0x98, 0x3c,
+      0xd3, 0x53, 0xde, 0x5e, 0xe8, 0x0c, 0xbc, 0xaf, 0xc9, 0x24, 0x2c, 0xcc, 0xed,
+      0xdb, 0xde, 0xba, 0x1f, 0x14, 0x14, 0x5a, 0x95, 0x80, 0xde, 0x66, 0xbd}}};
 #endif
 
 TPM2B_TYPE(EMPTY, 1);
@@ -207,4 +216,3 @@ static const struct CMACTest {
 #endif
 // libtpms added end
 
-#endif

src/tpm2/Hash_fp.h

@@ -59,31 +59,37 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HASH_FP_H
-#define HASH_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER	data;
-    TPMI_ALG_HASH	hashAlg;
-    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY	hierarchy;
+#if CC_Hash  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASH_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASH_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_MAX_BUFFER  data;
+    TPMI_ALG_HASH     hashAlg;
+    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy;
 } Hash_In;
 
-#define RC_Hash_data		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_Hash_hashAlg		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
-#define RC_Hash_hierarchy	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
-
-typedef struct {
-    TPM2B_DIGEST	outHash;
-    TPMT_TK_HASHCHECK	validation;
+// Output structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPM2B_DIGEST      outHash;
+    TPMT_TK_HASHCHECK validation;
 } Hash_Out;
 
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_Hash_data      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_Hash_hashAlg   (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+#    define RC_Hash_hierarchy (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_3)
+
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_Hash(
-	  Hash_In         *in,            // IN: input parameter list
-	  Hash_Out        *out            // OUT: output parameter list
-	  );
+TPM2_Hash(Hash_In* in, Hash_Out* out);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HASH_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_Hash

src/tpm2/Hierarchy.c

@@ -69,11 +69,11 @@
 //**HIERARCHY_MODIFIER_TYPE
 // This enumerates the possible hierarchy modifiers.
 typedef enum
-    {
-	HM_NONE = 0,
-	HM_FW_LIMITED,  // Hierarchy is firmware-limited.
-	HM_SVN_LIMITED  // Hierarchy is SVN-limited.
-    } HIERARCHY_MODIFIER_TYPE;
+{
+    HM_NONE = 0,
+    HM_FW_LIMITED,  // Hierarchy is firmware-limited.
+    HM_SVN_LIMITED  // Hierarchy is SVN-limited.
+} HIERARCHY_MODIFIER_TYPE;
 
 //*** HIERARCHY_MODIFIER Structure
 // A HIERARCHY_MODIFIER structure holds metadata about an OBJECT's
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ typedef struct HIERARCHY_MODIFIER
 {
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER_TYPE type;  // The type of modification.
     uint16_t min_svn;  // The minimum SVN to which the hierarchy is limited.
-    // Only valid if 'type' is HM_SVN_LIMITED.
+                       // Only valid if 'type' is HM_SVN_LIMITED.
 } HIERARCHY_MODIFIER;
 
 //** Functions
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ void HierarchyPreInstall_Init(void)
 // This function is called at TPM2_Startup() to initialize the hierarchy
 // related values.
 BOOL HierarchyStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
-		      )
+)
 {
     // phEnable is SET on any startup
     g_phEnable = TRUE;
@@ -169,24 +169,24 @@ BOOL HierarchyStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
     // Reset platformAuth, platformPolicy; enable SH and EH at TPM_RESET and
     // TPM_RESTART
     if(type != SU_RESUME)
-	{
-	    gc.platformAuth.t.size   = 0;
-	    gc.platformPolicy.t.size = 0;
-	    gc.platformAlg           = TPM_ALG_NULL;
+    {
+        gc.platformAuth.t.size   = 0;
+        gc.platformPolicy.t.size = 0;
+        gc.platformAlg           = TPM_ALG_NULL;
 
-	    // enable the storage and endorsement hierarchies and the platformNV
-	    gc.shEnable = gc.ehEnable = gc.phEnableNV = TRUE;
-	}
+        // enable the storage and endorsement hierarchies and the platformNV
+        gc.shEnable = gc.ehEnable = gc.phEnableNV = TRUE;
+    }
 
     // nullProof and nullSeed are updated at every TPM_RESET
     if((type != SU_RESTART) && (type != SU_RESUME))
-	{
-	    gr.nullProof.t.size = sizeof(gr.nullProof.t.buffer);
-	    CryptRandomGenerate(gr.nullProof.t.size, gr.nullProof.t.buffer);
-	    gr.nullSeed.t.size = sizeof(gr.nullSeed.t.buffer);
-	    CryptRandomGenerate(gr.nullSeed.t.size, gr.nullSeed.t.buffer);
-	    gr.nullSeedCompatLevel = RuntimeProfileGetSeedCompatLevel();  // libtpms added
-	}
+    {
+        gr.nullProof.t.size = sizeof(gr.nullProof.t.buffer);
+        CryptRandomGenerate(gr.nullProof.t.size, gr.nullProof.t.buffer);
+        gr.nullSeed.t.size = sizeof(gr.nullSeed.t.buffer);
+        CryptRandomGenerate(gr.nullSeed.t.size, gr.nullSeed.t.buffer);
+        gr.nullSeedCompatLevel = RuntimeProfileGetSeedCompatLevel();  // libtpms added
+    }
 
     return TRUE;
 }
@@ -195,8 +195,8 @@ BOOL HierarchyStartup(STARTUP_TYPE type  // IN: start up type
 // This function extracts the base hierarchy and modifier from a given handle.
 // Returns the base hierarchy.
 static TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY DecomposeHandle(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY   handle,   // IN
-					 HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier  // OUT
-					 )
+                                         HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier  // OUT
+)
 {
     TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY base_hierarchy = handle;
 
@@ -204,64 +204,64 @@ static TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY DecomposeHandle(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY   handle,   // IN
 
     // See if the handle is firmware-bound.
     switch(handle)
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_FW_OWNER:
-	      {
-		  modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
-		  base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	  case TPM_RH_FW_ENDORSEMENT:
-	      {
-		  modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
-		  base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	  case TPM_RH_FW_PLATFORM:
-	      {
-		  modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
-		  base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	  case TPM_RH_FW_NULL:
-	      {
-		  modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
-		  base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_NULL;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	}
+    {
+        case TPM_RH_FW_OWNER:
+        {
+            modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
+            break;
+        }
+        case TPM_RH_FW_ENDORSEMENT:
+        {
+            modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
+            break;
+        }
+        case TPM_RH_FW_PLATFORM:
+        {
+            modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
+            break;
+        }
+        case TPM_RH_FW_NULL:
+        {
+            modifier->type = HM_FW_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_NULL;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
 
     if(modifier->type == HM_FW_LIMITED)
-	{
-	    return base_hierarchy;
-	}
+    {
+        return base_hierarchy;
+    }
 
     // See if the handle is SVN-bound.
     switch(handle & 0xFFFF0000)
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_SVN_OWNER_BASE:
-	    modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
-	    base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_SVN_ENDORSEMENT_BASE:
-	    modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
-	    base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_SVN_PLATFORM_BASE:
-	    modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
-	    base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_SVN_NULL_BASE:
-	    modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
-	    base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_NULL;
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+        case TPM_RH_SVN_OWNER_BASE:
+            modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_OWNER;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_SVN_ENDORSEMENT_BASE:
+            modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_SVN_PLATFORM_BASE:
+            modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_PLATFORM;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_SVN_NULL_BASE:
+            modifier->type = HM_SVN_LIMITED;
+            base_hierarchy = TPM_RH_NULL;
+            break;
+    }
 
     if(modifier->type == HM_SVN_LIMITED)
-	{
-	    modifier->min_svn = handle & 0x0000FFFF;
-	    return base_hierarchy;
-	}
+    {
+        modifier->min_svn = handle & 0x0000FFFF;
+        return base_hierarchy;
+    }
 
     // Handle is neither FW- nor SVN-bound; return it unmodified.
     return handle;
@@ -282,55 +282,55 @@ static TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY DecomposeHandle(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY   handle,   // IN
 //                              to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the requested
 //                              SVN.
 static TPM_RC GetAdditionalSecret(const HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier,       // IN
-				  TPM2B_SEED*               secret_buffer,  // OUT
-				  const TPM2B**             secret_label    // OUT
-				  )
+                                  TPM2B_SEED*               secret_buffer,  // OUT
+                                  const TPM2B**             secret_label    // OUT
+)
 {
     switch(modifier->type)
-	{
-	  case HM_FW_LIMITED:
-	      {
+    {
+        case HM_FW_LIMITED:
+        {
 #if FW_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  if(_plat__GetTpmFirmwareSecret(sizeof(secret_buffer->t.buffer),
-						 secret_buffer->t.buffer,
-						 &secret_buffer->t.size)
-		     != 0)
-		      {
-			  return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
-		      }
+            if(_plat__GetTpmFirmwareSecret(sizeof(secret_buffer->t.buffer),
+                                           secret_buffer->t.buffer,
+                                           &secret_buffer->t.size)
+               != 0)
+            {
+                return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
+            }
 
-		  *secret_label = HIERARCHY_FW_SECRET_LABEL;
-		  break;
+            *secret_label = HIERARCHY_FW_SECRET_LABEL;
+            break;
 #else
-		  return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
+            return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
 #endif  // FW_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-	      }
-	  case HM_SVN_LIMITED:
-	      {
+        }
+        case HM_SVN_LIMITED:
+        {
 #if SVN_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  if(_plat__GetTpmFirmwareSvnSecret(modifier->min_svn,
-						    sizeof(secret_buffer->t.buffer),
-						    secret_buffer->t.buffer,
-						    &secret_buffer->t.size)
-		     != 0)
-		      {
-			  return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
-		      }
+            if(_plat__GetTpmFirmwareSvnSecret(modifier->min_svn,
+                                              sizeof(secret_buffer->t.buffer),
+                                              secret_buffer->t.buffer,
+                                              &secret_buffer->t.size)
+               != 0)
+            {
+                return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
+            }
 
-		  *secret_label = HIERARCHY_SVN_SECRET_LABEL;
-		  break;
+            *secret_label = HIERARCHY_SVN_SECRET_LABEL;
+            break;
 #else
-		  return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
+            return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
 #endif  // SVN_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-	      }
-	  case HM_NONE:
-	  default:
-	      {
-		  secret_buffer->t.size = 0;
-		  *secret_label         = NULL;
-		  break;
-	      }
-	}
+        }
+        case HM_NONE:
+        default:
+        {
+            secret_buffer->t.size = 0;
+            *secret_label         = NULL;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
 
     return TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
@@ -351,38 +351,38 @@ static TPM_RC GetAdditionalSecret(const HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier,       // I
 //                              to derive the Firmware SVN Secret for the requested
 //                              SVN.
 static TPM_RC MixAdditionalSecret(const HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier,           // IN
-				  const TPM2B*              base_secret_label,  // IN
-				  const TPM2B*              base_secret,        // IN
-				  TPM2B*                    output_secret       // OUT
-				  )
+                                  const TPM2B*              base_secret_label,  // IN
+                                  const TPM2B*              base_secret,        // IN
+                                  TPM2B*                    output_secret       // OUT
+)
 {
     TPM_RC       result = TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
     TPM2B_SEED   additional_secret;
     const TPM2B* additional_secret_label = NULL;
 
     result =
-	GetAdditionalSecret(modifier, &additional_secret, &additional_secret_label);
+        GetAdditionalSecret(modifier, &additional_secret, &additional_secret_label);
     if(result != TPM_RC_SUCCESS)
-	return result;
+        return result;
 
     output_secret->size = base_secret->size;
 
     if(additional_secret.b.size == 0)
-	{
-	    memcpy(output_secret->buffer, base_secret->buffer, base_secret->size);
-	}
+    {
+        memcpy(output_secret->buffer, base_secret->buffer, base_secret->size);
+    }
     else
-	{
-	    CryptKDFa(CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG,
-		      base_secret,
-		      base_secret_label,
-		      &additional_secret.b,
-		      additional_secret_label,
-		      base_secret->size * 8,
-		      output_secret->buffer,
-		      NULL,
-		      FALSE);
-	}
+    {
+        CryptKDFa(CONTEXT_INTEGRITY_HASH_ALG,
+                  base_secret,
+                  base_secret_label,
+                  &additional_secret.b,
+                  additional_secret_label,
+                  base_secret->size * 8,
+                  output_secret->buffer,
+                  NULL,
+                  FALSE);
+    }
 
     MemorySet(additional_secret.b.buffer, 0, additional_secret.b.size);
 
@@ -393,90 +393,90 @@ static TPM_RC MixAdditionalSecret(const HIERARCHY_MODIFIER* modifier,
 // This function derives the proof value associated with a hierarchy. It returns a
 // buffer containing the proof value.
 TPM_RC HierarchyGetProof(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy,  // IN: hierarchy constant
-			 TPM2B_PROOF*      proof       // OUT: proof buffer
-			 )
+                         TPM2B_PROOF*      proof       // OUT: proof buffer
+)
 {
     TPM2B_PROOF*       base_proof = NULL;
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
 
     switch(DecomposeHandle(hierarchy, &modifier))
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-	    // phProof for TPM_RH_PLATFORM
-	    base_proof = &gp.phProof;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-	    // ehProof for TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT
-	    base_proof = &gp.ehProof;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-	    // shProof for TPM_RH_OWNER
-	    base_proof = &gp.shProof;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    // nullProof for TPM_RH_NULL or anything else
-	    base_proof = &gr.nullProof;
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+        case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+            // phProof for TPM_RH_PLATFORM
+            base_proof = &gp.phProof;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+            // ehProof for TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT
+            base_proof = &gp.ehProof;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+            // shProof for TPM_RH_OWNER
+            base_proof = &gp.shProof;
+            break;
+        default:
+            // nullProof for TPM_RH_NULL or anything else
+            base_proof = &gr.nullProof;
+            break;
+    }
 
     return MixAdditionalSecret(
-			       &modifier, HIERARCHY_PROOF_SECRET_LABEL, &base_proof->b, &proof->b);
+        &modifier, HIERARCHY_PROOF_SECRET_LABEL, &base_proof->b, &proof->b);
 }
 
 //*** HierarchyGetPrimarySeed()
 // This function derives the primary seed of a hierarchy.
 TPM_RC HierarchyGetPrimarySeed(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy,  // IN: hierarchy
-			       TPM2B_SEED*       seed        // OUT: seed buffer
-			       )
+                               TPM2B_SEED*       seed        // OUT: seed buffer
+)
 {
     TPM2B_SEED*        base_seed = NULL;
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
 
     switch(DecomposeHandle(hierarchy, &modifier))
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-	    base_seed = &gp.PPSeed;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-	    base_seed = &gp.SPSeed;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-	    base_seed = &gp.EPSeed;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    base_seed = &gr.nullSeed;
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+        case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+            base_seed = &gp.PPSeed;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+            base_seed = &gp.SPSeed;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+            base_seed = &gp.EPSeed;
+            break;
+        default:
+            base_seed = &gr.nullSeed;
+            break;
+    }
 
     return MixAdditionalSecret(
-			       &modifier, HIERARCHY_SEED_SECRET_LABEL, &base_seed->b, &seed->b);
+        &modifier, HIERARCHY_SEED_SECRET_LABEL, &base_seed->b, &seed->b);
 }
 
 // libtpms added begin
 SEED_COMPAT_LEVEL
 HierarchyGetPrimarySeedCompatLevel(
-				   TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY    hierarchy     // IN: hierarchy
-			           )
+                   TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY    hierarchy     // IN: hierarchy
+                       )
 {
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
 
     switch(DecomposeHandle(hierarchy, &modifier))
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-	    return gp.PPSeedCompatLevel;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-	    return gp.SPSeedCompatLevel;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-	    return gp.EPSeedCompatLevel;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_NULL:
-	    return gr.nullSeedCompatLevel;
-	  default:
-	    return RuntimeProfileGetSeedCompatLevel();
-	    break;
-	}
+    {
+      case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+        return gp.PPSeedCompatLevel;
+        break;
+      case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+        return gp.SPSeedCompatLevel;
+        break;
+      case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+        return gp.EPSeedCompatLevel;
+        break;
+      case TPM_RH_NULL:
+        return gr.nullSeedCompatLevel;
+      default:
+        return RuntimeProfileGetSeedCompatLevel();
+        break;
+    }
 }
 // libtpms added end
 
@@ -491,7 +491,7 @@ HierarchyGetPrimarySeedCompatLevel(
 //                              is greater than the TPM's current SVN.
 //      TPM_RC_VALUE            Hierarchy is not valid
 TPM_RC ValidateHierarchy(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy  // IN: hierarchy
-			 )
+)
 {
     BOOL               enabled;
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
@@ -500,50 +500,50 @@ TPM_RC ValidateHierarchy(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy  // IN: hierarchy
 
     // Modifier-specific checks.
     switch(modifier.type)
-	{
-	  case HM_NONE:
-	    break;
-	  case HM_FW_LIMITED:
-	      {
+    {
+        case HM_NONE:
+            break;
+        case HM_FW_LIMITED:
+        {
 #if FW_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  break;
+            break;
 #else
-		  return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
+            return TPM_RC_FW_LIMITED;
 #endif  // FW_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-	      }
-	  case HM_SVN_LIMITED:
-	      {
+        }
+        case HM_SVN_LIMITED:
+        {
 #if SVN_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-		  // SVN-limited hierarchies are only enabled for SVNs less than or
-		  // equal to the current firmware's SVN.
-		  if(modifier.min_svn > _plat__GetTpmFirmwareSvn())
-		      {
-			  return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
-		      }
-		  break;
+            // SVN-limited hierarchies are only enabled for SVNs less than or
+            // equal to the current firmware's SVN.
+            if(modifier.min_svn > _plat__GetTpmFirmwareSvn())
+            {
+                return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
+            }
+            break;
 #else
-		  return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
+            return TPM_RC_SVN_LIMITED;
 #endif  // SVN_LIMITED_SUPPORT
-	      }
-	}
+        }
+    }
 
     switch(hierarchy)
-	{
-	  case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
-	    enabled = g_phEnable;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_OWNER:
-	    enabled = gc.shEnable;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
-	    enabled = gc.ehEnable;
-	    break;
-	  case TPM_RH_NULL:
-	    enabled = TRUE;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    return TPM_RC_VALUE;
-	}
+    {
+        case TPM_RH_PLATFORM:
+            enabled = g_phEnable;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_OWNER:
+            enabled = gc.shEnable;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_ENDORSEMENT:
+            enabled = gc.ehEnable;
+            break;
+        case TPM_RH_NULL:
+            enabled = TRUE;
+            break;
+        default:
+            return TPM_RC_VALUE;
+    }
 
     return enabled ? TPM_RC_SUCCESS : TPM_RC_HIERARCHY;
 }
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ TPM_RC ValidateHierarchy(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy  // IN: hierarchy
 //      TRUE(1)         hierarchy is enabled
 //      FALSE(0)        hierarchy is disabled
 BOOL HierarchyIsEnabled(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy  // IN: hierarchy
-			)
+)
 {
     return ValidateHierarchy(hierarchy) == TPM_RC_SUCCESS;
 }
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ BOOL HierarchyIsEnabled(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY hierarchy  // IN: hierarchy
 // This function accepts a handle that may or may not be FW- or SVN-bound,
 // and returns the base hierarchy to which the handle refers.
 TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY HierarchyNormalizeHandle(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY handle  // IN: handle
-					   )
+)
 {
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER unused_modifier;
 
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY HierarchyNormalizeHandle(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY handle  // IN: hand
 // This function accepts a hierarchy handle and returns whether it is firmware-
 // limited.
 BOOL HierarchyIsFirmwareLimited(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY handle  // IN
-				)
+)
 {
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
 
@@ -587,7 +587,7 @@ BOOL HierarchyIsFirmwareLimited(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY handle  // IN
 // This function accepts a hierarchy handle and returns whether it is SVN-
 // limited.
 BOOL HierarchyIsSvnLimited(TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY handle  // IN
-			   )
+)
 {
     HIERARCHY_MODIFIER modifier;
 

src/tpm2/HierarchyChangeAuth_fp.h

@@ -59,22 +59,28 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HIERARCHYCHANGEAUTH_FP_H
-#define HIERARCHYCHANGEAUTH_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY_AUTH	authHandle;
-    TPM2B_AUTH			newAuth;
+#if CC_HierarchyChangeAuth  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCHANGEAUTH_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCHANGEAUTH_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY_AUTH authHandle;
+    TPM2B_AUTH             newAuth;
 } HierarchyChangeAuth_In;
 
-#define RC_HierarchyChangeAuth_authHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HierarchyChangeAuth_newAuth 		(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_HierarchyChangeAuth_authHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HierarchyChangeAuth_newAuth    (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_HierarchyChangeAuth(
-			 HierarchyChangeAuth_In  *in             // IN: input parameter list
-			 );
+TPM2_HierarchyChangeAuth(HierarchyChangeAuth_In* in);
 
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCHANGEAUTH_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_HierarchyChangeAuth

src/tpm2/HierarchyControl_fp.h

@@ -59,25 +59,30 @@
 /*										*/
 /********************************************************************************/
 
-/* rev 119 */
 
-#ifndef HIERARCHYCONTROL_FP_H
-#define HIERARCHYCONTROL_FP_H
+// FILE GENERATED BY TpmExtractCode: DO NOT EDIT
 
-typedef struct {
-    TPMI_RH_HIERARCHY	authHandle;
-    TPMI_RH_ENABLES	enable;
-    TPMI_YES_NO		state;
+#if CC_HierarchyControl  // Command must be enabled
+
+#  ifndef _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCONTROL_FP_H_
+#    define _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCONTROL_FP_H_
+
+// Input structure definition
+typedef struct
+{
+    TPMI_RH_BASE_HIERARCHY authHandle;
+    TPMI_RH_ENABLES        enable;
+    TPMI_YES_NO            state;
 } HierarchyControl_In;
 
-#define RC_HierarchyControl_authHandle	(TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HierarchyControl_enable	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
-#define RC_HierarchyControl_state	(TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
+// Response code modifiers
+#    define RC_HierarchyControl_authHandle (TPM_RC_H + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HierarchyControl_enable     (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_1)
+#    define RC_HierarchyControl_state      (TPM_RC_P + TPM_RC_2)
 
+// Function prototype
 TPM_RC
-TPM2_HierarchyControl(
-		      HierarchyControl_In     *in             // IN: input parameter list
-		      );
+TPM2_HierarchyControl(HierarchyControl_In* in);
 
-
-#endif
+#  endif  // _TPM_INCLUDE_PRIVATE_PROTOTYPES_HIERARCHYCONTROL_FP_H_
+#endif    // CC_HierarchyControl